HomeMy WebLinkAboutGP Testimonies Given at WPC 3-10-25 Hearing 3-7-25 Cindy Evans to 3-10-25 Brad Kurokawa (6)5 Pages
gunnnr@hawaii.rr.con 808-938-2954 or evans.kohala@gmail.com 808-345-5810
Date: March 7, 2025
To: Windward Planning Commission
Fr: South Kohala Traffic Safety Committee
Subject: Draft General Plan
Aloha Chair and Members:
Recently at our February meeting of the South Kohala Traffic Safety Committee members of
the community discussed the need to express our views about traffic in South Kohala. Following
is a summary of the responses received after we solicited by email to over 400 contacts on our
list of interested residents.
Mahalo for your consideration. We can provide names and contact information upon request.
Chair Gunner Mench, Kamuela
Vice-Chair Cindy Evans, Kamuela
________________________________________________________________________________
RESPONSES
Number 1
The plan should include the goal of bypassing freight and general highway traffic from the cores
of small towns like Waimea.
The intersection of Kawaihae Rd and Hawaii Belt Rd provides an example of a choke point for
Hawaii island traffic.
All freight transportation from Kawaihae that is not going to Kona or N. Kohala goes up Kawaihae
Road and winds up at this intersection. A large percentage of parents who need to take kids to
and from Waimea School, HPA or Parker School pass through this intersection.
The same is true of a large fraction of daily work traffic.
Traffic has changed Waimea and is transforming its character.
Given at WPC 3-10-25 Hearing
Additional (5) GP Testimonies
3-7-25 (Cindy Evans) to3-10-25 (Brad Kurokawa)
5 Pages
gunnnr@hawaii.rr.con 808-938-2954 or evans.kohala@gmail.com 808-345-5810
Another aspect that should be emphasized in prioritizing, justifying, and planning is safety,
especially in emergencies like fire. Traffic breaks down when too many cars enter a chokepoint
sometimes to the point it is literally faster to walk than drive. If there is a fire makai of my
house, I will be trapped if Kawaihae Rd gets jammed, or an escape over Kohala Mountain Rd is
blocked. It is possible to estimate the numbers of people who will be similarly trapped by
traffic in different scenarios. Perhaps that is a metric that can help to justify provision of
practical if not temporary emergency bypasses like in Waikoloa.
Number 2
The section of the draft GP that you attached to your message (4.2 Access and Mobility) does
not address the primary concern of most residents in the Village which is the ability to escape
the flames during a wildfire emergency, and to bring into the Village the first responders from
the Puako fire and police stations needed to fight the fire.
The policies governing access needed to protect health and safety of residents during disaster
events are addressed in Section 4.4 Public Facilities. Objective 32 sets out the policies we need
to protect Village residents. Those include policies aimed at ensuring that Waikoloa Village will
have a second access road --
32.h. Establish, map and maintain alternative and emergency evacuation routes in each high
risk hazard area.
32.k. Develop and/or improve secondary access roads for those communities with only one
means of ingress/egress.
32.20 Prioritize hazard mitigation projects in the CIP (Capital Improvement Plan).
Our primary concern with the Draft GP is that these policies are not implemented with proposed
actions. We submitted comments last summer asking that a second access road be identified as
a priority project with a schedule for implementation. The current Recommended Draft does
not respond to that request.
The South Kohala Community Development Plan adopted in 2008 includes a chapter establishing
priorities for Waikoloa Village.
The Waikoloa Village Plan added “action plans” and identified priority projects. Specifically,
the Village Plan, at p. 93, identified “construction of a second access road to Queen Ka’ahu-
manu Highway” as the first priority for the community, and adopted the following policy:
5 Pages
gunnnr@hawaii.rr.con 808-938-2954 or evans.kohala@gmail.com 808-345-5810
Waikoloa Policy 3. PROVIDE TRANSPORTATION AND CIRCULATION IMPROVEMENTS IN A TIMELY
MANNER, including roadways, bikeways, and pedestrian paths, and with very high priority given
to the construction of a second access road connecting Waikoloa Village to Queen Ka’ahumanu
Highway.[1]
To implement this Policy, the Village Plan adopted “Strategy 3.1 Plan, Fund, and Construct a
Second Access Road to Queen Ka’ahumanu Highway.”[2]
The Plan explained why this road was flagged as a high priority project:
A second connecting road to Queen Ka’ahumanu Highway is a top priority, both to accommodate
increasing traffic volumes and, perhaps more importantly, to provide a second emergency
egress route for Waikoloa residents. If feasible, the new access road should also provide pedes-
trian and bicycle facilities. The preferred general alignment for this second access road is shown
on the Waikoloa Village Concept Plan graphic.
The most significant type of natural disaster that threatens the Waikoloa community is the
threat of wildfires. The area’s dry climate, combined with the highly flammable introduced
vegetation consisting primarily of fountain grass and kiawe trees, and the frequency of high
winds make the Waikoloa area especially prone to large-scale wildfires. A 2003 brush fire
threatened Waikoloa Village. The fire burned all the way up to the elementary school. Another
major fire in August 2005 burned some 20,000 acres to the east and south of Waikoloa Village.
That fire burned to the very edge of the Waikoloa Road/Paniolo Avenue intersection, the main
intersection in Waikoloa Village. In the case of the 2005 fire, fire fighters were able to control
and eventually extinguish the blaze without injuries to people or damage to structures. How-
ever, the fire threat is an ever-present danger for the Waikoloa community, and a second ac-
cess/egress road may well prove to be the difference between successful evacuation of the
Village and injuries and even loss of life.
Despite the adoption in 2008 of an action plan that identified the second access road as the
highest priority project for Waikoloa Village, the project has not been funded in the CIP, or
required to be constructed as a condition for the approval of new residential developments in
the Village.
Now the Recommended Draft GP completely ignores the Community Development Plan. It does
not recognize that the second access road has already been designated through the County
Planning process as a "very high priority."
Section 6 Implementation describes the Phases of the 2045 Plan. During Phase 1 priority pro-
jects are to be implemented. But the GP fails to identify the second road for Waikoloa Village
5 Pages
gunnnr@hawaii.rr.con 808-938-2954 or evans.kohala@gmail.com 808-345-5810
as a priority project to be implemented during Phase 1 of the GP. This is the missing piece in
the GP.
In section "6.3.1, Prioritization of Capital Improvement Projects," the Draft GP quotes the
County charter: "Capital improvements shall be prioritized based on criteria aligned with the
general plan, community development plans, emergency expenditures and other pertinent
functional plans." Section 10-6(a)(2). But then goes no further to recognize priority projects
identified in adopted community development plans.
We ask that the GP recognize that the SK Community Development Plan includes a chapter for
Waikoloa Village that designates the second access arterial road as a "very high priority," and
that it should be scheduled for implementation through the CIP during Phase I of the 2045 Plan.
We would appreciate your support by including these points in the comments submitted by the
Traffic Safety Committee. We will be submitting comments directly to the Planning Commission
asking that the draft plan be supplemented with additional language to ensure that the priority
identified in the Community Development Plan be implemented.
Number 3
a) Because 2 people have hit by cars and died walking/running on Kawaihae between Laelae
and Opelo in the past 10 years create sidewalk barrier that runs on both sides of road from
Kahawai to Opelo (it is my understanding sidewalk to be installed from Opelo to Spencer-
why not extend it 2 blocks where deaths have already occurred from autos veering off road)
b) Install barrier at bend just past Hospice on Kawaihae where cars going makai/west cut that
curve and drive into shoulder almost hitting pedestrians walking to town (you can see paint
worn and road bumps gone from drivers not driving in proper lane)
c) Mandate all county and state roads have shoulder big enough to move my car over into it
to allow for dangerous tailgating cars and cars wanting to speed and pass into oncoming traffic
(like Kiholo accident 2/18/25 killing 2 Waimea residents).
d) Put more crosswalks in Waimea Town- at Opelo/Kawaihae, at Kahawai/Kawaihae (Waimea
Trails at end of Kahawai gets a lot of people crossing)
e) Because Kawaihae Road was never meant to be a highway, mandate 3 lanes to accommodate
turn out lanes all up and down Kawaihae. Kawaihae has too many cars causing traffic backed
up for miles during am and pm commuting hours and special events-
5 Pages
gunnnr@hawaii.rr.con 808-938-2954 or evans.kohala@gmail.com 808-345-5810
f) ADD 2 NEW SUBDIVISIONS on South side of Kawaihae above Mauna Kea and below Waiula (self
help housing) with minimum 2 cars per household traveling on a winding dangerous road - Needs
total restructuring of this "highway"/old jeep road (reminds me of Tantalus on Oahu that would
never accommodate the Matson trucks+ commuters+ school busses+ tourist that travel daily on
Kawaihae
g) Put in bypass from Waimea Transfer Station road to Mamalahoa Hwy (up Lalamilo?) to pull
traffic off Kawaihae just before town
That is about it
Number 4
a) Page 117, 20.b
Language is non-committal to problem of ingress and egress in neighborhoods of size. I sug-
gest amend to read: Amend County Code design standards to eliminate neighborhoods of lots
totally 50 or more, incrementally built out or not, with only one inlet or outlet.
b) Page 118, 22.3
Definition of vulnerable is not defined. In drought pone geographic areas the population
is vulnerable. In a rural area with unsafe roads, for example, gravel or dirt, the population is
vulnerable. In a area of flood hazards and volcanic hazard area the population is vulnerable. In
areas where mass transit is unavailable, the population is vulnerable. Senior citizens who do
not drive are vulnerable.
c) Page 121, Table 32
Insert a requirement to reevaluate and upgrade roads based on increased usage and in
response to properties developed in the neighborhood or district. For example, Waikoloa Road
is a primary road not a secondary road. Trucks from the PORTS, trucks from solid waste man-
agement, military convoys, Kohala Coast and North Kohala communities use Waikoloa Road to
connect to Saddle Road.
d) Page 83. Comment on use of maps and planning director making land use decisions. Current
General Plan is a vision of where growth and what kind of growth is envisioned. The language
in this draft does not provide that king of certainty on what to expect and how decisions will
be made. For this reason I ask for unfavorable recommendation. For your information at the
community meeting I attended to go over the draft the land use maps were not provided for
public comment.
From::Megeso-William A: Denis
To:WPCtestimony; LPCtestimony; Council Testimony; Kimball, Heather; Kagiwada, Jennifer; Onishi, Dennis; Kierkiewicz, Ashley; Kanealii-Kleinfelder, Matt; Villegas, Rebecca;Galimba, Michelle M.; Inaba, Holeka; Hustace, James; cohmayor@hawaiicounty.govCc:WPCtestimony; LPCtestimony; Council Testimony; Kimball, Heather; Kagiwada, Jennifer; Onishi, Dennis; Kierkiewicz, Ashley; Kanealii-Kleinfelder, Matt; Villegas, Rebecca;Galimba, Michelle M.; Inaba, Holeka; Hustace, James; cohmayor@hawaiicounty.govSubject:Vote Unfavorable Recommendation on the Hawaii GP 2045!
Date:Saturday, March 8, 2025 8:56:48 PM
Aloha Commissioners,
The Big Island Plan cannot go through the way it is designed. It is hard to believeanyone in our local community helped design this plan.
Here are some concerns:
There is a huge part of the plan dedicated to "Climate Change". However, why do mostexperts state there is NO climate danger?
The word "Stakeholder," defined in the plan, is written 86 times and literally meansanyone in the entire world can have input on this plan. It is the shareholders, which arethe people who matter.
Please recommend Stakeholder change to the following: "Local Communities”. LocalCommunities are local Big Island farmers, homeowners, renters, organizations, businesses,and individuals who live on Big Island or have property on Big Island that will bepersonally affected by projects, decisions, or activities in the general plan. Effectivelocal community engagement and management are crucial for the success and sustainabilityof any initiative, as it helps ensure that diverse perspectives and interests areconsidered.
The OSCER Department in the plan will null and void all public input and leave decisionsto unelected officials. This is NOT okay! This department should not be created. This ison page 188, 40.8.
The Planning Department has sent out letters too many homeowners telling them their landuse will be changed from resident to recreation due to the General Plan 2045. This willdrastically lower their property value and opens the door to rezone the area. This isnot pono. It breaks the Aloha Spirit law § 5-7.5. Reducing someone's property value isnot okay. This must be made pono again.
There is a huge section on climate change and things that will be affected. This needs tobe further researched. There are over 1900 credentialed scientists that say there is noclimate danger.
Here is the pdf showing the scientist and what country they are from.
https://clintel.org/wp-content/uploads/2024/10/WCD-241023.pdf
John Coleman, the first weather man for Good Morning America and the Founder of theWeather Channel has gone on CNN and other media outlets stating, "There is no climatedanger". He explained the reason for this narrative is the investors, in renewableenergy, want to make these changes.
Hilo does not have a Community Development Plan. How can a Big Island General Plan moveforward without that? Hilo is 22% of the island.
1.13 under "Increase the biodiversity and resilience of native habitats" reads,"Incentivize private land management practices that protect and enhance natural resourcevalues and, when appropriate, pursue the acquisition of lands for the protection ofnatural resources." "Incentives" mean more taxes. "Protection" means more rules. Whose"values" is this plan referring too, because it's not the locals? "Pursue the acquisitionof lands" does this say they are going to pursing taking people's private property? Againwith "protection of natural resources". This plan should be focused on people growingmore food and it is doing the exact opposite!
This plan wants to turn land into "conservation". The exact opposite is what is neededfor Big Island! We need to turn land into Ag Villages and grow more food! SteveShropshire, a resident of Papaikou, has created an Ag Villages plan.
Ag Village to add to the General Plan:
Papaikou Ag Village Objectives:
https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_2cb1cc6d604f4cdd971ad40831c745bc.pdf
Papaikou Site Plan: https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_5e4cdb02efeb46a5ae949a3579aff00d.pdf
Papaikou Development:
https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_c2af52c8b3c645b1a6868a724eee8304.pdf
A Hawaiian born Kanaka revised the Collaborative Biocultural Stewardship that is in theplan. You can see it in the pdf below:
Part One:https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_0a1d5be8f1d140069415f7b691725786.pdf
Part Two: https://86fc0cbd-8207-4076-85fa-5a62e4e933b4.usrfiles.com/ugd/86fc0c_ecc498ba192d4a7689ebf31c3681c2ec.pdf
Here is a longer revised version of the plan from locals:
https://www.standtogetherhawaii.com/_files/ugd/86fc0c_b34739e4c99c461685de4c0207bf286e.pdf
The way this plan is written is very far from what will support our island.
Regards,
:Megeso-William: Denis
:Megeso-William: Denis
From:MAHA INC
To:WPCtestimony
Subject:Comments for the Hawaii County FINAL RECOMMENDED DRAFT GENERAL PLAN 2045
Date:Sunday, March 9, 2025 10:22:50 PM
Attachments:2025 HAwaii county General Plan.pdf
Aloha
Please find attached the written comments from MAHA Community Association on theFINAL RECOMMENDED DRAFT GENERAL PLAN 2045, Hawaii County.
Mahalo nui
Ainaaloha IoaneMAHA president
MAHA: Malama Ka Aina Hana Ka Aina
PO Box 1133 | Hilo, Hawaii 96721
The Honorable Zendo Kern, Director
County of Hawaii Planning Department
Aupuni Center, 101 Pauahi Street, Suite 3
Hilo, HI 96720
Aloha Director Kern:
RE: MAHA Comments on the County of Hawaii 2045 General Plan
M.A.H.A is the democratically elected governing body representing the Native Hawaiian
beneficiary on the wait-list residing and stewarding the lands of Kingʻs Landing,
Keaukaha Tract II, Hawaiian Homestead Lands.
My name is ʻĀInaaloha Ioane, I am MAHAʻs President. I was born on the homestead of
Kingʻs Landing, and raised in the subsistence village, and I oppose this plan.
MAHA is providing testimony in opposition to the proposed new roads shown on page
274 (image 2) of the Final Recommended Draft General Plan 2025.
Image 2 shows a proposed road that drives right into the heart of the Kingʻs Landing
Kuleana Subsistence Agriculture Homestead.
The Kingʻs Landing Settlement Plan, Final EA and Land designations was approved by
the Hawaiian Homes Commission on September 16th, 2024. This historical
accomplishment is a multigenerational, 45 year long land solution journey that the
beneficiaries have endured alongside the Department of Hawaiian Homelands.
The beneficiaries of Kingʻs Landing have stewarded the land, and rehabilitated as native
Hawaiian on the ʻāina of Kings Landing. For us to see a proposed road that utilizes our
quiet community road, and turns our tranquil, pristine Hawaiian Homestead community
into a zig zag of County roads, is offensive.
Looking at these maps, I conclude that the County's goal is to expose the secluded
coastline of Kingʻs Landing for further exploitation of our natural areas, and shows to
restrain or regard for the native Hawaiian beneficiary and small communities directly
affected. This is an assault on our livelihood, on our community and only seeks to
further develop and commercialize our hometown, and not for the benefit of the
community.
The Kingʻs Landing Settlement Plan and final EA was sent to the County of Hawaii
Planning Department for early consultation. No comments of a proposed road were ever
MAHA: Malama Ka Aina Hana Ka Aina
PO Box 1133 | Hilo, Hawaii 96721
mentioned. I provided early testimony on an earlier version of the General Plan, and
seen No mention of new roads! Please understand, These roads cut right into our
homestead lots! ʻAʻole!
Pursuant to the HHCA §206, Hawaiian home lands are not subject to zoning or other
land use controls by the County.
In addition, the MOA between the County of Hawaii and DHHL states.
III B. The County will consult with DHHL over the appropriate designations of
DHHL property in the Hawaii County General Plan LUPAG maps, and shall give
due weight and consideration to the comments of DHHL, and to officially adopted
DHHL plans.
Chairman Kali Watson, explicitly provided testimony in opposition to Bill 107 Hawaii
County Council Meeting. 1/19/2023, which proposed a Puna Makai route through the
Homestead of Panaewa.
The beneficiaries of MAHA Kingʻs Landing, the larger Hawaii Island beneficiaries, as
well as the Commissioners of the Department of Hawaiian Homelands have not been
notified nor consulted on this matter, and we have not had an opportunity to discuss
these long lasting effects as a native Hawaiian community before seeing it discussed on
a larger, resident, Island wide scale.
We have fought for, and diligently advocated for land settlement of Kingʻs Landing with
the Department of Hawaiian Homelands for 45 years. We are the first Hawaiian
Homestead community of beneficiaries to work collaboratively with the Planning
Department of DHHL in the design, and creation of our Settlement Plan, we put
community thought into it. We abided by the laws, Kapu and Kanawai of our kupuna,
and we will not abdicate. We will not relinquish our rights to a peaceful, secluded
rehabilitation for our beneficiary and the protection of the pristine coastline of Kingʻs
Landing.
One of the proposed roads, extends the current quiet Nene Street into Keaukahaʻs last
secluded County beach Park of Lehia and further into the DHHL ʻāina of Kingʻs Landing,
opening up our “back ponds” to even more extreme human pollution and tourism
exploitation. ʻAʻole! And further extends right up to my uncle's house on DHHL ʻāina.
ʻAʻole!
Is the County of Hawaii really proposing to relocate Native Hawaiian beneficiaries
again? This is not the 70ʻs, This is not WWII we are not reliving the Hilo airport!
MAHA: Malama Ka Aina Hana Ka Aina
PO Box 1133 | Hilo, Hawaii 96721
We are not relocating ever again!
Another “new road” will bring in an unreasonable amount of traffic into the small, quiet
community of Leleiwi, turning our “back roads” where our kupuna walk every morning
and our keiki ride their bikes into a major intersection and highway. ʻAʻole.
This erroneous attack on Hawaiian Homelands is a disrespectful approach and a land
snatch of trust lands.
MAHA is in communication with DHHL and Chairman Kali Watson to bring attention to
this matter.
In looking at the map, I ask myself who is it that these new roads benefit? What is the
narrative behind its shape? Hilo has been living life at a comfortable pace. Yes it takes
us longer to get out of Keaukaha, but if you are truly asking us, the residents of these
affected areas. I would rather sit an additional however many minutes in my car, then to
have these additional roads gut into our communities and expose our wahipana. Please
do not take us for fools, because when I see these maps, I do not see hope, I do not
see a future for my keiki. I see investors, eyeing up my community, and my ʻone hānau!
In summary, the proposed County “new roads” running through Kingʻs Landing, will
place extensive irreplaceable, irrevocable harm upon the native Hawaiian beneficiaries
that currently reside in, and steward the lands as well as the future 74 Hawaiian
Homestead Leases of Kingʻs Landing.
The “new roads” will place extensive irreplaceable harm upon the pristine quiet
coastline of Lehia.
Lastly, the “new roads” will place lasting irreplaceable harm upon the quiet coastline
community of Leleiwi, exaggerating an overcrowded, over tourism visited coastline.
In closing, the Planning Department had a kuleana to reach out to the beneficiaries and
to DHHL. The Planning Department had a kuleana to reach out to the affected
communities of Panaewa, Keaukaha and Leleiwi.
Looking at this map, I see possible solutions that can benefit all of Hawaiʻi County, the
beneficiaries of Kingʻs Landing, as well as East Hawaii residents,
So let's do a better job as a community and talk about this?
With strong opposition and disappointment,
MAHA: Malama Ka Aina Hana Ka Aina
PO Box 1133 | Hilo, Hawaii 96721
The beneficiaries of the Kingʻs Landing Kuleana Subsistence Agriculture Homestead.
MAHA, Malama Ka Aina Hana Ka Aina Community Association representing the
Hawaiian beneficiaries residing in Kingʻs Landing.
President ʻĀinaaloha Ioane
In addition,
MAHA supports the written testimony and comments provided by the Department Of
Hawaiian Home Lands and its Chairman Kali Watson dated February 28th, 2025.
Specifically
comment 1) Highlighting the MOU between the County and DHHL that recognizes the
unique status of the Hawaiian Homes Commission’s land use authority over DHHL
lands and the need for current and future County staff,
elected officials, and future members of the public continue to have an
institutional memory of the relationship between DHHL and the
County, and that Incorporating a reference to this document in the 2045 County
General Plan Update will better guarantee that this institutional memory is
perpetuated in future generations.
Comment 2) DHHL requests that its 2022 DHHL General Plan Update be
referenced and / or included in the 2045 County General Plan.
Comment 3) That their be specific policies that articulate that DHHL Plans will be the
authority on land use that will guide County policy regarding land uses and projects
surrounding DHHL lands.
Comment 5. The County should not be articulating proposed roads through Hawaiian
Home Lands in its General Plan without first consulting with DHHL and its
Beneficiaries.
Comment 4) strongly encouraging the County to begin its process to develop a
County Community Development Plan (CDP) for the South Hilo District. Because They
serve to provide a forum for community input to reflect the character of each community.
From:Sherilyn Wells
To:Council Testimony; Kimball, Heather; Kagiwada, Jennifer; Kierkiewicz, Ashley; LPCtestimony; WPCtestimony;Onishi, Dennis; Kanealii-Kleinfelder, Matt; Villegas, Rebecca; Galimba, Michelle M.; Inaba, Holeka; Hustace,James; cohmayor@hawaiicounty.gov
Subject:Additional testimony re proposed 2045 plan for Hawai"i County. March 2025 hearing.
Date:Sunday, March 9, 2025 10:26:04 PM
Attachments:20200403_SARS_CoV_Patent_Corpus_Lit_Review.pdfHawaii General Plan Proposed Changes 2025 comments by Sherilyn Wells January 2025(4)(2).docProposed 2045 Plan for Hawai.doc
Sherilyn Wells March 2025 testimony on the proposed 2045 Plan, supplement to January 2025testimony. Many people have already offered expert testimony and very perceptive criticism of this Plan.Rather than repeat their observations, for this second submission I have chosen to go beneaththe surface, to reveal the nature of the underlying system, the organizations and people, thatappear to be the engine behind many, if not all, of the Plan concepts. Let’s bring everything into the light: “The phrase "sunlight is the best disinfectant" is awell-known quote by U.S. Supreme Court Justice Louis Brandeis, which he usedmetaphorically to emphasize the importance of transparency and openness in society andgovernance.”
FULL TEXT in attachment - Proposed 2045 Plan for Hawaii.
Sherilyn Wells March 2025 testimony on the proposed 2045 Plan, supplement to January2025 testimony. Many people have already offered expert testimony and very perceptive criticism of thisPlan.Rather than repeat their observations, for this second submission I have chosen to gobeneath the surface, to reveal the nature of the underlying system, the organizations andpeople, that appear to be the engine behind many, if not all, of the Plan concepts. Let’s bring everything into the light: “The phrase "sunlight is the best disinfectant" is awell-known quote by U.S. Supreme Court Justice Louis Brandeis, which he usedmetaphorically to emphasize the importance of transparency and openness in society andgovernance.” I. RESPONSE REQUIRED as per HRS §226-109(9) – page 2 II. ARE YOU PREPARED TO ADDRESS ONE VERY REAL (SUPER WEALTHY)ISSUE? – page 3 III. PRO FORMA vs. REALLY INCORPORATING TESTIMONY – HOW WILLTHIS PROCESS END? – page 3 IV. HALT THE SLIDE INTO A “WEF GREAT RESET CLONE” PLAN – page 4 V. DR DAVID MARTIN ON TRIGGERS USED TO CALL FOR THE GREAT RESET– page 5
VI. PYRAMID – page 5 VII. USING CRISES – page 6 VIII. WHERE’S HOMEOWNER? – page 6 IX. HAPPINESS, PROPERTY, AND PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT – page 7 X. PROPERTY AND PERSONHOOD BY MARGARET JANE RADIN – page 8 XI. CONNECTING STAKEHOLDERS TO COVID/CRISIS (WEF) – page 8 XII. WEF: COVID WAS A LITMUS TEST FOR “STAKEHOLDER CAPITALISM” –page 9 XIII. DR DAVID MARTIN’S RESEARCH – page 9 XIV. THE COVID ORCHESTRA INCLUDES WEF – NAMING NAMES. page 11 XV. MEDIA OWNERSHIP DICTATES CONTENT (Manipulation System Mouthpiece– MSM) – page 12 XVI. PHILANTHROPY.. or is it? PUBLIC RETENTION OF POWER. - page 14 XVII. ARTFUL LANGUAGE ON BEHALF OF DECEPTION – page 14 XVIII. LIFE EXPERIENCE – page 14 XIX. Hawai’i General Plan re Proposed Changes in 2025 – Submission Number One(January 2025) – page 15 XX. Article - Editor of major newspaper says he planted stories for CIA – page 28 XXI. Article - Dr. David Martin Exposes the Names and Faces of the People Who AreKilling Humanity; Red Pill Expo, November 19, 2021 – page 31 XXII. Article - TRANSCRIPT Of Dr David E. Martin's Speech At The European UnionParliament, Covid Summit, MAY 2023 – page 39 XXIII. Article - Breaking The WEF Matrix: How To Resist The Great Reset - page 45 I. RESPONSE REQUIRED as per HRS §226-109(9) I am including my January testimony again re the requirement, as per HRS §226-109 (9)(a statute cited in the Plan), for a response to this new information on the topic of climatechange.HRS §226-109(9) - Use management and implementation approaches that encourage thecontinual collection, evaluation, and integration of new information and strategies intonew and existing practices, policies, and plans; and
The 2045 Plan language does not reflect the broader, more scientific nature ofcomprehensive (not limited to alleged anthropogenic) climate change studies, aswell as noting where there are uncertainties or deficiencies in the data andconclusions.It does not reflect where there is professional dissent (reminiscent of thecensorship/exclusion of professional Covid dissent at the beginning).It does not address studies that show positive effects from increasing CO2.The Plan does not address the missing elements and inabilities of climate changemodeling systems.The Plan does not address the emergence of new energy systems, already patented,awaiting sufficient political support for their release, systems that will NOTintroduce greenhouse gases into the atmosphere. Relevant terms like Zero Pointand Free Energy, etc., are nowhere in the Plan.
II. ARE YOU PREPARED TO ADDRESS ONE VERY REAL (SUPER WEALTHY)ISSUE?
Given the great transfer of wealth during Covid[1], from the lower and middle class intoa growing group of (existing and) newly created super wealthy… Where is the REAL (no holds barred) discussion re robust, community-driven solutionsto -address affordability and availability of housing ownership when wealthycorporations/individuals buy up properties well above market value, putting homeownership even further out of reach for the “average” local resident andsignificantly altering the property taxes of surrounding homeowners (a backdoorapproach to gradually, financially forcing them out, too?) - PAGE 181 – HousingChallenges;
a discussion about how to protect the integrity and the “fabric” of communitieswhen local businesses who have been a part of the community, some for decades orlonger, are suddenly closed down after wealthy corporations/individuals buy up theland beneath them;
a discussion about how much disproportionate influence we can then expect thesesuper wealthy “stakeholders” to have on our community development andplanning processes, including via their public/private projects (see who comprisesthe WEF Great Reset stakeholders in footnote 3 – hint – it’s NOT the averageperson). And take the verb “improving” (quote below) with a huge grain of salt…
“One of the stated aims of the WEF is that it will be “…committed toimproving the state of the world through public-private cooperation.”https://thegeopolity.com/2023/01/26/the-wef-and-the-great-reset/
CONCLUSION: MISSING from the plan: this issue of the SUPER WEALTHY and their impact on ourisland, our ohana, our community. More below on the need for private/public
partnership transparency at the inception of any process. III. PRO FORMA vs. REALLY INCORPORATING TESTIMONY – HOW WILLTHIS PROCESS END? I’ve attended many meetings where it was clear that hearings were “pro forma,” donefor the purpose of fulfilling a legal or statutory requirement, but without any intention ofactually reflecting on, of incorporating or integrating, any testimony that goes contraryto the plan that’s already been chosen behind closed doors. Donna Thompson of Waimea, whose excellent testimony I herein incorporate via reference,has made similar observations. IV. HALT THE SLIDE INTO A “WEF GREAT RESET CLONE” PLAN You can still step back from this slippery slope and HALT THE SLIDE towards theultimate result of creating, in “2045,” a WEF-Great-Reset-like plan (Agenda 21, as perMs. Thompson), but it may well require refusing to let this island’s backroom powerplayers have their way and empowering the people instead. In June 2019, the WEFsigned a Strategic Partnership Framework agreement withthe United Nations. The WEF and the UN agreed to collaboratively “acceleratethe implementation of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development: milestones
to complete the UN’s plan for the 21st century, also known as Agenda 21 – theUN’s vision for a centrally managed global society. The policies required toachieve these sustainable development goals (SDGs) are developed by the multi-stakeholder partnership. https://yfsmagazine.com/2023/07/30/wef-resist-the-great-reset
Even in the face of growing widespread opposition, governments are pursuingWEF’s strategy as it is no secret that the international organisation has managedto infiltrate them through its Young Global Leaders.https://thegeopolity.com/2023/01/26/the-wef-and-the-great-reset/ In his book, Kahn explores subverting democracy by training a certain group insociety as potential leaders, with those pre-selected few groomed for power beingable to define what our shared values as a society should be. Sound familiar?Today’s World Economic Forum’s Young Global Leader scheme is the exactmanifestation of his original proposal. In essence, they will hold all the cards,whilst the common people will be left with illusory pseudo-democratic processes,poverty, and constant absurd psychological operations (PSYOPs) to sow chaosand distract us all unceasingly. https://yfsmagazine.com/2023/07/30/wef-resist-the-great-reset
Sidenote – one of my Waimea friends recently asked the Mayor if this plan will goforward regardless of all the citizen opposition and the Mayor’s reply was that weDON’T have to adopt the 2045 Plan.. (Now THERE’s a concept.)
Just remember – WEF’s oh-so-well-crafted rhetoric (the velvet glove) seldom matches
their intended outcome (the iron fist inside the glove).[2] Focus group research anddecades of mind control research by our government and universities give these elite
groups “pathways into persuasion” that don’t have to reflect reality. 1. Velvet glove – Covid concerns. 2. Velvet glove – climate change* concerns (*the erroneous WEF-type – see my Januarytestimony about a more comprehensive and scientific approach). 3. Iron fist – control over the public. SMART city – Surveilling the Masses And Restricting Transactions (thanks to China forshowing us the reality, within a “SMART” city, of consequences for failure to followprescribed social actions). V. DR DAVID MARTIN ON TRIGGERS USED TO CALL FOR THE GREAT RESET Refer to Dr. David Martin’s research and information, included below, in which hepresents the evidence for WEF’s disingenuous history with Covid and the experimentalinjection (which they secretly co-participated in creating, then used as a rationale forlaunching their Great Reset). WEF is NOW using “climate change” as the new, post-Covid driver to impose theircontrol agenda. Notice how much the deliberately limited, non-comprehensive, WEF version of “climatechange” is used in this 2045 plan. Why use something so flawed, unless it was in serviceto an agenda, ergo NOT a commitment to best available science? See my January testimony for a more science-based consideration of climate change. VI. PYRAMID Therefore, this plan is a pyramid attempting to look like a level playing field, in which
the pyramid’s capstone will be a small cadre of “stakeholders[3]” (WEF term, used 86times in the proposed plan) and many of the goals (and omissions) look remarkablysimilar to the WEF Great Reset. For instance, observe this Plan-consultant’s profile:Consultants, Page 2; Page 86, footnote 3 – SMART GROWTH AMERICASmart Growth America focuses on three specific priorities: Climate change andresilience, advancing racial equity, and creating healthy communities. https://smartgrowthamerica.org/our-work/ Great Reset – a globalist-driven initiative to establish Schwab’s visionof stakeholder capitalism, where corporations are positioned as “trustees ofsociety” to address the world’s economic and social woes.https://yfsmagazine.com/2023/07/30/wef-resist-the-great-reset Therefore, it is important to now address WEF as the background basis for 2045’scharacteristics, in the hopes that the 2045 planners might want to seriously reconsiderwhether taking cues – covertly - from WEF is truly in the best interests of the people ofthis island, this state. And here’s why… VII. USING CRISES
Unfortunately, WEF history is typically that of pursuing more centralized control of andpower over the individual, the public, regardless of deceptive rhetoric claimingotherwise.
The opportunistic use and/or deliberate creation of “crises”[4] are a common tool forexpanding control (see WEF articles on taking advantage of Covid to advancestakeholder capitalism). A more sinister aspect of the WEF/Covid connection is revealed by Dr. David Martin’sresearch, which will be referenced below (see also Footnote 4). VIII. WHERE’S HOMEOWNER?
WEF’s 2018 Predictions for 2030: “You’ll own nothing. And you’ll be happy.”[5]
It is telling that THE TERM “STAKEHOLDER” IN THE 2045 PLAN’S GLOSSARYDOES NOT EXPLICITLY INCLUDE HOMEOWNER, nor do we find HOMEOWNERelsewhere in the document. In litigation citing a statute or code, the deliberate absence ofa term is considered dispositive. In this plan, there are:EIGHTY-SIX (86) matches for STAKEHOLDER. ZERO (0) matches for HOMEOWNER (although Homeownership does show up twice).There are also NO matches for SELF SUFFICIENT, which is a cornerstone of howpeople are better able to weather change and maintain their freedom and personalpower. Coincidence?
Freedom is the greatest fruit of self-sufficiency.
Epicurus IX. HAPPINESS, PROPERTY, AND PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT This article reviews the WEF’s 2018 prediction for 2030 - “You’ll own nothing. Andyou’ll be happy” - and finds property ownership to be a cornerstone of personalhappiness. A future with no individual ownership is not a happy one: Property theory showswhy. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0016328723001131 The greatest fine art of the future will be the making of a comfortable living froma small piece of land. Abraham Lincoln Notice that “..the pursuit of happiness” was considered a self-evident truth andunalienable RIGHT, important enough by the founders of this nation to be mentioned inthe preamble of one of our country’s foundational documents. Therefore, happiness of the people is an important benchmark indicating “success” as
further development of our island communities takes place. “You’ll own nothing. And you’ll be happy.” This prediction, based on just one ofeight made by the World Economic Forum’s (WEF) network of Global FutureCouncils (Parker, 2016), assumed this expression in a video produced by the WEF in
November 2016. As a tool intended to disseminate its content, the video was
published both to the WEF’s own website4 and its Facebook page,5 and was then
shared across other media platforms…
Very few of the comments6 could be characterised as being in any sense positivetoward the prediction. After the WEF announced its ‘Great Reset’ agenda to the world in June 2020(Schwab, 2020), reaction to the prediction became stronger and louder still. COVID-19 was identified as the principal reason for pursuing the agenda, but the
WEF claimed that it also addressed the “…climate and social crises” emerging evenbefore the pandemic’s onset (Schwab, 2020).
A diverse cross-section of concerned citizenry across the world was, however, havingnone of it. https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0016328723001131 X. PROPERTY AND PERSONHOOD BY MARGARET JANE RADIN Margaret Jane Radin is known for her influential article "Property and Personhood,"which was published in the Stanford Law Review in 1982. This article has been cited over 700 times and has been recognized as one of the 100 mostcited law review articles of all time. In this article, Radin argues that individuals require secure control over certain aspectsof their external environment in the form of property rights to achieve proper self-development or personhood. She also discusses how property rights for personhood serve as a justification forproperty rights in general and for some current schemes of property entitlement. In the article Professor Radin makes a compelling case that proper self-development, orpersonhood, requires individuals to have secure control over certain things—e.g., one’shome residence—in their external environment in the form of property rights. https://www.researchgate.net/publication/45457879_Property_and_Personhood_Revisited XI. CONNECTING STAKEHOLDERS TO COVID/CRISIS (WEF) The changes we have already seen in response to COVID-19 prove that a reset of oureconomic and social foundations is possible. This is our best chance to instigate stakeholder capitalism - and here's how it can beachieved.
https://www.weforum.org/stories/2020/06/now-is-the-time-for-a-great-reset/
XII. WEF: COVID WAS A LITMUS TEST FOR “STAKEHOLDER CAPITALISM” According to WEF, Covid 19 is a litmus test for stakeholder capitalism – with remotelytracking people and remote teaching lauded by WEF as great examples of how acompany can meet that stakeholder capitalism goal.https://www.weforum.org/stories/2020/03/covid-19-is-a-litmus-test-for-stakeholder-capitalism/By contrast, other companies used profits to invest in digital transformation, talent,research and development, and their customer relations. That now gives them anability to react that other companies lack. Microsoft, for example, ranked first inJUST Capital’s stakeholder companies ranking, is a collaborator on Johns Hopkins’coronavirus tracker, and is providing teachers with access and training for its Teamsprogram to teach remotely. It can do so because of its business model, but alsobecause its stakeholders expect it to step up at times such as these. XIII. DR DAVID MARTIN’S RESEARCH
Dr. David Martin[6] was able, thanks to his remarkable CV and decades of investigativework for the government, to track patents and the history of Covid. See attached document - 20200403_SARS_CoV_Patent_Corpus_Lit_Review.pdf. The perpetrators’ (including WEF) shocking willingness to inflict harm via the Covidexperience (see Dr. David Martin’s Red Pill Expo, November 19, 2021, talk in the video
link[7]) is in utter/complete antagonism to Hawai’i’s values of ALOHA, as described in
the state statute.[8] And remember, WEF used Covid to trot out The Great Reset, whichthis 2045 Plan emulates. As Dr. Martin points out, if any of his facts are false, he could be sued. And no one has… The following quote should be a massive wakeup call to the public re those behind theunleashing of Covid and the experimental injections: "So .. the fact of the matter is, they actually stated in 2014 that this was aboutinvestors responding if they see profit at the end of the process."Dr. David Martin | National Citizens Inquiry Canada | March 6th 2025 |Edmonton, Albertahttps://rumble.com/v6qds3o-national-citizens-inquiry-with-dr.-david-martin-march-6th-2025-edmonton-alb.html?e9s=src_v1_ucp Dr. Martin was also invited to speak at the European Union Parliament’s Covid Summitin 2023. https://rumble.com/v2ncp8w-dr-david-e.-martin-phd-covid-summit-european-union-parliament-may-2023.html XIV. THE COVID ORCHESTRA INCLUDES WEF – NAMING NAMES Dr. Martin refers to the major players orchestrating the plandemic as The CovidOrchestra, his research having proved that it was accurate to designate Covid and theexperimental injection as a planned event (plandemic).
Even in the face of growing widespread opposition, governments are pursuingWEF’s strategy as it is no secret that the international organisation has managedto infiltrate them through its Young Global Leaders.https://thegeopolity.com/2023/01/26/the-wef-and-the-great-reset/ The full article, summarizing Dr. Martin’s Red Pill Expo speech and identifying theorganizations, as well as the people, involved in creating the plandemic, is reproduced atthe bottom of this testimony. In the meantime, notice that WEF is represented FOURTIMES in the “Covid Orchestra” of major players. Excerpt from Dr. David Martin’s speech at the Red Pill Expo: THE COVID ORCHESTRA“But this, Ladies and Gentlemen is the slide you wanted to see. This is actually thenames and faces of the people who are, in fact killing humanity. And that’s ALLof them. …Let’s make sure that we don’t ever forget the names and the faces ofthe people who decided to kill us…”
· Peter Brabeck-Letmathe, Vice-Chairman of the Board of Trustees WEF· Klaus Schwab, Founder and Executive Chairman, WEF· Marc Benioff, Chair and Chief Executive Officer, Salesforce, WEF Trustee,WEF Young Global Leader · Luis Alberto Moreno, WEF Young Global Leader (Sherilyn – the remainder of the Orchestra list is at the end of this testimony, wherethe full article - about the extensive origins of/patents associated with Covid and theexperimental injection - is reprinted). As Dr. Martin points out, if any of his facts are false, he could be sued. And no one has…This list is a horrifying indictment, but words alone cannot begin to impress upon us thetrue/ultimate consequences of following any plan mapped out, in part, by such anorganization. SO… let’s personalize what happened to humanity as a result of that trigger for THEGREAT RESET (Great Reset being a role model this plan is following).Start by watching these links, a testament to the death and damage unleashed onhumanity via all those companies and people named by Dr. David Martin. FOLLOW THE SILENCED https://followthesilenced.com/
“the filmmakers uncovered a larger story behind a successful campaign to conceal the true scope
of injuries from these vaccines” WITNESS STATEMENT https://rumble.com/v6px9fk-witness-statement-australian-documentary-biggest-crime-in-human-history-jan.html?e9s=rel_v2_prJapan’s most senior cancer doctor: COVID shots are ‘essentially murder’ https://www.lifesitenews.com/news/japans-most-senior-cancer-doctor-covid-shots-are-essentially-murder/Dr. Michael Goodkin - Letter to HHS Secretary RFK Jr.: ‘I Urge You to Act Now.Expose the Corruption.’
https://childrenshealthdefense.org/defender/michael-goodkin-letter-hhs-secretary-rfk-jr-expose-corruption/ XV. MEDIA OWNERSHIP DICTATES CONTENT (Manipulation System Mouthpiece– MSM) I add this part because, while we’re looking at this WEF role model, the WEF alsostressed what THEY called misinformation in the obstacles to getting their Great Resetunderway.Of course, what they called misinformation proved to be accurate information… it justdid not support their WEF-control agenda.
Complicit media, whose ownership is now concentrated in six companies[9], come inhandy for the power brokers to narrow information available to the public in order tocreate a preferred public response. That is just as true here in Hawai’i as elsewhere.Cooperation with/involvement/infiltration of the intelligence agencies is also common. William B. Bader, former CIA intelligence officer, in his testimony before theSenate Intelligence Committee, said:“There is quite an incredible spread of relationships. You don’t need tomanipulate Time magazine, for example, because there are [Central Intelligence]Agency people at the management level.” And then there’s Project Mockingbird (see Church Committee testimony and report).German journalist Udo Ulfkotte authored a confessional titled Presstitutes Embedded InThe Pay Of The CIA, further proving that the CIA’s Project Mockingbird infiltration ofmainstream media is still “alive and well.”Udo also mentions George Soros (who is affiliated with WEF and is a regular speaker attheir DAVOS meetings). So when you see SOROS/OPEN SOCIETY, also think WEF. When it says “American” inthe next excerpt, Udo means CIA. Udo: “Those dismissive of the role of the financier George Soros will be interestedto learn of the prominence the Soros backed European Council of Foreign Relationsplays in policy formation, something Ulfkotte experienced first hand…how Soroswas part and parcel of the political regime in Germany, and essential to effortsexpanding American hegemony in Eastern and Central Europe. Udo Ulfkotte, deceased German journalist and author of the confessional,Presstitutes Embedded In The Pay Of The CIA.https://www.theburkean.ie/articles/2020/09/20/udo-ulfkotte-was-a-nationalist-journalist-murdered-in-germany This next article, based on leaked internal documents (CCDH), poses a powerful questionabout censorship. Once again, notice the Soros connection, intelligence agencies, etc. Are U.S. Taxpayers Funding ‘Corrupt Dark-money Network’ That Censored CHD, RFKJr. and Others? A new analysis of government spending shows that several U.S. taxpayer-fundedorganizations are linked to the Center for Countering Digital Hate.
Last year, reporting by Thacker and Matt Taibbi, based on internal documentsleaked by CCDH insiders, revealed that CCDH planned to “kill” X, shut downpopular social media accounts on other platforms, censor non-establishmentvoices and “bring back” attacks on “antivaxx” voices, among other things.
According to the documents, CCDH planned to organize “black ops” againstKennedy, who was a U.S. presidential candidate at the time. The group alsoplanned to pressure Substack to remove COVID-19 vaccine critics Mercola andAlex Berenson from its platform.
A subsequent investigation by Ji traced some of the organizations that financiallysupport CCDH, including several U.K.-based nonprofits affiliated with legacymedia organizations, the U.K. government and major philanthropic organizationssuch as the Open Society Foundations (Soros) and the Ford Foundation.
“These hidden contributions reveal a coordinated pipeline of financial influenceinvolving U.S. intelligence-adjacent entities, UK Crown interests, and Soros-backed organizations like the Tides Foundation,” Ji wrote.
https://childrenshealthdefense.org/defender/us-taxpayer-funds-ccdh-dark-money-censorship-rfk-jr-chd/
XVI. PHILANTHROPY.. or is it? PUBLIC RETENTION OF POWER. A power/control chess move is often disguised as philanthropy, too (just look at BillGates as one example, whose philanthropy “somehow” seemed to routinely/exponentiallyincrease his personal wealth – vaccine stocks bought, then sold, with remarkablyprescient timing – and to increase his influence – GAVI, WHO). SO – public/private partnerships MUST be transparent, projects required to be revealedat the inception of the process and examined VERY closely to ensure that NO such
transfer of power away from the citizens is taking place as quid pro quo[10]. ***How this public retention of power might be achieved is another topic worthy ofsoliciting deeper community input/solutions.*** XVII. ARTFUL LANGUAGE ON BEHALF OF DECEPTION The language employed by plans following in the footsteps of the Great Reset (whoseultimate, albeit hidden, purpose is to reduce choice/freedom) may adeptly hide the trueintent, thanks in part to (1) focus group research to learn which phrases are mostpersuasive for the general public and (2) decades of mind control experimentation (e.g.,Monarch, MKUltra, etc.), as revealed by whistleblowers like Cathy O’Brien (AccessDenied For Reasons Of National Security; The Tranceformation of America). XVIII. LIFE EXPERIENCE I have been -a former public interest environmental litigator (including in favor of growthmanagement), a former co-president of the Washington Environmental Council who helped craft
legislative language for amendments to the state statute RCW 36.70A,a former Board member of the Washington Toxics Coalition,a co-founder of and reporter for a local newspaper that didn’t depend on externalagents for its funding (ergo was not obligated to slant the news in favor of anyparticular monied entity),a co-founder of a local environmental organization (Watershed Defense Fund,which became the Clean Water Alliance),a former candidate for countywide public office (Democrat, although the officeitself was non-partisan),a speaker within the educational system on both (1) issues of the day and (2) activecitizenship,a mother/grandmother whose stake in a positive future is thus both personal aswell as societal,a relative of people (1) who covertly worked for the CIA and (2) who were high-security-clearance law enforcement on an international border (and who witnessedthe corruption within our system, too), andI was raised in countries which did not enjoy even the appearance of a democraticprocess, so my appreciation for a constitutional republic and genuine, accurateelections* (*which we do NOT yet have in Hawai’i – lots of evidence on that topic!)is amplified.
[1] https://totalnews.com/another-massive-transfer-of-wealth-incoming/
[2] Breaking The WEF Matrix: How To Resist The Great Reset - http://yfsmagazine.com/2023/07/30/wef-resist-the-great-reset/
The WEF and the Great Reset by Wasif Chaudry
http://thegeopolity.com/2023/01/26/the-wef-and-the-great-reset/ [3] “A global network of stakeholder capitalist partners are collaborating to usher inwhat they claim to be a new model of enhanced democratic accountability that includes“civil society.” Continued…
However, beneath their deceptive use of the term civil society lies an ideology whichoffers this network an unprecedented degree of political control that threatens toextinguish representative democracy entirely.
”What is further obfuscated is that civil society stakeholders are selected.“Representatives from NGOs, religious communities, unions, and philanthropicfoundations are the selected stakeholders whose only role is to agree with the policiesplaced on the table by the public-private partnership,” Davis adds. Their consent isdeemed your consent. http://yfsmagazine.com/2023/07/30/wef-resist-the-great-reset
[4]Dr. David Martin: Who “They” Are, “The Names and Faces” - Dr. David Martin Exposes the Names andFaces of the People Who Are Killing Humanity
https://www.algora.com/Algora_blog/2021/11/20/dr-david-martin-who-they-are-the-names-and-faces
Dr. David Martin reveals Fauci’s Trail of Covid Patents’ since 2002 (includes additional links to source
documents) https://www.algora.com/Algora_blog/2021/07/12/breaking-news-patents-filed-in-america-as-far-back-as-2002-concerning-sars-cov-2-coronavirus
Dr. David Martin's Covid Bioweapon Speech at 'An Injection of Truth' Town Hall Held March 3/25 in
Calgary, Alberta https://rumble.com/v6q6rt2-dr-david-martin-calgary.html WEF article (ah, the irony if you’ve read Dr. David Martin’s evidence) - A New Yorksimulation showed we weren’t prepared for coronavirus. But it’s not too late to act https://www.weforum.org/stories/2020/03/covid-19-coronavirus-new-york-simulation-lessons-not-too-late-to-act/
[5] "You'll own nothing and you'll be happy" is a phrase from 2018 predictions for 2030published by the World Economic Forum, cited as being based on input from membersof the World Economic Forum Global Futures Councils, likely in turn based on a 2016article in which Danish Social Democrat Ida Auken outlines her vision of the future.[6] Dr. David Martin is the founding CEO of M∙CAM Inc. M∙CAM is the international leader in intellectual property-
based financial risk management. From auditing patent quality for governments and patent offices, to providing
state-of-the-art actuarial risk management systems and solutions to the largest banks and insurance companies,M∙CAM has established a global standard in patent quality and commercial validity assessment and management.
A spokesperson for global intellectual property accountability and quality reform, Dr. Martin has worked closely with
the United States Congress, numerous trade and finance regulatory agencies in the United States, Europe and Asia,
in advocating and deploying infrastructure to support growing reliance on proprietary rights in businesstransactions. M∙CAM has supported the modernization of intellectual property, tax, and accounting laws through its
work with oversight agencies and policy makers.
Dr. Martin has founded several for-profit and non-profit companies and organizations and serves of several boards.
He was the founding CEO of Mosaic Technologies Inc., a company that developed and commercialized advanced
computational linguistics technologies, dynamic data compression and encryption technologies, electrical field
transmission technology, medical diagnostics, and stealth/anechoic technology. He was a founding member ofJapan’s Institute for Interface Science & Technology. He founded and served as Executive Director of the
Charlottesville Venture Group. He has served as a board member for the Research Institute for Small and EmergingBusiness (Washington D.C.), the Academy for Augmenting Grassroots Technological Innovations (India), the IST
(Japan) the Charlottesville Regional Chamber of Commerce (Virginia), and the Charlottesville IndustrialDevelopment Agency (Virginia).
As former Assistant Professor at the University of Virginia’s School of Medicine, Dr. Martin founded the University’s
first wholly-owned, for-profit, research and development and technology transfer corporation. Engaged in domestic
and international technology transfer, clinical research, and financing, this company pioneered new techniquesinnovation management that have become industry standards. In 1999, Dr. Martin was appointed by the Governor of
the Commonwealth of Virginia to serve on the Joint Commission on Technology and Science and has served theGeneral Assembly and Virginia’s Center for Innovative Technology on numerous occasions.
Dr. Martin’s work with the Batten Institute at the Darden Graduate School of Business Administration at the
University of Virginia and his related work at the Indian Institute for Management in Ahmedabad India has brought
unprecedented curricular focus to areas of intangible asset risk management, finance, and accounting standards. In
addition to his academic work, Dr. Martin has closely advised intellectual property based finance and investment
programs in India, China, Denmark, the European Union, the United Kingdom, South Africa, the Islamic Republic ofIran, the United States, and the United Arab Emirates.
Dr. Martin has publications in law, medicine, engineering, finance and education. He maintains active research in the
fields of linguistic genomics, fractal financial risk modeling, as well as continuing his over 15 years of research in
cellular membrane ionic signaling.
https://www.wipo.int/meetings/en/2006/scp_of_ge_06/speakers/martin.html
https://www.m-cam.com/about-us/
[7] Dr. David Martin: Who “They” Are, “The Names and Faces” - Dr. David Martin Exposes the Names andFaces of the People Who Are Killing Humanity https://www.algora.com/Algora_blog/2021/11/20/dr-david-martin-who-they-are-the-names-and-facesDr. David Martin reveals Fauci’s Trail of Covid Patents’ since 2002 (includes additional links to source
documents) https://www.algora.com/Algora_blog/2021/07/12/breaking-news-patents-filed-in-america-as-far-back-as-2002-concerning-sars-cov-2-coronavirus
Dr. David Martin's Covid Bioweapon Speech at 'An Injection of Truth' Town Hall Held March 3/25 in
Calgary, Alberta https://rumble.com/v6q6rt2-dr-david-martin-calgary.html Dr. David E. Martin PhD. – Covid Summit – European Union Parliament May 2023 https://rumble.com/v2ncp8w-dr-david-e.-martin-phd-covid-summit-european-union-parliament-may-2023.html [8] https://www.hawaii.edu/uhwo/clear/home/lawaloha.html § 5-7.5 "Aloha Spirit". (a) "Aloha Spirit" is the coordination of mind and heart withineach person. It brings each person to the self. Each person must think and emote goodfeelings to others. In the contemplation and presence of the life force, "Aloha", thefollowing unuhi laulā loa may be used: "Akahai", meaning kindness to be expressed with tenderness; "Lōkahi", meaning unity, to be expressed with harmony; "ʻOluʻolu" meaning agreeable, to be expressed with pleasantness; "Haʻahaʻa", meaning humility, to be expressed with modesty; "Ahonui", meaning patience, to be expressed with perseverance. These are traits of character that express the charm, warmth and sincerity of Hawaii'speople. It was the working philosophy of native Hawaiians and was presented as a gift tothe people of Hawaiʻi. ''Aloha'' is more than a word of greeting or farewell or asalutation. ''Aloha'' means mutual regard and affection and extends warmth in caringwith no obligation in return. "Aloha" is the essence of relationships in which each personis important to every other person for collective existence. ''Aloha'' means to hear what isnot said, to see what cannot be seen and to know the unknowable. (b) In exercising their power on behalf of the people and in fulfillment of theirresponsibilities, obligations and service to the people, the legislature, governor, lieutenantgovernor, executive officers of each department, the chief justice, associate justices, andjudges of the appellate, circuit, and district courts may contemplate and reside with thelife force and give consideration to the "Aloha Spirit". [L 1986, c 202, § 1]
[9] https://www.webfx.com/blog/internet/the-6-companies-that-own-almost-all-media-infographic/ [10] Cambridge Dictionary: something that you give to someone in return for themgiving something back to you:a quid pro quo - It's all legal as long as contributions aren't a quidproquo for politicalfavors.
Sent with Proton Mail secure email.
ANIMATE VALUE™
Info@m-cam.com 513 E Main Street #2014 Charlottesville, VA 22902 T: 434· 979· 7240
The following data is being made publicly available for the
Commons by M·CAM International LLC based on a series of
reviews of patent literature derived from references found in:
A novel bat coronavirus reveals natural insertions at the S1/S2 2 cleavage site of the Spike
protein and a possible recombinant 3 origin of HCoV-19 4 Hong Zhou1,8, Xing Chen2,8, Tao
Hu1,8 , Juan Li1,8, Hao Song3 , Yanran Liu1 , Peihan Wang1 5 , Di Liu4 , Jing Yang5 , Edward
C. Holmes6 , Alice C. Hughes2,*, Yuhai Bi5,*, Weifeng Shi1,7,*
The Proximal Origin of SARS-CoV-2 Kristian G. Andersen1,2*, Andrew Rambaut3, W. Ian Lipkin4,
Edward C. Holmes5 & Robert F. Garry6,7
And sequences leading to the reporting of genomic epidemiology at https://nextstrain.org/ncov
Polybasic cleavage site for SARS CoV with novel spike protein and ACE2 RBD
US9834595
Amino acid sequences directed against envelope proteins of a virus and polypeptides comprising the same for the treatment of viral diseases Ablynx N.V.
5-Jun-08
29-Oct-15
5-Dec-17
US9193780
Amino acid sequences directed against envelope proteins of a virus and polypeptides comprising the same for the treatment of viral diseases Ablynx N.V.
5-Jun-08
5-Jun-09
24-Nov-15
US20190077847 14-Mar-19
AMINO ACID SEQUENCES DIRECTED AGAINST ENVELOPE PROTEINS OF A VIRUS AND
POLYPEPTIDES COMPRISING THE SAME FOR THE TREATMENT OF VIRAL DISEASES Ablynx N.V.
5-Jun-08
17-Oct-17 14-Mar-19
US20160152693 2-Jun-16
AMINO ACID SEQUENCES DIRECTED AGAINST ENVELOPE PROTEINS OF A VIRUS AND
POLYPEPTIDES COMPRISING THE SAME FOR THE TREATMENT OF VIRAL DISEASES Ablynx N.V.
5-Jun-08
29-Oct-15 2-Jun-16
US10550174
Amino acid sequences directed against envelope proteins of a virus and polypeptides comprising
the same for the treatment of viral diseases Ablynx N.V. 5-Jun-08 17-Oct-17 4-Feb-20
US10407492
Amino acid sequences directed against envelope proteins of a virus and polypeptides comprising
the same for the treatment of viral diseases Ablynx N.V. 5-Jun-08 17-Oct-17 10-Sep-19
ANIMATE VALUE™
Info@m-cam.com 513 E Main Street #2014 Charlottesville, VA 22902 T: 434· 979· 7240
O-linked glycans and SARS CoV Spike Protein Data disclosures
Document number Title Assignee name
Priority date File date
Issue
date
US9644180
Synthetic membrane-receiver complexes RUBIUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
18-Nov-13
12-Jun-15
9-May-17
US8741311
Methods and compositions for immunization against virus Academia Sinica
27-Mar-09
26-Mar-10
3-Jun-14
US8735416
Antiviral therapies Technische Universitaet Carolo-Wilhelmina zu Braunschweig
21-Sep-05
23-Apr-12
27-May-14
US7604960
Transient protein expression methods Crucell Holland B.V.
15-Apr-99
1-Jun-07
20-Oct-09
US20200046826 13-Feb-20
METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR IMMUNIZATION AGAINST VIRUS Academia Sinica
27-Mar-09
4-Jun-19
13-Feb-20
US20200040042 6-Feb-20
CHIMERIC MOLECULES AND USES THEREOF Not Available
30-Mar-17
29-Mar-18
6-Feb-20
US20200002674 2-Jan-20
ERYTHROID CELLS COMPRISING PHENYLALANINE HYDROXYLASE Not Available
18-Nov-13
16-Sep-19
2-Jan-20
US20190376034 12-Dec-19
PLATELETS COMPRISING EXOGENOUS POLYPEPTIDES AND USES
THEREOF Not Available
18-Nov-13
23-Aug-19 12-Dec-19
US20190316091 17-Oct-19
ERYTHROID CELLS COMPRISING ARGINASE Not Available
18-Nov-13
30-May-19 17-Oct-19
US20190316090 17-Oct-19
ERYTHROID CELLS COMPRISING ARGININE DEIMINASE RUBIUS THERAPEUTICS, INC. 18-Nov-13 30-May-19 17-Oct-19
US20190316089 17-Oct-19
SYNTHETIC MEMBRANE-RECEIVER COMPLEXES Not Available 18-Nov-13 10-May-19 17-Oct-19
US20190309262 10-Oct-19
ERYTHROID CELLS COMPRISING SERINE DEHYDRATASE Not Available 18-Nov-13 4-Jun-19 10-Oct-19
US20190309261 10-Oct-19
ERYTHROID CELLS COMPRISING LYSINE OXIDASE Not Available 18-Nov-13 4-Jun-19 10-Oct-19
US20190264177 29-Aug-19
SYNTHETIC MEMBRANE-RECEIVER COMPLEXES Not Available 18-Nov-13 10-May-19 29-Aug-19
US20190263934 29-Aug-19
FC VARIANTS WITH ENHANCED BINDING TO FCRN AND PROLONGED
HALF-LIFE Not Available 26-Jan-18 25-Jan-19 29-Aug-19
US20190144827 16-May-19
SYNTHETIC MEMBRANE-RECEIVER COMPLEXES RUBIUS THERAPEUTICS, INC. 18-Nov-13 19-Nov-18
16-May-19
ANIMATE VALUE™
Info@m-cam.com 513 E Main Street #2014 Charlottesville, VA 22902 T: 434· 979· 7240
US20180265847 20-Sep-18
SYNTHETIC MEMBRANE-RECEIVER COMPLEXES Not Available
18-Nov-13
29-Mar-18
20-Sep-18
US20180216067 2-Aug-18
SYNTHETIC MEMBRANE-RECEIVER COMPLEXES Not Available
18-Nov-13
29-Mar-18
2-Aug-18
US20180208897 26-Jul-18
SYNTHETIC MEMBRANE-RECEIVER COMPLEXES Not Available
18-Nov-13
19-Mar-18
26-Jul-18
US20180187154 5-Jul-18
SYNTHETIC MEMBRANE-RECEIVER COMPLEXES Not Available
18-Nov-13
20-Feb-18 5-Jul-18
US20180187153 5-Jul-18
SYNTHETIC MEMBRANE-RECEIVER COMPLEXES Not Available
18-Nov-13
20-Feb-18 5-Jul-18
US20180135012 17-May-18
MEMBRANE-RECEIVER COMPLEX THERAPEUTICS Not Available
13-May-15
13-May-16 17-May-18
US20180030411 1-Feb-18
SYNTHETIC MEMBRANE-RECEIVER COMPLEXES Not Available 18-Nov-13 13-Oct-17 1-Feb-18
US20170369843 28-Dec-17
SYNTHETIC MEMBRANE-RECEIVER COMPLEXES Not Available 18-Nov-13 29-Mar-17 28-Dec-17
US20170174783 22-Jun-17
Single-Arm Monovalent Antibody Constructs and Uses Thereof Not Available 10-May-12 20-Oct-16 22-Jun-17
US20160257932 8-Sep-16
GENETICALLY ENGINEERED ENUCLEATED ERYTHROID CELLS COMPRISING A PHENYLALANINE AMMONIA LYASE RECEIVER POLYPEPTIDE Not Available 18-Nov-13 17-May-16 8-Sep-16
US20150335728 26-Nov-15
METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR IMMUNIZATION AGAINST VIRUS Academia Sinica 27-Mar-09 18-Feb-14 26-Nov-15
US20150306212 29-Oct-15
SYNTHETIC MEMBRANE-RECEIVER COMPLEXES Not Available 18-Nov-13 12-Jun-15 29-Oct-15
US20150297677 22-Oct-15
COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR INHIBITING VIRAL ENTRY Children Medical Center Corporation 13-Dec-12 12-Dec-13 22-Oct-15
US20150182588 2-Jul-15
SYNTHETIC MEMBRANE-RECEIVER COMPLEXES Not Available 18-Nov-13 23-Dec-14 2-Jul-15
US20150125449 7-May-15
Single-Arm Monovalent Antibody Constructs and Uses Thereof Not Available 10-May-12 8-May-13
7-May-15
US20140113923 24-Apr-14
NOVEL ANTIVIRAL THERAPIES Not Available 21-Sep-05 23-Apr-12
24-Apr-14
US20100247571 30-Sep-10
METHODS AND COMPOSITIONS FOR IMMUNIZATION AGAINST VIRUS ACADEMIA SINICA 27-Mar-09 26-Mar-10
30-Sep-10
US20090042793 12-Feb-09
Novel Antiviral Therapies BALZARINI JAN
21-Sep-05
21-Sep-06
12-Feb-09
US20080113409 15-May-08
Transient protein expression methods HATEBOER GUUS
15-Apr-99
1-Jun-07
15-May-08
ANIMATE VALUE™
Info@m-cam.com 513 E Main Street #2014 Charlottesville, VA 22902 T: 434· 979· 7240
US10557119
Erythroid cells comprising phenylalanine ammonia lyase RUBIUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
18-Nov-13
10-May-19
11-Feb-20
US10344263
Synthetic membrane-receiver complexes RUBIUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
18-Nov-13
29-Mar-17
9-Jul-19
US10329531
Synthetic membrane-receiver complexes RUBIUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
18-Nov-13
13-Oct-17
25-Jun-19
US10307475
Methods and compositions for immunization against virus Academia Sinica
27-Mar-09
18-Feb-14 4-Jun-19
US10301594
Synthetic membrane-receiver complexes RUBIUS THERAPEUTICS, INC
18-Nov-13
19-Nov-18 28-May-19
US10301593
Synthetic membrane-receiver complexes RUBIUS THERAPEUTICS, INC.
18-Nov-13
19-Mar-18 28-May-19
US10253296
Synthetic membrane-receiver complexes RUBIUS THERAPEUTICS, INC. 18-Nov-13 28-Nov-17 9-Apr-19
1
SARS-CoV research specifically on ACE2 binding
Document number Title Assignee name
Priority
date
File date
Issue date
US9415087
Compositions and methods for treating coronavirus infection Ludwig-Maximilians-Universitaet Muenchen
11-Mar-14
8-May-15
16-Aug-16
US8541003
Vectors expressing SARS immunogens, compositions containing such
vectors or expression products thereof, methods and assays for making
and using
Protein Sciences Corporation
20-Jun-03
21-Jun-04
24-Sep-13
US7750123
Antibodies against SARS-CoV and methods of use thereof Dana Farber Cancer Institute, Inc.
25-Nov-03
24-Nov-04
6-Jul-10
US7728110
Antibodies to SARS coronavirus Amgen, Inc.
19-May-06
21-May-07 1-Jun-10
US7696330
Binding molecules against SARS-coronavirus and uses thereof Crucell Holland B.V.
22-Jul-03
20-Jan-06 13-Apr-10
US7687475
RNA interference in respiratory epithelial cells University of Iowa Research
Foundation 9-Jul-04 16-Oct-07 30-Mar-10
US7629443
Neutralizing monoclonal antibodies against severe acute respiratory
syndrome-associated coronavirus New York Blood Center, Inc. 2-Jun-04 8-Feb-06 8-Dec-09
US7604960
Transient protein expression methods Crucell Holland B.V. 15-Apr-99 1-Jun-07 20-Oct-09
ANIMATE VALUE™
Info@m-cam.com 513 E Main Street #2014 Charlottesville, VA 22902 T: 434· 979· 7240
US7491489
Synthetic peptide targeting critical sites on the SARS-associated
coronavirus spike protein responsible for viral infection and method of use
thereof
The University of Hong Knog
22-Nov-04
28-Oct-05
17-Feb-09
US7320857
Characterization of the earliest stages of the severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) virus and uses thereof Chinese National Human Genome Center at Shanghai
9-Jul-04
9-Jul-04
22-Jan-08
US7297786
RNA interference in respiratory epitheial cells University of Iowa Research Foundation
9-Jul-04
11-Jul-05
20-Nov-07
US7151163
Antiviral agents for the treatment, control and prevention of infections by coronaviruses Sequoia Pharmaceuticals, Inc.
28-Apr-03
28-Apr-04 19-Dec-06
US20200079781 12-Mar-20
Substituted 2,4 diamino-quinoline as new medicament for fibrosis,
autophagy and cathepsins B (CTSB), L (CTSL) and D (CTSD) related diseases Not Available
5-Sep-18
1-Aug-19 12-Mar-20
US20200061185 27-Feb-20
PREFUSION CORONAVIRUS SPIKE PROTEINS AND THEIR USE The Scripps Research Institute
25-Oct-16
25-Oct-17 27-Feb-20
US20200009244 9-Jan-20
NANOPARTICLE VACCINES WITH NOVEL STRUCTURAL COMPONENTS Not Available 13-Jun-18 13-Jun-19 9-Jan-20
US20190328865 31-Oct-19
IMMUNOGENIC COMPOSITION FOR MERS CORONAVIRUS INFECTION Not Available 28-Jul-14 17-Nov-17 31-Oct-19
US20190256579 22-Aug-19
MIDDLE EAST RESPIRATORY SYNDROME CORONAVIRUS IMMUNOGENS,
ANTIBODIES, AND THEIR USE
The U.S.A., as represented by the Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services 24-Feb-15 3-May-19 22-Aug-19
US20190194299 27-Jun-19
MIDDLE EAST RESPIRATORY SYNDROME CORONAVIRUS NEUTRALIZING
ANTIBODIES AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF Not Available 25-Apr-14 19-Nov-18 27-Jun-19
US20190192691 27-Jun-19
REGULATED BIOCIRCUIT SYSTEMS Not Available 11-Apr-16 11-Apr-17 27-Jun-19
US20180334480 22-Nov-18
CORONAVIRUSES EPITOPE-BASED VACCINES RAMOT AT TEL-AVIV UNIVERSITY
LTD. 17-Sep-15 15-Sep-16 22-Nov-18
US20180332885 22-Nov-18
REDUCED RISK TOBACCO PRODUCTS AND METHODS OF MAKING SAME Not Available 11-May-05 25-May-18 22-Nov-18
US20180244756 30-Aug-18
MIDDLE EAST RESPIRATORY SYNDROME CORONAVIRUS IMMUNOGENS, ANTIBODIES, AND THEIR USE
The United States of America, as Represented by the Secretary, Dept. of Health and Human
Services
24-Feb-15
24-Feb-16
30-Aug-18
US20180230447 16-Aug-18
ACTIVE LOW MOLECULAR WEIGHT VARIANTS OF ANGIOTENSIN CONVERTING ENZYME 2 (ACE2) Northwestern University
24-Jan-17
24-Jan-18
16-Aug-18
US20180177860 28-Jun-18
VACCINE CONTAINING VIRUS INACTIVATED BY GREEN TEA EXTRACT, AND PREPARATION METHOD THEREFOR Not Available
11-Jun-15
7-Jun-16
28-Jun-18
US20170158752 8-Jun-17
MIDDLE EAST RESPIRATORY SYNDROME CORONAVIRUS NEUTRALIZING ANTIBODIES AND METHODS OF USE THEREOF Not Available
25-Apr-14
27-Apr-15
8-Jun-17
US20170055566 2-Mar-17
REDUCED RISK TOBACCO PRODUCTS AND METHODS OF MAKING SAME Not Available
11-May-05
22-Aug-16
2-Mar-17
US20160376321 29-Dec-16
A NOVEL SARS IMMUNOGENIC COMPOSITION BAYLOR COLLEGE OF MEDICINE
26-Nov-13
21-Nov-14
29-Dec-16
ANIMATE VALUE™
Info@m-cam.com 513 E Main Street #2014 Charlottesville, VA 22902 T: 434· 979· 7240
US20160082074 24-Mar-16
COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR TREATING CORONAVIRUS INFECTION LUDWIG-MAXIMILIANS-UNIVERSITAET MUENCHEN
11-Mar-14
8-May-15
24-Mar-16
US20150297677 22-Oct-15
COMPOSITIONS AND METHODS FOR INHIBITING VIRAL ENTRY Children Medical Center Corporation
13-Dec-12
12-Dec-13
22-Oct-15
US20150275183 1-Oct-15
Human Betacoronavirus Lineage C and Identification of N-Terminal Dipeptidyl Peptidase As Its Virus Receptor Not Available
23-Sep-12
23-Sep-13
1-Oct-15
US20150150878 4-Jun-15
Methods For Inhibiting Viruses By Targeting Cathepsin-L Cleavage Sites In The Viruses' Glycoproteins Not Available
4-Apr-12
4-Apr-13 4-Jun-15
US20140174460 26-Jun-14
REDUCED RISK TOBACCO PRODUCTS AND METHODS OF MAKING SAME VECTOR TOBACCO INC.
11-May-05
10-Dec-13 26-Jun-14
US20130216566 22-Aug-13
Vectors expressing SARS immunogens, compositions containing such
vectors or expression products thereof, methods and assays for making and using ADAMS DANIEL
20-Jun-03
21-Jun-04 22-Aug-13
US20130196903 1-Aug-13
Multimeric Inhibitors of Viral Fusion and Uses Thereof JV BIO SRL 11-Aug-10 11-Aug-11 1-Aug-13
US20100204286 12-Aug-10
METHOD FOR REDUCING GASTROINTESTINAL ADVERSE EFFECTS OF
CYTOTOXIC AGENTS BYRNES JOHN J 12-Feb-09 11-Feb-10 12-Aug-10
US20100172917 8-Jul-10
Binding molecules against SARS-coronavirus and uses thereof Crucell Holland B.V. 22-Jul-03 16-Nov-09 8-Jul-10
US20100150923 17-Jun-10
FUSION PROTEINS OF RECOMBINANT SARS CORONAVIRUS STRUCTURAL
PROTEINS, THEIR PRODUCTION AND USES
Chinese Academy of Medical Sciences, Institute of Basic Medical Sciences 20-Jun-05 13-Jun-06 17-Jun-10
US20100092470 15-Apr-10
ANTIBODIES, ANALOGS AND USES THEREOF ICB International, Inc. 22-Sep-08 21-Sep-09 15-Apr-10
US20100047767 25-Feb-10
PATHOGEN BINDING ITI SCOTLAND LIMITED 5-Feb-07 4-Feb-08 25-Feb-10
US20100035848 11-Feb-10
THERAPY FOR DISORDERS OF THE PROXIMAL DIGESTIVE TRACT BARNES THOMAS MICHAEL 10-Mar-08 10-Mar-09 11-Feb-10
US20090304683 10-Dec-09
Soluble Fragments of The Sars-Cov Spike Glycoprotein DIMITROV DIMITER S 19-Jan-07 19-Jan-07 10-Dec-09
US20090186014 23-Jul-09
METHOD FOR TREATMENT OF PANCREATITIS Ore Pharmaceuticals Inc. 10-Oct-07 9-Oct-08
23-Jul-09
US20090130691 21-May-09
SCREENING PROTEINASE MODULATORS USING A CHIMERIC PROTEIN
AND SKI-I PROPROTEIN CONVERTASE SUBSTRATES AND INHIBITORS
Institut de Recherches Cliniques de
Montreal 16-Sep-05 14-Sep-06
21-May-09
US20090099259 16-Apr-09
Method for regulating gene expression ANTHONY JOSHUA 28-Feb-06 28-Feb-07
16-Apr-09
US20090098530 16-Apr-09
Cell Line For Producing Coronaviruses CRUCELL HOLLAND B.V.
22-Jul-05
21-Jul-06
16-Apr-09
US20090083865 26-Mar-09
Transgenic Mouse Lines Expressing Human Ace2 and Uses Thereof CHAN TEH-SHENG
11-Jan-06
11-Jan-07
26-Mar-09
ANIMATE VALUE™
Info@m-cam.com 513 E Main Street #2014 Charlottesville, VA 22902 T: 434· 979· 7240
US20080248043 9-Oct-08
Antibodies to SARS coronavirus Amgen Inc.
19-May-06
21-May-07
9-Oct-08
US20080234345 25-Sep-08
METHOD FOR REDUCING OR ALLEVIATING INFLAMMATION IN THE DIGESTIVE TRACT Gene Logic Inc.
8-Sep-06
7-Sep-07
25-Sep-08
US20080159962 3-Jul-08
Use of Inhibitors of the Renin-Angiotensin System for the Treatment of Lung Injuries IMBA-INSTITUTE FUR MOLEKULARE BIOTECHNOLOGIE GMBH
19-May-05
19-May-06
3-Jul-08
US20080113409 15-May-08
Transient protein expression methods HATEBOER GUUS
15-Apr-99
1-Jun-07 15-May-08
US20080107650 8-May-08
METHOD FOR TREATING INFLAMMATORY DISEASES OF THE DIGESTIVE TRACT Gene Logic Inc.
8-Sep-06
7-Sep-07 8-May-08
US20080044437 21-Feb-08
Encapsidation System for Production of Recombinant Virus-Like Particles CHEN QUN
2-Sep-04
1-Sep-05 21-Feb-08
US20070298498 27-Dec-07
Adenoviral Amplicon and Producer Cells for the Production of Replication-
Defective Adenoviral Vectors, Methods of Preparation and Use Thereof CATALUCCI DANIELE 2-Nov-04 27-Oct-05 27-Dec-07
US20070238681 11-Oct-07
MODULATION OF ACE2 EXPRESSION BENNETT C F 7-Nov-06 7-Dec-06 11-Oct-07
US20070203073 30-Aug-07
SARS and Ebola inhibitors and use thereof, and methods for their
discovery BATES PAUL 22-Jun-05 21-Jun-06 30-Aug-07
US20070185044 9-Aug-07
Modulation of ace2 expression BENNETT C F 8-Mar-05 8-Mar-05 9-Aug-07
US20070185027 9-Aug-07
ANTIVIRAL AGENTS FOR THE TREATMENT, CONTROL AND PREVENTION
OF INFECTIONS BY CORONAVIRUSES SEQUOIA PHARMACEUTICALS, INC. 28-Apr-03 9-Nov-06 9-Aug-07
US20070003577 4-Jan-07
Purified trimeric S protein as vaccine against severe acute respiratory
syndrome virus infections SUBBARAO KANTA 28-Jun-05 27-Jun-06 4-Jan-07
US20060258577 16-Nov-06
ANTIVIRAL AGENTS FOR THE TREATMENT, CONTROL AND PREVENTION
OF INFECTIONS BY CORONAVIRUSES ERICKSON JOHN W 28-Apr-03 28-Apr-04 16-Nov-06
US20060257852 16-Nov-06
Severe acute respiratory syndrome coronavirus Chiron Corporation 10-Apr-03 9-Apr-04 16-Nov-06
US20060240551 26-Oct-06
Neutralizing monoclonal antibodies against severe acute respiratory
syndrome-associated coronavirus HE YUXIAN 2-Jun-04 8-Feb-06
26-Oct-06
US20060240515 26-Oct-06
Soluble fragments of the SARS-CoV spike glycoprotein DIMITROV DIMITER S 21-Jul-03 19-Jan-06
26-Oct-06
US20060199176 7-Sep-06
Coronavirus S peptides CHONG PELE C S 15-Jul-04 14-Jul-05
7-Sep-06
US20060121580 8-Jun-06
Binding molecules against SARS-coronavirus and uses thereof CRUCELL
22-Jul-03
20-Jan-06
8-Jun-06
US20060110758 25-May-06
Synthetic peptide targeting critical sites on the SARS-associated
coronavirus spike protein responsible for viral infection and method of use
thereof
UNIV HONG KONG
22-Nov-04
28-Oct-05
25-May-06
ANIMATE VALUE™
Info@m-cam.com 513 E Main Street #2014 Charlottesville, VA 22902 T: 434· 979· 7240
US20060093616 4-May-06
Process for vaccinating eucaryotic hosts and for protecting against SARS-CoV infection ALTMEYER RALF
29-Sep-04
28-Sep-05
4-May-06
US20050249739 10-Nov-05
Antibodies against SARS-CoV and methods of use thereof MARASCO WAYNE
25-Nov-03
24-Nov-04
10-Nov-05
US20050203038 15-Sep-05
Modulation of ACE2 expression
10-Mar-04
10-Mar-04
15-Sep-05
US20050113298 26-May-05
Receptor binding peptides derived from the SARS S protein
15-Sep-03
13-Sep-04 26-May-05
US20050112554 26-May-05
Characterization of the earliest stages of the severe acute respiratory syndrome (SARS) virus and uses thereof HENG XU RUI
9-Jul-04
9-Jul-04 26-May-05
US10443049
Active low molecular weight variants of angiotensin converting enzyme 2 (ACE2) Northwestern University
24-Jan-17
24-Jan-18 15-Oct-19
US10301377
Middle east respiratory syndrome coronavirus immunogens, antibodies, and their use
The United States of America, as Represented by the Secretary, Department of Health and Human Services
24-Feb-15
24-Feb-16
28-May-19
US10131704
Middle east respiratory syndrome coronavirus neutralizing antibodies and
methods of use thereof
DANA-FARBER CANCER INSTITUTE,
INC. 25-Apr-14 27-Apr-15 20-Nov-18
1
Hawai’i General Plan re Proposed Changes in 2025 – Submission Number One (January
2025)
• Need to study plan’s foundational topic(s) more inclusively – review scientific
dissent/dialogue for a more scientific approach and better informed choices1,
• Need to broaden the range of future scenario assumptions to include inventions
already in existence and patents that will no longer remain suppressed,
• Preconceived (but unstated) alliances and their premises apparently exist in this
plan, thus immediately narrowing the field of options under consideration: Is this
plan on the verge of becoming a WEF Great Reset clone, based/focused on, for
one example, prevalent terms like STAKEHOLDER, while neglecting to mention
the essential, fundamental notion of HOMEOWNER? If our Plan is going to ally
itself with an entity, let’s make that choice transparent and let’s choose one that
values humanity and freedom, not one that seeks to dominate and control.
Sherilyn Wells
Waikoloa Village
Submission Number One
January 2025
Climate change (natural climate variation) is and has always been real (reflect on
the mini Ice Age of a few centuries ago; reflect on the warning in the 1970’s that
another such ice age was almost upon us2).
Recently, the term was narrowed by a small group of researchers to refer ONLY to
the human factor, based on these underlying assumptions -
• that there is a high level of anthropogenic/human influence on climate due to
burning fossil fuels,
• that that influence is uniformly negative,
• that global climate modeling can predict the future complexities of climate,
• that a continuation down that fossil fuel energy path is leading to disaster.
“The narrow and politicized framing of the climate change debate has resulted in an
oversimplification of the scientific problem and its solutions.”
The three incontrovertible facts about global warming, as listed by Prof. Emeritus
Judith Curry:
Average global surface temperatures have overall increased since about 1860.
1 https://judithcurry.com/blog-rules-and-netiquette/
2 On April 28, 1975, Newsweek published a provocative article, “The Cooling World,” in which writer and
science editor Peter Gwynne described a significant chilling of the world’s climate, with evidence
accumulating “so massively that meteorologists are hard-pressed to keep up with it.” He raised the
possibility of shorter growing seasons and poor crop yields, famine, and shipping lanes blocked by ice,
perhaps to begin as soon as the mid-1980s. Meteorologists, he wrote, were “almost unanimous” in the
opinion that our planet was getting colder. Over the years that followed, Gwynne’s article became one of
the most-cited stories in Newsweek’s history…. Scores of similar articles, some with even more dire
predictions of a “little ice age” to come, appeared during the 1970s in such mainstream publications as
Time, Science Digest, The Los Angeles Times, Fortune, The Chicago Tribune, New York Magazine, The
New York Times, The Christian Science Monitor, Popular Science, and National Geographic.
2
Carbon dioxide has infrared emission spectra and thus acts to warm the planet.
Humans have been adding CO2 to the atmosphere by the emissions from burning of
fossil fuels.3
BUT….
1. Degree of human influence on climate is not settled, however4, despite dire
pronouncements prematurely posted (a) by a highly controlled media owned by agenda-
driven, vastly reduced (concentrated) ownership and (b) by editors of journals who curate
publications to favor only those studies expressing one particular viewpoint.
Judith Curry’s five minutes of testimony to Commerce/Science/Transportation
subcommittee re SR253 –
https://x.com/TakingoutTrash7/status/1682911250437611521
This restriction on information via “official channels” is why a scientist who co-authored
the Hurricane Katrina study that was a major accelerant for the Climate Change
movement in 2005 now suggests publishing online, bypassing those journal-gatekeepers.
Publishing online allows for much broader peer review, often far superior in depth of
analysis and more nuanced observations, along with much greater transparency regarding
data sets and methodology.
“Science is a process of continuously evaluating the evidence, challenging our
assumptions, and critically reassessing our conclusions, rather than a collective of
decreed truths.” Dr. Judith Curry
Rather than dismiss critics of her Hurricane Katrina study, which the Climate Change
community adored, Prof. Judith Curry took a deeper look at their criticisms and published
a thoughtful review entitled “Mixing Politics and Science in Testing the Hypothesis
That Greenhouse Warming Is Causing a Global Increase in Hurricane Intensity.”5
3 https://www.youtube.com/results?search_query=stem-talk+podcast+ihmc+judith+curry
4 https://youtu.be/_2Bw52FjYi4 5 https://journals.ametsoc.org/view/journals/bams/87/8/bams-87-8-1025.xml
The 2005 Atlantic hurricane season was the most active and costly season on record. Recent publications
linking an increase in hurricane intensity to increasing tropical sea surface temperatures have fueled the
debate on whether or not global warming is causing an increase in hurricane intensity. Because of the
substantial implications of the hurricane–global warming issue for society and the immediate policy
relevance associated with decision making related to Hurricane Katrina, attacks and rebuttals related to this
research are being made in the media and on the World Wide Web without the rigor or accountability
expected of scientific discourse. In this paper, we aim to promote a balanced and thoughtful examination of
this subject by
• clarifying the debate surrounding the subject as to whether or not global warming is causing an
increase in global hurricane intensity,
• illustrating a methodology of hypothesis testing to address multiple criticisms of a complex
hypothesis that involves a causal chain, and
• providing a case study of the impact of politics, the media, and the World Wide Web on the
scientific process.
3
2. But then the shock of CLIMATEGATE, circa 2009, reverberated throughout the
climate change community. The revelation, due to an unauthorized release of
HADCRU emails from the Climate Research Unit at the University of East Anglia (part
of the IPCC), that some researchers were manipulating climate data to make it appear the
earth was heating up dangerously, was a game-changer for ethical scientists who had
previously trusted the IPCC to present honest and accurate reports.
The emails revealed that a number of IPCC authors (1) had evaded FOIA requests for
data, (2) had cherry-picked data, (3) had manipulated the peer review process, (4) had
downplayed uncertainty, and (5) had otherwise attempted to squash and discredit
skeptics.
The IPCC had been funded to study/discover only negative, anthropogenic influences on
climate change, thus avoiding a comprehensive look at all influences and all results,
both positive and negative, which would have been the most scientific approach to the
topic. And Climategate was, apparently, one result of this narrow directive.
In the aftermath of Climategate, one scientist – Judith Curry – posted this commentary6
“ON THE CREDIBILITY OF CLIMATE RESEARCH” on Climate Audit, an award-
winning skeptics blog7. The Climate Audit site is worth reviewing, to read alternate
professional viewpoints on issues (the essence of what science is supposed to do –
discuss/debate in an arena where all information is welcomed, where all voices may be
heard).
Prof. Curry points to the need for the climate scientists to do better at making data
publicly available, to be completely transparent about their methods, to be honest about
uncertainties, and to be more respectful to scientists critical of the research.
“..two broader issues raised by these emails that are impeding the public
credibility of climate research: lack of transparency in climate data, and
“tribalism” in some segments of the climate research community that is
impeding peer review and the assessment process.”
School of Earth and Atmospheric Sciences, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Georgia; National
Center for Atmospheric Research, Boulder, Colorado
CORRESPONDING AUTHOR: Judith A. Curry, School of Earth and Atmospheric Sciences, Georgia
Institute of Technology, 311 Ferst Drive, Atlanta, GA 30332-0340, E-mail: curryja@eas.gatech.edu
6 https://climateaudit.org/2009/11/22/curry-on-the-credibility-of-climate-research/
7 https://climateaudit.org/author/stevemcintyre/
4
Dr. Curry’s entire commentary on the aftermath of CLIMATEGATE is posted at the end
of my testimony.
3. What global climate models can and can’t do well:
Global climate models create a coarse grained simulation of earth’s climate system
using computers. These models simulate atmosphere, ocean, land surface, sea ice, and
glaciers. Models use complex mathematical equations that can only be approximately
solved on computers.
Some of the equations and climate models are based on laws of physics.. However, there
are key processes in climate models that are approximated and not based on physical
laws. Hence, there are a LOT of “tunable parameters” in these climate models,
including solar direct effects and CLOUDS. Climate models can’t tell us anything
about climate sensitivity to CO28, but recent studies may be shedding more light on
CO2 saturation dynamics –
Two recently-published papers found that doubling CO2 in the atmosphere led to minimal
temperature increases. The calculated figures can be considered to be in margin of error territory and
on past observational evidence they pose no threat to the climate on Earth. They also destroy the shaky
scientific foundation upon which Net Zero rests.
Eight Taiwanese scientists led by Professor Peng-Sheng Wei found that the sensitivity of the
climate to a rise in CO2 atmospheric levels from 100 to 400 parts per million (ppm) was “negligibly
small” at 0.3°C. The paper is complex and examines heat transfers as a function of longitude,
latitude and altitude “as well as diffuse radiation determined by absorption bands based on
wavelength, temperature and the concentration or pressure of carbon dioxide vapour.”
The rest of the article above is posted at the end of this testimony.
And there is still a factor of 3 uncertainty in these models, as per Dr. Curry.
In addition, the effect of our solar system transiting through a highly magnetized
interstellar cloud (which appears to be a factor in changes observed on ALL the
planets, as per extensive David Wilcock references on Gaiam to scientific articles) is
not included in these models -
https://web.archive.org/web/20230604143301/https://science.nasa.gov/science-
news/science-at-nasa/2009/23dec_voyager
Global models are exceedingly complex .. and are amazing tools for trying to understand
how global climate works, but are NOT fit for making future predictions, simulating
regional climates or extreme weather or climate events.
8 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YHhV_RY__ac
https://mindandmatter.substack.com/p/judith-curry-climatology-climate
https://www.nickjikomes.com/post/judith-curry-climatology-climate-change-computer-modeling-green-
energy-greenhouse-gasses-84-1
5
The Global Warming Policy Foundation – Climate Models For The Layman
https://www.thegwpf.org › content › uploads › 2017 › 02 › Curry-2017.pdf
Global Warming Policy Foundation – 2024 Annual GWTF Lecture (with
transcript)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iqsZV8i3O1E
The most important gaps in current understanding of climate change (Climate
Uncertainty and Risk by Judith A. Curry, page 8):
• Solar impacts on climate, including indirect effects beyond solar heating
• Multi-decadal and century-scale natural internal variability associated with
large-scale ocean circulations
• Mechanisms of vertical heat transfer in the ocean
• Fast thermodynamic feedbacks (water vapor, clouds, atmospheric lapse rate)
that determine the climate sensitivity to increases in atmospheric greenhouse
gases
• Earth’s carbon budget and carbon cycle
• Ice sheet dynamics
• Geothermal heat transfer under the oceans and ice sheets
Disagreement – Causes of Recent Climate Change
Climate is generally stable/Change caused by external inputs
VERSUS
Climate is dynamic/Change primarily occurs naturally
E.G. Chart shows global sea level rise began around 1860, well before fossil carbon
emissions became significant
https://youtu.be/_2Bw52FjYi4
6
There remains a factor of 3 uncertainty in the sensitivity of the climate to increasing
CO2. For radically reducing CO2 emissions to make any sense in terms of the
climate, the climate sensitivity of CO2 would need to be on the high end and natural
climate variability would need to be discounted. On the other hand, if the climate
7
sensitivity to increasing CO2 is on the low end and natural variability is dominant,
then decreasing CO2 emissions won’t have much of a noticeable effect.
Further, we are unable to predict SOLAR VARIATIONS, volcanic eruptions, and
multidecadal oscillations, so there’s a great deal of uncertainty in the model.
There’s a key difference between a scientific consensus and a consensus of scientists:
Scientific consensus reflects our longstanding knowledge base about a topic about
which there is, essentially, no scientific disagreement (e.g., earth orbits the sun).
On the other hand, a consensus of scientists represents a deliberate expression of
collective judgment by a group of scientists on a poorly understood topic. This is
often at the official request of a government or organization, ergo will have political
overtones and pressures. See Dr. Judith Curry testimony to Congressional
subcommittee (link on page 1).
NEW ENERGY SOURCES
The Plan fails to account for emergence of energy systems that have nothing to do
with fossil fuels, that will moot the basis for the assertion of anthropogenic climate
change.
Working models of patents (such as anti-gravity vehicles) already exist, according to
U.S. Navy, in confirming Patent Office inquiries re whether to approve the patents
submitted by Salvatore Cezar Pais, a Romanian-American scientist.
In addition to the U.S. Navy/Salvatore Pais patents, there are thousands of suppressed
patents, including clean (free, anti-gravity, zero point, etc.) energy production and
propulsion systems and medical technology, many of which President Trump is
committed to releasing, as first indicated in his 2017 inaugural address9.
Although administrative agencies resisted his executive order and slowed the release of
such patents to a mere trickle during his first term, there is every reason to believe THIS
time the administrative response will be much livelier, far more in the public interest.
President Trump had better luck in his first term with the category of “mysteries of
space,” as referenced in that address, when he oversaw the creation of Space Force.
See quote in footnote and the following screenshot.
9 “We stand at the birth of a new millennium, ready to unlock the mysteries of space, to free the earth
from the miseries of disease, and to harness the energies, industries, and technologies of tomorrow.”
8
Regarding patents for new energy options, propulsion, etc., with some working models
already in existence.
Listen to inventor Salvatore Cezar Pais (affiliated with U.S. Navy) on Curt Jaimungal’s
Theory of Everything.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5E6QyAhTB3o
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PE4C7OI7Frg&t=0s
9
NEW STUDIES ON SATURATION OF CO2 AND ITS PLANETARY BENEFITS
Dramatic evidence has been published in a number of recent science papers that carbon dioxide levels are already
‘saturated’, meaning little or no further warming is to be expected and rising CO2 levels are all beneficial.
Half of human emissions are being quickly pushed back into the biosphere, the scientists say, causing substantial,
famine-busting plant growth, while the rest is entering a ‘saturated’ atmosphere and having a minimal effect on
global temperatures. One of the papers accepting the human involvement in rising CO2 is published by the CO2
Coalition, which notes: “We like CO2, so should you.”
None of this work will be reported in the mainstream since it disrupts a ‘settled’ climate science narrative tied to the
political Net Zero fantasy. But the opinion that humans control the climate thermostat by releasing CO2, leading to
runaway temperatures, belongs to a dark period in science when it was captured to promote political aims.
10
However, work continues in skeptical climate circles to understand how a number of gases with warming
properties behave in a chaotic, non-linear atmosphere. Two recently-published papers found that doubling CO2 in
the atmosphere led to minimal temperature increases. The calculated figures can be considered to be in margin of
error territory and on past observational evidence they pose no threat to the climate on Earth. They also destroy
the shaky scientific foundation upon which Net Zero rests.
Eight Taiwanese scientists led by Professor Peng-Sheng Wei found that the sensitivity of the climate to a
rise in CO2 atmospheric levels from 100 to 400 parts per million (ppm) was “negligibly small” at 0.3°C. The
paper is complex and examines heat transfers as a function of longitude, latitude and altitude “as well as
diffuse radiation determined by absorption bands based on wavelength, temperature and the
concentration or pressure of carbon dioxide vapour.”
What the scientists are looking at here is the narrow absorption bands within the infrared (IR) spectrum
that allow ‘greenhouse’ gases to trap heat and warm the planet. Many argue that after a certain level the
gases ‘saturate’ and lose most of their warming properties. One simple way to understand this is to
observe that doubling insulation in a loft will not trap twice as much heat.
The saturation hypothesis would appear to explain how CO2 has been 10-15 times higher in the past without
runaway temperatures, while the anthropogenic warming opinion does little more than provide scientific cover for a
dodgy but fashionable extreme eco scare.
The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change claims a climate sensitivity number based on doubling CO2
levels of around 3°C. But many climate models ramp up mass public hysteria by using ‘pathways’ with much larger
and highly improbable estimates. The latter form the basis of numerous ‘scientists say’ stories faithfully reported by
unquestioning mainstream media. The Taiwanese scientists found that ground temperature warming of 0.3°C
was associated with the increase from 100 ppm to 350 ppm and there was no additional warming at all as
CO2 rose further from 350 ppm to 400 ppm. The current level of CO2 in the atmosphere is 420 ppm.
Seven Austrian scientists have also recently concentrated on CO2 and the infrared spectrum, noting that a
future doubling of the gas up to 800 ppm “shows no increase in the IR absorption for the 15 u-central
peak”. It is concluded that this can lead to 0.5°C warming at most. The scientists argue that climate
models and their CO2 influences should be revised. Much more experimental evidence about IR radiation
should be collected “before appointing current warming trends and climate change mechanisms
monocausal to greenhouse gas theories.”
The recent papers on CO2 saturation are not the only ones to have been published lately. Earlier this year a
group of Polish scientists led by Dr. Jan Kubicki supplied three papers arguing that above 400 ppm, “the
CO2 concentration can no longer cause any increase in temperature.” In 2023, three scientists including
Atmospheric Professor Yi Huang of McGill University stated that: “in the CO2 band centre is unchanged by
increased CO2 as the absorption is already saturated.” In Chen et al. 2023, it is reported that CO2 had a
severely reduced warming effect past pre-industrial concentrations. It was also noted that water vapour
and cloud influences overlap and thus dominate absorption in the CO2 IR band. In 2022, the German
Physics Professor Dieter Schildnecht set the CO2 saturation level at just 300 ppm.
The CO2 Coalition is an educational foundation that says it provides facts, resources and information about the
“vital role” CO2 plays in the environment. It recently published a detailed paper that accepted humans had
contributed most of the CO2 that has entered the atmosphere in industrial times. The paper is sub-titled: “How
11
human emissions are restoring vital atmospheric CO2.” The coalition has long promoted the role that saturation
plays in tempering the effect of a number of gases with warming properties. Attention is often drawn in its work to
the part played by water vapour that makes up around 4% of the atmosphere and contributes as much as 80% of
the Earth’s vital warming. It saturates over large parts of the IR spectrum, reducing the effect of other gases in their
own specific bands. The coalition’s board includes the distinguished Professor William Happer, who has long
argued the merits of the saturation hypothesis, and it was recently joined by the 2022 Nobel Physics Laureate Dr.
John Clauser.
Levels of CO2 have been much higher in the past, with evidence of vibrant animal and plant life. Many plants
evolved to thrive with higher levels than they feed on today, a period some scientists argue is one of CO2
denudation. In its recently published paper, the coalition observes that the higher the CO2 content in the
atmosphere, the greater the pressure from physical processes to drive CO2 into the oceans and vegetation.
This is borne out by considerable evidence, although the recent substantial ‘greening’ of the planet is largely
hidden from readers reliant on mainstream media. In fact the new ‘green revolution’ is feeding the world. The
authors of a recent science paper, Charles Taylor and Wolfram Schlenker, state: “We consistently find a large
fertilisation effect; a 1 ppm increase in CO2 equates to a 0.4%, 0.6%, 1% yield increase for corn, soybean and
wheat respectively.” The heavy greening of the Earth can be seen in a map first published in Donohue/CSIRO
2015 and republished in another recent paper from the CO2 Coalition. This examined the nutritive value of plants
growing in enhanced CO2 concentrations.
The map was produced from satellite leaf data and shows that greening between 1982-2012 grew by 20-30% in
India, West Australia, the Sahel and the Anatolian highlands. A more recent paper Chen et al. 2024 found that
greening had actually accelerated in the last two decades. The increase in CO2 was found to be the dominant
driver of the positive trend of the Leaf Area Index over most of the global land surface.
Article author: Chris Morrison
Curry – On The Credibility Of Climate Research
Nov. 22, 2009
Having been riveted for the last few days by posts in the blogosphere on the HADCRU
hack and the increasing attention being given to this by the mainstream media, I would
12
like to provide an “external but insider” assessment and perspective. My perspective is as
a climate researcher that is not involved directly in any of the controversies and issues in
the purloined HADCRU emails, but as one that is familiar with this research, the
surrounding controversies, and many of the individuals who sent these emails. While the
blogosphere has identified many emails that allegedly indicate malfeasance, clarifications
especially from Gavin Schmidt have been very helpful in providing explanations and the
appropriate context for these emails. However, even if the hacked emails from HADCRU
end up to be much ado about nothing in the context of any actual misfeasance that
impacts the climate data records, the damage to the public credibility of climate
research is likely to be significant. In my opinion, there are two broader issues
raised by these emails that are impeding the public credibility of climate research:
lack of transparency in climate data, and “tribalism” in some segments of the
climate research community that is impeding peer review and the assessment
process.
1. Transparency. Climate data needs to be publicly available and well documented. This
includes metadata that explains how the data were treated and manipulated, what
assumptions were made in assembling the data sets, and what data was omitted and why.
This would seem to be an obvious and simple requirement, but the need for such
transparency has only been voiced recently as the policy relevance of climate data has
increased. The HADCRU surface climate dataset and the paleoclimate dataset that has
gone into the various “hockeystick” analyses stand out as lacking such transparency.
Much of the paleoclimate data and metadata has become available only because of
continued public pressure from Steve McIntyre. Datasets that were processed and
developed decades ago and that are now regarded as essential elements of the climate
data record often contain elements whose raw data or metadata were not preserved (this
appears to be the case with HADCRUT). The HADCRU surface climate dataset needs
public documentation that details the time period and location of individual station
measurements used in the data set, statistical adjustments to the data, how the data were
analyzed to produce the climatology, and what measurements were omitted and why. If
these data and metadata are unavailable, I would argue that the data set needs to be
reprocessed (presumably the original raw data is available from the original sources).
Climate data sets should be regularly reprocessed as new data becomes available and
analysis methods improve. There are a number of aspects of the surface climate record
that need to be understood better. For example, the surface temperature bump ca. 1940
needs to be sorted out, and I am personally lacking confidence in how this period is being
treated in the HADCRUT analysis. In summary, given the growing policy relevance of
climate data, increasingly higher standards must be applied to the transparency and
availability of climate data and metadata. These standards should be clarified, applied and
enforced by the relevant national funding agencies and professional societies that publish
scientific journals.
2. Climate tribalism. Tribalism is defined here as a strong identity that separates one’s
group from members of another group, characterized by strong in-group loyalty and
regarding other groups differing from the tribe’s defining characteristics as inferior. In
the context of scientific research, tribes differ from groups of colleagues that collaborate
and otherwise associate with each other professionally. As a result of the politicization of
climate science, climate tribes (consisting of a small number of climate researchers) were
13
established in response to the politically motivated climate disinformation machine that
was associated with e.g. ExxonMobil, CEI, Inhofe/Morano etc. The reaction of the
climate tribes to the political assault has been to circle the wagons and point the guns
outward in an attempt to discredit misinformation from politicized advocacy groups. The
motivation of scientists in the pro AGW tribes appears to be less about politics and more
about professional ego and scientific integrity as their research was under assault for
nonscientific reasons (I’m sure there are individual exceptions, but this is my overall
perception). I became adopted into a “tribe” during Autumn 2005 after publication of the
Webster et al. hurricane and global warming paper. I and my colleagues were totally
bewildered and overwhelmed by the assault we found ourselves under, and associating
with a tribe where others were more experienced and savvy about how to deal with this
was a relief and very helpful at the time.
After becoming more knowledgeable about the politics of climate change (both the
external politics and the internal politics within the climate field), I became
concerned about some of the tribes pointing their guns inward at other climate
researchers who question their research or don’t pass various loyalty tests. I even
started spending time at climateaudit, and my public congratulations to Steve
McIntyre when climateaudit won the “best science blog award” was greeted with a
rather unpleasant email from one of the tribal members. While the “hurricane wars”
fizzled out in less than a year as the scientists recovered from the external assault and got
back to business as usual in terms of arguing science with their colleagues, the “hockey
wars” have continued apparently unabated. With the publication of the IPCC 4th
Assessment report, the Nobel Peace Prize, and energy legislation near the top of the
national legislative agenda, the “denialists” were becoming increasingly irrelevant (the
Heartland Conference and NIPCC are not exactly household words). Hence it is difficult
to understand the continued circling of the wagons by some climate researchers with guns
pointed at skeptical researchers by apparently trying to withhold data and other
information of relevance to published research, thwart the peer review process, and keep
papers out of assessment reports. Scientists are of course human, and short-term
emotional responses to attacks and adversity are to be expected, but I am particularly
concerned by this apparent systematic and continuing behavior from scientists that hold
editorial positions, serve on important boards and committees and participate in the major
assessment reports. It is these issues revealed in the HADCRU emails that concern me
the most, and it seems difficult to spin many of the emails related to FOIA, peer review,
and the assessment process. I sincerely hope that these emails do not in actuality reflect
what they appear to, and I encourage Gavin Schmidt et al. to continue explaining the
individual emails and the broader issues of concern.
In summary, the problem seems to be that the circling of the wagons strategy developed
by small groups of climate researchers in response to the politically motivated attacks
against climate science are now being used against other climate researchers and the
more technical blogs (e.g. Climateaudit, Lucia, etc). Particularly on a topic of such great
public relevance, scientists need to consider carefully skeptical arguments and either
rebut them or learn from them. Trying to suppress them or discredit the skeptical
researcher or blogger is not an ethical strategy and one that will backfire in the long run. I
have some sympathy for Phil Jones’ concern of not wanting to lose control of his
personal research agenda by having to take the time to respond to all the queries and
14
requests regarding his dataset, but the receipt of large amounts of public funding pretty
much obligates CRU to respond to these requests. The number of such requests would be
drastically diminished if all relevant and available data and metadata were made publicly
accessible, and if requests from Steve McIntyre were honored (I assume that many
spurious requests have been made to support Steve McIntyre’s request, and these would
all disappear).
The HADCRU hack has substantially increased the relevance of Climateaudit, WUWT,
etc. The quickest way for HADCRU et al. to put Climateaudit and the rest of this tribe
out of business is make all climate data and metadata public and make every effort to
improve the datasets based on all feedback that you receive. Do this and they will quickly
run out of steam and become irrelevant . Gavin Schmidt’s current efforts at
realclimate are a good step in the right direction of increasing transparency.
But the broader issue is the need to increase the public credibility of climate science. This
requires publicly available data and metadata, a rigorous peer review process, and
responding to arguments raised by skeptics. The integrity of individual scientists that are
in positions of responsibility (e.g. administrators at major research institutions, editorial
boards, major committees, and assessments) is particularly important for the public
credibility of climate science. The need for public credibility and transparency has
dramatically increased in recent years as the policy relevance of climate research has
increased. The climate research enterprise has not yet adapted to this need, and our
institutions need to strategize to respond to this need.
https://climateaudit.org/2009/11/22/curry-on-the-credibility-of-climate-research/
1
Sherilyn Wells March 2025 testimony on the proposed 2045 Plan, supplement to January
2025 testimony.
Many people have already offered expert testimony and very perceptive criticism of this
Plan.
Rather than repeat their observations, for this second submission I have chosen to go
beneath the surface, to reveal the nature of the underlying system, the organizations and
people, that appear to be the engine behind many, if not all, of the Plan concepts.
Let’s bring everything into the light: “The phrase "sunlight is the best disinfectant"
is a well-known quote by U.S. Supreme Court Justice Louis Brandeis, which he used
metaphorically to emphasize the importance of transparency and openness in
society and governance.”
I. RESPONSE REQUIRED as per HRS §226-109(9) – page 2
II. ARE YOU PREPARED TO ADDRESS ONE VERY REAL (SUPER
WEALTHY) ISSUE? – page 3
III. PRO FORMA vs. REALLY INCORPORATING TESTIMONY – HOW WILL
THIS PROCESS END? – page 3
IV. HALT THE SLIDE INTO A “WEF GREAT RESET CLONE” PLAN – page 4
V. DR DAVID MARTIN ON TRIGGERS USED TO CALL FOR THE GREAT
RESET – page 5
VI. PYRAMID – page 5
VII. USING CRISES – page 6
VIII. WHERE’S HOMEOWNER? – page 6
IX. HAPPINESS, PROPERTY, AND PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT – page 7
X. PROPERTY AND PERSONHOOD BY MARGARET JANE RADIN – page 8
XI. CONNECTING STAKEHOLDERS TO COVID/CRISIS (WEF) – page 8
XII. WEF: COVID WAS A LITMUS TEST FOR “STAKEHOLDER
CAPITALISM” – page 9
XIII. DR DAVID MARTIN’S RESEARCH – page 9
XIV. THE COVID ORCHESTRA INCLUDES WEF – NAMING NAMES. page 11
2
XV. MEDIA OWNERSHIP DICTATES CONTENT (Manipulation System
Mouthpiece – MSM) – page 12
XVI. PHILANTHROPY.. or is it? PUBLIC RETENTION OF POWER. - page 14
XVII. ARTFUL LANGUAGE ON BEHALF OF DECEPTION – page 14
XVIII. LIFE EXPERIENCE – page 14
XIX. Hawai’i General Plan re Proposed Changes in 2025 – Submission Number
One (January 2025) – page 15
XX. Article - Editor of major newspaper says he planted stories for CIA – page 28
XXI. Article - Dr. David Martin Exposes the Names and Faces of the People Who
Are Killing Humanity; Red Pill Expo, November 19, 2021 – page 31
XXII. Article - TRANSCRIPT Of Dr David E. Martin's Speech At The European
Union Parliament, Covid Summit, MAY 2023 – page 39
XXIII. Article - Breaking The WEF Matrix: How To Resist The Great Reset - page
45
I. RESPONSE REQUIRED as per HRS §226-109(9)
I am including my January testimony again re the requirement, as per HRS §226-109
(9) (a statute cited in the Plan), for a response to this new information on the topic of
climate change.
HRS §226-109(9) - Use management and implementation approaches that
encourage the continual collection, evaluation, and integration of new information
and strategies into new and existing practices, policies, and plans; and
• The 2045 Plan language does not reflect the broader, more scientific nature of
comprehensive (not limited to alleged anthropogenic) climate change studies, as
well as noting where there are uncertainties or deficiencies in the data and
conclusions.
• It does not reflect where there is professional dissent (reminiscent of the
censorship/exclusion of professional Covid dissent at the beginning).
• It does not address studies that show positive effects from increasing CO2.
• The Plan does not address the missing elements and inabilities of climate change
modeling systems.
• The Plan does not address the emergence of new energy systems, already
patented, awaiting sufficient political support for their release, systems that will
NOT introduce greenhouse gases into the atmosphere. Relevant terms like Zero
Point and Free Energy, etc., are nowhere in the Plan.
3
II. ARE YOU PREPARED TO ADDRESS ONE VERY REAL (SUPER
WEALTHY) ISSUE?
Given the great transfer of wealth during Covid1, from the lower and middle class into a
growing group of (existing and) newly created super wealthy…
Where is the REAL (no holds barred) discussion re robust, community-driven solutions
to -
• address affordability and availability of housing ownership when wealthy
corporations/individuals buy up properties well above market value, putting
home ownership even further out of reach for the “average” local resident
and significantly altering the property taxes of surrounding homeowners (a
backdoor approach to gradually, financially forcing them out, too?) - PAGE
181 – Housing Challenges;
• a discussion about how to protect the integrity and the “fabric” of communities
when local businesses who have been a part of the community, some for
decades or longer, are suddenly closed down after wealthy
corporations/individuals buy up the land beneath them;
• a discussion about how much disproportionate influence we can then expect
these super wealthy “stakeholders” to have on our community development and
planning processes, including via their public/private projects (see who
comprises the WEF Great Reset stakeholders in footnote 3 – hint – it’s NOT the
average person). And take the verb “improving” (quote below) with a huge grain
of salt…
“One of the stated aims of the WEF is that it will be “…committed to
improving the state of the world through public-private cooperation.”
https://thegeopolity.com/2023/01/26/the-wef-and-the-great-reset/
CONCLUSION:
MISSING from the plan: this issue of the SUPER WEALTHY and their impact on
our island, our ohana, our community. More below on the need for private/public
partnership transparency at the inception of any process.
III. PRO FORMA vs. REALLY INCORPORATING TESTIMONY – HOW WILL
THIS PROCESS END?
I’ve attended many meetings where it was clear that hearings were “pro forma,” done for
the purpose of fulfilling a legal or statutory requirement, but without any intention of
actually reflecting on, of incorporating or integrating, any testimony that goes contrary to
the plan that’s already been chosen behind closed doors.
Donna Thompson of Waimea, whose excellent testimony I herein incorporate via
reference, has made similar observations.
1 https://totalnews.com/another-massive-transfer-of-wealth-incoming/
4
IV. HALT THE SLIDE INTO A “WEF GREAT RESET CLONE” PLAN
You can still step back from this slippery slope and HALT THE SLIDE towards the
ultimate result of creating, in “2045,” a WEF-Great-Reset-like plan (Agenda 21, as
per Ms. Thompson), but it may well require refusing to let this island’s backroom
power players have their way and empowering the people instead.
In June 2019, the WEF signed a Strategic Partnership Framework agreement
with the United Nations. The WEF and the UN agreed to collaboratively
“accelerate the implementation of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development:
milestones to complete the UN’s plan for the 21st century, also known as Agenda
21 – the UN’s vision for a centrally managed global society. The policies
required to achieve these sustainable development goals (SDGs) are developed by
the multi-stakeholder partnership. https://yfsmagazine.com/2023/07/30/wef-
resist-the-great-reset
Even in the face of growing widespread opposition, governments are
pursuing WEF’s strategy as it is no secret that the international organisation
has managed to infiltrate them through its Young Global Leaders.
https://thegeopolity.com/2023/01/26/the-wef-and-the-great-reset/
In his book, Kahn explores subverting democracy by training a certain group in
society as potential leaders, with those pre-selected few groomed for power being
able to define what our shared values as a society should be. Sound familiar?
Today’s World Economic Forum’s Young Global Leader scheme is the exact
manifestation of his original proposal. In essence, they will hold all the cards,
whilst the common people will be left with illusory pseudo-democratic
processes, poverty, and constant absurd psychological operations (PSYOPs)
to sow chaos and distract us all unceasingly.
https://yfsmagazine.com/2023/07/30/wef-resist-the-great-reset
Sidenote – one of my Waimea friends recently asked the Mayor if this plan will
go forward regardless of all the citizen opposition and the Mayor’s reply was
that we DON’T have to adopt the 2045 Plan.. (Now THERE’s a concept.)
Just remember – WEF’s oh-so-well-crafted rhetoric (the velvet glove) seldom
matches their intended outcome (the iron fist inside the glove).2 Focus group research
and decades of mind control research by our government and universities give these elite
groups “pathways into persuasion” that don’t have to reflect reality.
2 Breaking The WEF Matrix: How To Resist The Great Reset -
http://yfsmagazine.com/2023/07/30/wef-resist-the-great-reset/
The WEF and the Great Reset by Wasif Chaudry
http://thegeopolity.com/2023/01/26/the-wef-and-the-great-reset/
5
1. Velvet glove – Covid concerns.
2. Velvet glove – climate change* concerns (*the erroneous WEF-type – see my
January testimony about a more comprehensive and scientific approach).
3. Iron fist – control over the public.
SMART city – Surveilling the Masses And Restricting Transactions (thanks to China for
showing us the reality, within a “SMART” city, of consequences for failure to follow
prescribed social actions).
V. DR DAVID MARTIN ON TRIGGERS USED TO CALL FOR THE GREAT
RESET
Refer to Dr. David Martin’s research and information, included below, in which he
presents the evidence for WEF’s disingenuous history with Covid and the
experimental injection (which they secretly co-participated in creating, then used as
a rationale for launching their Great Reset).
WEF is NOW using “climate change” as the new, post-Covid driver to impose their
control agenda.
Notice how much the deliberately limited, non-comprehensive, WEF version of
“climate change” is used in this 2045 plan. Why use something so flawed, unless it
was in service to an agenda, ergo NOT a commitment to best available science?
See my January testimony for a more science-based consideration of climate change.
VI. PYRAMID
Therefore, this plan is a pyramid attempting to look like a level playing field, in which
the pyramid’s capstone will be a small cadre of “stakeholders3” (WEF term, used 86
3 “A global network of stakeholder capitalist partners are collaborating to usher in
what they claim to be a new model of enhanced democratic accountability that includes
“civil society.” Continued…
However, beneath their deceptive use of the term civil society lies an ideology which
offers this network an unprecedented degree of political control that threatens to
extinguish representative democracy entirely.
”What is further obfuscated is that civil society stakeholders are selected.
“Representatives from NGOs, religious communities, unions, and philanthropic
foundations are the selected stakeholders whose only role is to agree with the
policies placed on the table by the public-private partnership,” Davis adds. Their
consent is deemed your consent. http://yfsmagazine.com/2023/07/30/wef-resist-the-
great-reset
6
times in the proposed plan) and many of the goals (and omissions) look remarkably
similar to the WEF Great Reset. For instance, observe this Plan-consultant’s profile:
Consultants, Page 2; Page 86, footnote 3 – SMART GROWTH AMERICA
Smart Growth America focuses on three specific priorities: Climate change and
resilience, advancing racial equity, and creating healthy communities.
https://smartgrowthamerica.org/our-work/
Great Reset – a globalist-driven initiative to establish Schwab’s vision
of stakeholder capitalism, where corporations are positioned as “trustees of
society” to address the world’s economic and social woes.
https://yfsmagazine.com/2023/07/30/wef-resist-the-great-reset
Therefore, it is important to now address WEF as the background basis for 2045’s
characteristics, in the hopes that the 2045 planners might want to seriously reconsider
whether taking cues – covertly - from WEF is truly in the best interests of the people of
this island, this state.
And here’s why…
VII. USING CRISES
Unfortunately, WEF history is typically that of pursuing more centralized control of
and power over the individual, the public, regardless of deceptive rhetoric claiming
otherwise.
The opportunistic use and/or deliberate creation of “crises”4 are a common tool for
expanding control (see WEF articles on taking advantage of Covid to advance
stakeholder capitalism).
A more sinister aspect of the WEF/Covid connection is revealed by Dr. David Martin’s
research, which will be referenced below (see also Footnote 4).
VIII. WHERE’S HOMEOWNER?
WEF’s 2018 Predictions for 2030: “You’ll own nothing. And you’ll be happy.”5
4Dr. David Martin: Who “They” Are, “The Names and Faces” - Dr. David Martin Exposes the
Names and Faces of the People Who Are Killing Humanity
https://www.algora.com/Algora_blog/2021/11/20/dr-david-martin-who-they-are-the-names-and-faces
Dr. David Martin reveals Fauci’s Trail of Covid Patents’ since 2002 (includes additional links to
source documents)
https://www.algora.com/Algora_blog/2021/07/12/breaking-news-patents-filed-in-america-as-far-back-as-
2002-concerning-sars-cov-2-coronavirus
Dr. David Martin's Covid Bioweapon Speech at 'An Injection of Truth' Town Hall Held March 3/25
in Calgary, Alberta
https://rumble.com/v6q6rt2-dr-david-martin-calgary.html
WEF article (ah, the irony if you’ve read Dr. David Martin’s evidence) - A New York simulation
showed we weren’t prepared for coronavirus. But it’s not too late to act
https://www.weforum.org/stories/2020/03/covid-19-coronavirus-new-york-simulation-lessons-not-too-late-
to-act/
7
It is telling that THE TERM “STAKEHOLDER” IN THE 2045 PLAN’S
GLOSSARY DOES NOT EXPLICITLY INCLUDE HOMEOWNER, nor do we
find HOMEOWNER elsewhere in the document. In litigation citing a statute or
code, the deliberate absence of a term is considered dispositive.
In this plan, there are:
EIGHTY-SIX (86) matches for STAKEHOLDER.
ZERO (0) matches for HOMEOWNER (although Homeownership does show up
twice).
There are also NO matches for SELF SUFFICIENT, which is a cornerstone of how
people are better able to weather change and maintain their freedom and personal
power. Coincidence?
Freedom is the greatest fruit of self-sufficiency.
Epicurus
IX. HAPPINESS, PROPERTY, AND PERSONAL DEVELOPMENT
This article reviews the WEF’s 2018 prediction for 2030 - “You’ll own nothing. And
you’ll be happy” - and finds property ownership to be a cornerstone of personal
happiness.
A future with no individual ownership is not a happy one: Property theory
shows why.
https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0016328723001131
The greatest fine art of the future will be the making of a comfortable living
from a small piece of land.
Abraham Lincoln
Notice that “..the pursuit of happiness” was considered a self-evident truth and
unalienable RIGHT, important enough by the founders of this nation to be
mentioned in the preamble of one of our country’s foundational documents.
Therefore, happiness of the people is an important benchmark indicating “success”
as further development of our island communities takes place.
“You’ll own nothing. And you’ll be happy.” This prediction, based on just one of
eight made by the World Economic Forum’s (WEF) network of Global Future
Councils (Parker, 2016), assumed this expression in a video produced by the
WEF in November 2016. As a tool intended to disseminate its content, the video
5 "You'll own nothing and you'll be happy" is a phrase from 2018 predictions for 2030 published by the
World Economic Forum, cited as being based on input from members of the World Economic Forum
Global Futures Councils, likely in turn based on a 2016 article in which Danish Social Democrat Ida Auken
outlines her vision of the future.
8
was published both to the WEF’s own website4 and its Facebook page,5 and was
then shared across other media platforms…
Very few of the comments6 could be characterised as being in any sense positive
toward the prediction.
After the WEF announced its ‘Great Reset’ agenda to the world in June 2020
(Schwab, 2020), reaction to the prediction became stronger and louder still.
COVID-19 was identified as the principal reason for pursuing the agenda, but
the WEF claimed that it also addressed the “…climate and social crises”
emerging even before the pandemic’s onset (Schwab, 2020).
A diverse cross-section of concerned citizenry across the world was, however,
having none of it.
https://www.sciencedirect.com/science/article/pii/S0016328723001131
X. PROPERTY AND PERSONHOOD BY MARGARET JANE RADIN
Margaret Jane Radin is known for her influential article "Property and
Personhood," which was published in the Stanford Law Review in 1982.
This article has been cited over 700 times and has been recognized as one of the 100
most cited law review articles of all time.
In this article, Radin argues that individuals require secure control over certain
aspects of their external environment in the form of property rights to achieve
proper self-development or personhood.
She also discusses how property rights for personhood serve as a justification for
property rights in general and for some current schemes of property entitlement.
In the article Professor Radin makes a compelling case that proper self-
development, or personhood, requires individuals to have secure control over
certain things—e.g., one’s home residence—in their external environment in the
form of property rights.
https://www.researchgate.net/publication/45457879_Property_and_Personhood_Re
visited
XI. CONNECTING STAKEHOLDERS TO COVID/CRISIS (WEF)
The changes we have already seen in response to COVID-19 prove that a reset
of our economic and social foundations is possible.
This is our best chance to instigate stakeholder capitalism - and here's how it
can be achieved.
https://www.weforum.org/stories/2020/06/now-is-the-time-for-a-great-reset/
9
XII. WEF: COVID WAS A LITMUS TEST FOR “STAKEHOLDER
CAPITALISM”
According to WEF, Covid 19 is a litmus test for stakeholder capitalism – with
remotely tracking people and remote teaching lauded by WEF as great examples of
how a company can meet that stakeholder capitalism goal.
https://www.weforum.org/stories/2020/03/covid-19-is-a-litmus-test-for-stakeholder-
capitalism/
By contrast, other companies used profits to invest in digital transformation,
talent, research and development, and their customer relations. That now gives
them an ability to react that other companies lack. Microsoft, for example,
ranked first in JUST Capital’s stakeholder companies ranking, is a collaborator
on Johns Hopkins’ coronavirus tracker, and is providing teachers with access
and training for its Teams program to teach remotely. It can do so because of
its business model, but also because its stakeholders expect it to step up at times
such as these.
XIII. DR DAVID MARTIN’S RESEARCH
Dr. David Martin6 was able, thanks to his remarkable CV and decades of investigative
work for the government, to track patents and the history of Covid.
6 Dr. David Martin is the founding CEO of M∙CAM Inc. M∙CAM is the international leader in intellectual property-
based financial risk management. From auditing patent quality for governments and patent offices, to providing
state-of-the-art actuarial risk management systems and solutions to the largest banks and insurance companies,
M∙CAM has established a global standard in patent quality and commercial validity assessment and management.
A spokesperson for global intellectual property accountability and quality reform, Dr. Martin has worked closely
with the United States Congress, numerous trade and finance regulatory agencies in the United States, Europe
and Asia, in advocating and deploying infrastructure to support growing reliance on proprietary rights in business
transactions. M∙CAM has supported the modernization of intellectual property, tax, and accounting laws through its
work with oversight agencies and policy makers.
Dr. Martin has founded several for-profit and non-profit companies and organizations and serves of several boards.
He was the founding CEO of Mosaic Technologies Inc., a company that developed and commercialized advanced
computational linguistics technologies, dynamic data compression and encryption technologies, electrical field
transmission technology, medical diagnostics, and stealth/anechoic technology. He was a founding member of
Japan’s Institute for Interface Science & Technology. He founded and served as Executive Director of the
Charlottesville Venture Group. He has served as a board member for the Research Institute for Small and
Emerging Business (Washington D.C.), the Academy for Augmenting Grassroots Technological Innovations
(India), the IST (Japan) the Charlottesville Regional Chamber of Commerce (Virginia), and the Charlottesville
Industrial Development Agency (Virginia).
As former Assistant Professor at the University of Virginia’s School of Medicine, Dr. Martin founded the University’s
first wholly-owned, for-profit, research and development and technology transfer corporation. Engaged in domestic
and international technology transfer, clinical research, and financing, this company pioneered new techniques
innovation management that have become industry standards. In 1999, Dr. Martin was appointed by the Governor
of the Commonwealth of Virginia to serve on the Joint Commission on Technology and Science and has served
the General Assembly and Virginia’s Center for Innovative Technology on numerous occasions.
Dr. Martin’s work with the Batten Institute at the Darden Graduate School of Business Administration at the
University of Virginia and his related work at the Indian Institute for Management in Ahmedabad India has brought
unprecedented curricular focus to areas of intangible asset risk management, finance, and accounting standards.
In addition to his academic work, Dr. Martin has closely advised intellectual property based finance and investment
programs in India, China, Denmark, the European Union, the United Kingdom, South Africa, the Islamic Republic
of Iran, the United States, and the United Arab Emirates.
10
See attached document - 20200403_SARS_CoV_Patent_Corpus_Lit_Review.pdf.
The perpetrators’ (including WEF) shocking willingness to inflict harm via the Covid
experience (see Dr. David Martin’s Red Pill Expo, November 19, 2021, talk in the video
link7) is in utter/complete antagonism to Hawai’i’s values of ALOHA, as described in the
state statute.8 And remember, WEF used Covid to trot out The Great Reset, which this
2045 Plan emulates.
As Dr. Martin points out, if any of his facts are false, he could be sued. And no one has…
The following quote should be a massive wakeup call to the public re those behind the
unleashing of Covid and the experimental injections:
Dr. Martin has publications in law, medicine, engineering, finance and education. He maintains active research in
the fields of linguistic genomics, fractal financial risk modeling, as well as continuing his over 15 years of research
in cellular membrane ionic signaling.
https://www.wipo.int/meetings/en/2006/scp_of_ge_06/speakers/martin.html
https://www.m-cam.com/about-us/
7 Dr. David Martin: Who “They” Are, “The Names and Faces” - Dr. David Martin Exposes the
Names and Faces of the People Who Are Killing Humanity
https://www.algora.com/Algora_blog/2021/11/20/dr-david-martin-who-they-are-the-names-and-faces
Dr. David Martin reveals Fauci’s Trail of Covid Patents’ since 2002 (includes additional links to
source documents)
https://www.algora.com/Algora_blog/2021/07/12/breaking-news-patents-filed-in-america-as-far-back-as-
2002-concerning-sars-cov-2-coronavirus
Dr. David Martin's Covid Bioweapon Speech at 'An Injection of Truth' Town Hall Held March 3/25
in Calgary, Alberta
https://rumble.com/v6q6rt2-dr-david-martin-calgary.html
Dr. David E. Martin PhD. – Covid Summit – European Union Parliament May 2023
https://rumble.com/v2ncp8w-dr-david-e.-martin-phd-covid-summit-european-union-parliament-may-
2023.html
8 https://www.hawaii.edu/uhwo/clear/home/lawaloha.html
§ 5-7.5 "Aloha Spirit". (a) "Aloha Spirit" is the coordination of mind and heart within each person. It
brings each person to the self. Each person must think and emote good feelings to others. In the
contemplation and presence of the life force, "Aloha", the following unuhi laulā loa may be used:
"Akahai", meaning kindness to be expressed with tenderness;
"Lōkahi", meaning unity, to be expressed with harmony;
"ʻOluʻolu" meaning agreeable, to be expressed with pleasantness;
"Haʻahaʻa", meaning humility, to be expressed with modesty;
"Ahonui", meaning patience, to be expressed with perseverance.
These are traits of character that express the charm, warmth and sincerity of Hawaii's people. It was the
working philosophy of native Hawaiians and was presented as a gift to the people of Hawaiʻi. ''Aloha'' is
more than a word of greeting or farewell or a salutation. ''Aloha'' means mutual regard and affection and
extends warmth in caring with no obligation in return. "Aloha" is the essence of relationships in which each
person is important to every other person for collective existence. ''Aloha'' means to hear what is not said,
to see what cannot be seen and to know the unknowable.
(b) In exercising their power on behalf of the people and in fulfillment of their responsibilities,
obligations and service to the people, the legislature, governor, lieutenant governor, executive officers of
each department, the chief justice, associate justices, and judges of the appellate, circuit, and district courts
may contemplate and reside with the life force and give consideration to the "Aloha Spirit". [L 1986, c 202,
§ 1]
11
"So .. the fact of the matter is, they actually stated in 2014 that this was about
investors responding if they see profit at the end of the process."
Dr. David Martin | National Citizens Inquiry Canada | March 6th 2025 |
Edmonton, Alberta
https://rumble.com/v6qds3o-national-citizens-inquiry-with-dr.-david-martin-
march-6th-2025-edmonton-alb.html?e9s=src_v1_ucp
Dr. Martin was also invited to speak at the European Union Parliament’s Covid Summit
in 2023. https://rumble.com/v2ncp8w-dr-david-e.-martin-phd-covid-summit-european-
union-parliament-may-2023.html
XIV. THE COVID ORCHESTRA INCLUDES WEF – NAMING NAMES
Dr. Martin refers to the major players orchestrating the plandemic as The Covid
Orchestra, his research having proved that it was accurate to designate Covid and the
experimental injection as a planned event (plandemic).
Even in the face of growing widespread opposition, governments are
pursuing WEF’s strategy as it is no secret that the international organisation
has managed to infiltrate them through its Young Global Leaders.
https://thegeopolity.com/2023/01/26/the-wef-and-the-great-reset/
The full article, summarizing Dr. Martin’s Red Pill Expo speech and identifying the
organizations, as well as the people, involved in creating the plandemic, is reproduced at
the bottom of this testimony. In the meantime, notice that WEF is represented FOUR
TIMES in the “Covid Orchestra” of major players.
Excerpt from Dr. David Martin’s speech at the Red Pill Expo:
THE COVID ORCHESTRA
“But this, Ladies and Gentlemen is the slide you wanted to see. This is actually
the names and faces of the people who are, in fact killing humanity. And that’s
ALL of them. …Let’s make sure that we don’t ever forget the names and the
faces of the people who decided to kill us…”
· Peter Brabeck-Letmathe, Vice-Chairman of the Board of Trustees WEF
· Klaus Schwab, Founder and Executive Chairman, WEF
· Marc Benioff, Chair and Chief Executive Officer, Salesforce, WEF Trustee,
WEF Young Global Leader
· Luis Alberto Moreno, WEF Young Global Leader
(Sherilyn – the remainder of the Orchestra list is at the end of this testimony,
where the full article - about the extensive origins of/patents associated with
Covid and the experimental injection - is reprinted).
As Dr. Martin points out, if any of his facts are false, he could be sued. And no one has…
12
This list is a horrifying indictment, but words alone cannot begin to impress upon us the
true/ultimate consequences of following any plan mapped out, in part, by such an
organization.
SO… let’s personalize what happened to humanity as a result of that trigger for THE
GREAT RESET (Great Reset being a role model this plan is following).
Start by watching these links, a testament to the death and damage unleashed on
humanity via all those companies and people named by Dr. David Martin.
FOLLOW THE SILENCED
https://followthesilenced.com/
“the filmmakers uncovered a larger story behind a successful campaign to conceal the true scope
of injuries from these vaccines”
WITNESS STATEMENT
https://rumble.com/v6px9fk-witness-statement-australian-documentary-biggest-crime-in-
human-history-jan.html?e9s=rel_v2_pr
Japan’s most senior cancer doctor: COVID shots are ‘essentially murder’
https://www.lifesitenews.com/news/japans-most-senior-cancer-doctor-covid-shots-are-
essentially-murder/
Dr. Michael Goodkin - Letter to HHS Secretary RFK Jr.: ‘I Urge You to Act Now.
Expose the Corruption.’
https://childrenshealthdefense.org/defender/michael-goodkin-letter-hhs-secretary-rfk-jr-
expose-corruption/
XV. MEDIA OWNERSHIP DICTATES CONTENT (Manipulation System
Mouthpiece – MSM)
I add this part because, while we’re looking at this WEF role model, the WEF also
stressed what THEY called misinformation in the obstacles to getting their Great Reset
underway.
Of course, what they called misinformation proved to be accurate information… it just
did not support their WEF-control agenda.
Complicit media, whose ownership is now concentrated in six companies9, come in
handy for the power brokers to narrow information available to the public in order
to create a preferred public response. That is just as true here in Hawai’i as elsewhere.
Cooperation with/involvement/infiltration of the intelligence agencies is also common.
William B. Bader, former CIA intelligence officer, in his testimony before the
Senate Intelligence Committee, said:
“There is quite an incredible spread of relationships. You don’t need to
manipulate Time magazine, for example, because there are [Central
Intelligence] Agency people at the management level.”
And then there’s Project Mockingbird (see Church Committee testimony and report).
9 https://www.webfx.com/blog/internet/the-6-companies-that-own-almost-all-media-infographic/
13
German journalist Udo Ulfkotte authored a confessional titled Presstitutes Embedded
In The Pay Of The CIA, further proving that the CIA’s Project Mockingbird infiltration
of mainstream media is still “alive and well.”
Udo also mentions George Soros (who is affiliated with WEF and is a regular
speaker at their DAVOS meetings).
So when you see SOROS/OPEN SOCIETY, also think WEF. When it says
“American” in the next excerpt, Udo means CIA.
Udo: “Those dismissive of the role of the financier George Soros will be
interested to learn of the prominence the Soros backed European Council of
Foreign Relations plays in policy formation, something Ulfkotte experienced first
hand…how Soros was part and parcel of the political regime in Germany, and
essential to efforts expanding American hegemony in Eastern and Central
Europe.
Udo Ulfkotte, deceased German journalist and author of the confessional,
Presstitutes Embedded In The Pay Of The CIA.
https://www.theburkean.ie/articles/2020/09/20/udo-ulfkotte-was-a-nationalist-
journalist-murdered-in-germany
This next article, based on leaked internal documents (CCDH), poses a powerful
question about censorship. Once again, notice the Soros connection, intelligence
agencies, etc.
Are U.S. Taxpayers Funding ‘Corrupt Dark-money Network’ That Censored CHD,
RFK Jr. and Others?
A new analysis of government spending shows that several U.S. taxpayer-funded
organizations are linked to the Center for Countering Digital Hate.
Last year, reporting by Thacker and Matt Taibbi, based on internal documents
leaked by CCDH insiders, revealed that CCDH planned to “kill” X, shut down
popular social media accounts on other platforms, censor non-establishment
voices and “bring back” attacks on “antivaxx” voices, among other things.
According to the documents, CCDH planned to organize “black ops” against
Kennedy, who was a U.S. presidential candidate at the time. The group also
planned to pressure Substack to remove COVID-19 vaccine critics Mercola
and Alex Berenson from its platform.
A subsequent investigation by Ji traced some of the organizations that financially
support CCDH, including several U.K.-based nonprofits affiliated with legacy
media organizations, the U.K. government and major philanthropic
organizations such as the Open Society Foundations (Soros) and the Ford
Foundation.
14
“These hidden contributions reveal a coordinated pipeline of financial influence
involving U.S. intelligence-adjacent entities, UK Crown interests, and Soros-
backed organizations like the Tides Foundation,” Ji wrote.
https://childrenshealthdefense.org/defender/us-taxpayer-funds-ccdh-dark-money-
censorship-rfk-jr-chd/
XVI. PHILANTHROPY.. or is it? PUBLIC RETENTION OF POWER.
A power/control chess move is often disguised as philanthropy, too (just look at Bill
Gates as one example, whose philanthropy “somehow” seemed to routinely/exponentially
increase his personal wealth – vaccine stocks bought, then sold, with remarkably
prescient timing – and to increase his influence – GAVI, WHO).
SO – public/private partnerships MUST be transparent, projects required to be
revealed at the inception of the process and examined VERY closely to ensure that
NO such transfer of power away from the citizens is taking place as quid pro quo10.
***How this public retention of power might be achieved is another topic worthy of
soliciting deeper community input/solutions.***
XVII. ARTFUL LANGUAGE ON BEHALF OF DECEPTION
The language employed by plans following in the footsteps of the Great Reset (whose
ultimate, albeit hidden, purpose is to reduce choice/freedom) may adeptly hide the true
intent, thanks in part to (1) focus group research to learn which phrases are most
persuasive for the general public and (2) decades of mind control experimentation (e.g.,
Monarch, MKUltra, etc.), as revealed by whistleblowers like Cathy O’Brien (Access
Denied For Reasons Of National Security; The Tranceformation of America).
XVIII. LIFE EXPERIENCE
I have been -
• a former public interest environmental litigator (including in favor of growth
management),
• a former co-president of the Washington Environmental Council who helped craft
legislative language for amendments to the state statute RCW 36.70A,
• a former Board member of the Washington Toxics Coalition,
• a co-founder of and reporter for a local newspaper that didn’t depend on external
agents for its funding (ergo was not obligated to slant the news in favor of any
particular monied entity),
10 Cambridge Dictionary: something that you give to someone in return for them giving
something back to you:
a quid pro quo - It's all legal as long as contributions aren't a quid pro quo for political
favors.
15
• a co-founder of a local environmental organization (Watershed Defense Fund,
which became the Clean Water Alliance),
• a former candidate for countywide public office (Democrat, although the office
itself was non-partisan),
• a speaker within the educational system on both (1) issues of the day and (2)
active citizenship,
• a mother/grandmother whose stake in a positive future is thus both personal as
well as societal,
• a relative of people (1) who covertly worked for the CIA and (2) who were high-
security-clearance law enforcement on an international border (and who
witnessed the corruption within our system, too), and
• I was raised in countries which did not enjoy even the appearance of a democratic
process, so my appreciation for a constitutional republic and genuine, accurate
elections* (*which we do NOT yet have in Hawai’i – lots of evidence on that
topic!) is amplified.
XIX. Hawai’i General Plan re Proposed Changes in 2025 – Submission Number
One (January 2025)
• Need to study plan’s foundational topic(s) more inclusively – review scientific
dissent/dialogue for a more scientific approach and better informed choices11,
• Need to broaden the range of future scenario assumptions to include inventions
already in existence and patents that will no longer remain suppressed,
• Preconceived (but unstated) alliances and their premises apparently exist in this
plan, thus immediately narrowing the field of options under consideration: Is this
plan on the verge of becoming a WEF Great Reset clone, based/focused on, for
one example, prevalent terms like STAKEHOLDER, while neglecting to mention
the essential, fundamental notion of HOMEOWNER? If our Plan is going to ally
itself with an entity, let’s make that choice transparent and let’s choose one that
values humanity and freedom, not one that seeks to dominate and control.
Sherilyn Wells
Submission Number One
January 2025
Climate change (natural climate variation) is and has always been real (reflect on
the mini Ice Age of a few centuries ago; reflect on the warning in the 1970’s that
another such ice age was almost upon us12).
11 https://judithcurry.com/blog-rules-and-netiquette/
12 On April 28, 1975, Newsweek published a provocative article, “The Cooling World,” in which writer and
science editor Peter Gwynne described a significant chilling of the world’s climate, with evidence
accumulating “so massively that meteorologists are hard-pressed to keep up with it.” He raised the
possibility of shorter growing seasons and poor crop yields, famine, and shipping lanes blocked by ice,
perhaps to begin as soon as the mid-1980s. Meteorologists, he wrote, were “almost unanimous” in the
opinion that our planet was getting colder. Over the years that followed, Gwynne’s article became one of
the most-cited stories in Newsweek’s history…. Scores of similar articles, some with even more dire
16
Recently, the term was narrowed by a small group of researchers to refer ONLY to
the human factor, based on these underlying assumptions -
• that there is a high level of anthropogenic/human influence on climate due to
burning fossil fuels,
• that that influence is uniformly negative,
• that global climate modeling can predict the future complexities of climate,
• that a continuation down that fossil fuel energy path is leading to disaster.
“The narrow and politicized framing of the climate change debate has resulted in an
oversimplification of the scientific problem and its solutions.”
The three incontrovertible facts about global warming, as listed by Prof. Emeritus
Judith Curry:
Average global surface temperatures have overall increased since about 1860.
Carbon dioxide has infrared emission spectra and thus acts to warm the planet.
Humans have been adding CO2 to the atmosphere by the emissions from burning of
fossil fuels.13
BUT….
1. Degree of human influence on climate is not settled, however14, despite dire
pronouncements prematurely posted (a) by a highly controlled media owned by agenda-
driven, vastly reduced (concentrated) ownership and (b) by editors of journals who curate
publications to favor only those studies expressing one particular viewpoint.
Judith Curry’s five minutes of testimony to Commerce/Science/Transportation
subcommittee re SR253 –
https://x.com/TakingoutTrash7/status/1682911250437611521
This restriction on information via “official channels” is why a scientist who co-
authored the Hurricane Katrina study that was a major accelerant for the Climate
Change movement in 2005 now suggests publishing online, bypassing those
journal-gatekeepers. Publishing online allows for much broader peer review,
often far superior in depth of analysis and more nuanced observations, along
with much greater transparency regarding data sets and methodology.
“Science is a process of continuously evaluating the evidence, challenging our
assumptions, and critically reassessing our conclusions, rather than a collective
of decreed truths.” Dr. Judith Curry
Rather than dismiss critics of her Hurricane Katrina study, which the Climate
Change community adored, Prof. Judith Curry took a deeper look at their
criticisms and published a thoughtful review entitled “Mixing Politics and
predictions of a “little ice age” to come, appeared during the 1970s in such mainstream publications as
Time, Science Digest, The Los Angeles Times, Fortune, The Chicago Tribune, New York Magazine, The
New York Times, The Christian Science Monitor, Popular Science, and National Geographic.
13 https://www.youtube.com/results?search_query=stem-talk+podcast+ihmc+judith+curry
14 https://youtu.be/_2Bw52FjYi4
17
Science in Testing the Hypothesis That Greenhouse Warming Is Causing a
Global Increase in Hurricane Intensity.”15
2. But then the shock of CLIMATEGATE, circa 2009, reverberated throughout the
climate change community. The revelation, due to an unauthorized release of
HADCRU emails from the Climate Research Unit at the University of East Anglia (part
of the IPCC), that some researchers were manipulating climate data to make it appear the
earth was heating up dangerously, was a game-changer for ethical scientists who had
previously trusted the IPCC to present honest and accurate reports.
The emails revealed that a number of IPCC authors (1) had evaded FOIA requests for
data, (2) had cherry-picked data, (3) had manipulated the peer review process, (4) had
downplayed uncertainty, and (5) had otherwise attempted to squash and discredit
skeptics.
The IPCC had been funded to study/discover only negative, anthropogenic influences on
climate change, thus avoiding a comprehensive look at all influences and all results,
both positive and negative, which would have been the most scientific approach to the
topic. And Climategate was, apparently, one result of this narrow directive.
In the aftermath of Climategate, one scientist – Judith Curry – posted this commentary16
“ON THE CREDIBILITY OF CLIMATE RESEARCH” on Climate Audit, an award-
winning skeptics blog17. The Climate Audit site is worth reviewing, to read alternate
professional viewpoints on issues (the essence of what science is supposed to do –
discuss/debate in an arena where all information is welcomed, where all voices may be
heard).
15 https://journals.ametsoc.org/view/journals/bams/87/8/bams-87-8-1025.xml
The 2005 Atlantic hurricane season was the most active and costly season on record. Recent publications
linking an increase in hurricane intensity to increasing tropical sea surface temperatures have fueled the
debate on whether or not global warming is causing an increase in hurricane intensity. Because of the
substantial implications of the hurricane–global warming issue for society and the immediate policy
relevance associated with decision making related to Hurricane Katrina, attacks and rebuttals related to this
research are being made in the media and on the World Wide Web without the rigor or accountability
expected of scientific discourse. In this paper, we aim to promote a balanced and thoughtful examination of
this subject by
• clarifying the debate surrounding the subject as to whether or not global warming is causing an
increase in global hurricane intensity,
• illustrating a methodology of hypothesis testing to address multiple criticisms of a complex
hypothesis that involves a causal chain, and
• providing a case study of the impact of politics, the media, and the World Wide Web on the
scientific process.
School of Earth and Atmospheric Sciences, Georgia Institute of Technology, Atlanta, Georgia; National
Center for Atmospheric Research, Boulder, Colorado
CORRESPONDING AUTHOR: Judith A. Curry, School of Earth and Atmospheric Sciences, Georgia
Institute of Technology, 311 Ferst Drive, Atlanta, GA 30332-0340, E-mail: curryja@eas.gatech.edu
16 https://climateaudit.org/2009/11/22/curry-on-the-credibility-of-climate-research/
17 https://climateaudit.org/author/stevemcintyre/
18
Prof. Curry points to the need for the climate scientists to do better at making data
publicly available, to be completely transparent about their methods, to be honest about
uncertainties, and to be more respectful to scientists critical of the research.
“..two broader issues raised by these emails that are impeding the public
credibility of climate research: lack of transparency in climate data, and
“tribalism” in some segments of the climate research community that is
impeding peer review and the assessment process.”
Dr. Curry’s entire commentary on the aftermath of CLIMATEGATE is posted at the end
of my testimony.
3. What global climate models can and can’t do well:
Global climate models create a coarse grained simulation of earth’s climate system
using computers. These models simulate atmosphere, ocean, land surface, sea ice, and
glaciers. Models use complex mathematical equations that can only be approximately
solved on computers.
Some of the equations and climate models are based on laws of physics.. However, there
are key processes in climate models that are approximated and not based on physical
laws. Hence, there are a LOT of “tunable parameters” in these climate models,
including solar direct effects and CLOUDS. Climate models can’t tell us anything
about climate sensitivity to CO218, but recent studies may be shedding more light on
CO2 saturation dynamics –
Two recently-published papers found that doubling CO2 in the atmosphere led to minimal
temperature increases. The calculated figures can be considered to be in margin of error territory and
on past observational evidence they pose no threat to the climate on Earth. They also destroy the shaky
scientific foundation upon which Net Zero rests.
Eight Taiwanese scientists led by Professor Peng-Sheng Wei found that the sensitivity of the
climate to a rise in CO2 atmospheric levels from 100 to 400 parts per million (ppm) was “negligibly
small” at 0.3°C. The paper is complex and examines heat transfers as a function of longitude,
latitude and altitude “as well as diffuse radiation determined by absorption bands based on
wavelength, temperature and the concentration or pressure of carbon dioxide vapour.”
18 https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=YHhV_RY__ac
https://mindandmatter.substack.com/p/judith-curry-climatology-climate
https://www.nickjikomes.com/post/judith-curry-climatology-climate-change-computer-modeling-green-
energy-greenhouse-gasses-84-1
19
The rest of the article above is posted at the end of this testimony.
And there is still a factor of 3 uncertainty in these models, as per Dr. Curry.
In addition, the effect of our solar system transiting through a highly magnetized
interstellar cloud (which appears to be a factor in changes observed on ALL the
planets, as per extensive David Wilcock references on Gaiam to scientific articles) is
not included in these models -
https://web.archive.org/web/20230604143301/https://science.nasa.gov/science-
news/science-at-nasa/2009/23dec_voyager
Global models are exceedingly complex .. and are amazing tools for trying to understand
how global climate works, but are NOT fit for making future predictions, simulating
regional climates or extreme weather or climate events.
The Global Warming Policy Foundation – Climate Models For The Layman
https://www.thegwpf.org › content › uploads › 2017 › 02 › Curry-2017.pdf
Global Warming Policy Foundation – 2024 Annual GWTF Lecture (with
transcript)
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=iqsZV8i3O1E
The most important gaps in current understanding of climate change (Climate
Uncertainty and Risk by Judith A. Curry, page 8):
• Solar impacts on climate, including indirect effects beyond solar heating
• Multi-decadal and century-scale natural internal variability associated with
large-scale ocean circulations
• Mechanisms of vertical heat transfer in the ocean
• Fast thermodynamic feedbacks (water vapor, clouds, atmospheric lapse rate)
that determine the climate sensitivity to increases in atmospheric greenhouse
gases
• Earth’s carbon budget and carbon cycle
• Ice sheet dynamics
• Geothermal heat transfer under the oceans and ice sheets
Disagreement – Causes of Recent Climate Change
Climate is generally stable/Change caused by external inputs
VERSUS
Climate is dynamic/Change primarily occurs naturally
E.G. Chart shows global sea level rise began around 1860, well before fossil carbon
emissions became significant
https://youtu.be/_2Bw52FjYi4
20
There remains a factor of 3 uncertainty in the sensitivity of the climate to increasing
CO2. For radically reducing CO2 emissions to make any sense in terms of the
climate, the climate sensitivity of CO2 would need to be on the high end and natural
climate variability would need to be discounted. On the other hand, if the climate
21
sensitivity to increasing CO2 is on the low end and natural variability is dominant,
then decreasing CO2 emissions won’t have much of a noticeable effect.
Further, we are unable to predict SOLAR VARIATIONS, volcanic eruptions, and
multidecadal oscillations, so there’s a great deal of uncertainty in the model.
There’s a key difference between a scientific consensus and a consensus of scientists:
Scientific consensus reflects our longstanding knowledge base about a topic about
which there is, essentially, no scientific disagreement (e.g., earth orbits the sun).
On the other hand, a consensus of scientists represents a deliberate expression of
collective judgment by a group of scientists on a poorly understood topic. This is
often at the official request of a government or organization, ergo will have political
overtones and pressures. See Dr. Judith Curry testimony to Congressional
subcommittee (link on page 1).
NEW ENERGY SOURCES
The Plan fails to account for emergence of energy systems that have nothing to do
with fossil fuels, that will moot the basis for the assertion of anthropogenic climate
change.
Working models of patents (such as anti-gravity vehicles) already exist, according to
U.S. Navy, in confirming Patent Office inquiries re whether to approve the patents
submitted by Salvatore Cezar Pais, a Romanian-American scientist.
In addition to the U.S. Navy/Salvatore Pais patents, there are thousands of suppressed
patents, including clean (free, anti-gravity, zero point, etc.) energy production and
propulsion systems and medical technology, many of which President Trump is
committed to releasing, as first indicated in his 2017 inaugural address19.
Although administrative agencies resisted his executive order and slowed the release of
such patents to a mere trickle during his first term, there is every reason to believe THIS
time the administrative response will be much livelier, far more in the public interest.
President Trump had better luck in his first term with the category of “mysteries of
space,” as referenced in that address, when he oversaw the creation of Space Force.
See quote in footnote and the following screenshot.
19 “We stand at the birth of a new millennium, ready to unlock the mysteries of space, to free the earth
from the miseries of disease, and to harness the energies, industries, and technologies of tomorrow.”
22
Regarding patents for new energy options, propulsion, etc., with some working models
already in existence.
Listen to inventor Salvatore Cezar Pais (affiliated with U.S. Navy) on Curt Jaimungal’s
Theory of Everything.
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=5E6QyAhTB3o
https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=PE4C7OI7Frg&t=0s
23
NEW STUDIES ON SATURATION OF CO2 AND ITS PLANETARY BENEFITS
Dramatic evidence has been published in a number of recent science papers that carbon dioxide levels are already
‘saturated’, meaning little or no further warming is to be expected and rising CO2 levels are all beneficial.
Half of human emissions are being quickly pushed back into the biosphere, the scientists say, causing substantial,
famine-busting plant growth, while the rest is entering a ‘saturated’ atmosphere and having a minimal effect on
global temperatures. One of the papers accepting the human involvement in rising CO2 is published by the CO2
Coalition, which notes: “We like CO2, so should you.”
None of this work will be reported in the mainstream since it disrupts a ‘settled’ climate science narrative tied to the
political Net Zero fantasy. But the opinion that humans control the climate thermostat by releasing CO2, leading to
runaway temperatures, belongs to a dark period in science when it was captured to promote political aims.
24
However, work continues in skeptical climate circles to understand how a number of gases with warming
properties behave in a chaotic, non-linear atmosphere. Two recently-published papers found that doubling CO2 in
the atmosphere led to minimal temperature increases. The calculated figures can be considered to be in margin of
error territory and on past observational evidence they pose no threat to the climate on Earth. They also destroy
the shaky scientific foundation upon which Net Zero rests.
Eight Taiwanese scientists led by Professor Peng-Sheng Wei found that the sensitivity of the climate to a
rise in CO2 atmospheric levels from 100 to 400 parts per million (ppm) was “negligibly small” at 0.3°C. The
paper is complex and examines heat transfers as a function of longitude, latitude and altitude “as well as
diffuse radiation determined by absorption bands based on wavelength, temperature and the
concentration or pressure of carbon dioxide vapour.”
What the scientists are looking at here is the narrow absorption bands within the infrared (IR) spectrum
that allow ‘greenhouse’ gases to trap heat and warm the planet. Many argue that after a certain level the
gases ‘saturate’ and lose most of their warming properties. One simple way to understand this is to
observe that doubling insulation in a loft will not trap twice as much heat.
The saturation hypothesis would appear to explain how CO2 has been 10-15 times higher in the past without
runaway temperatures, while the anthropogenic warming opinion does little more than provide scientific cover for a
dodgy but fashionable extreme eco scare.
The Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change claims a climate sensitivity number based on doubling CO2
levels of around 3°C. But many climate models ramp up mass public hysteria by using ‘pathways’ with much larger
and highly improbable estimates. The latter form the basis of numerous ‘scientists say’ stories faithfully reported by
unquestioning mainstream media. The Taiwanese scientists found that ground temperature warming of 0.3°C
was associated with the increase from 100 ppm to 350 ppm and there was no additional warming at all as
CO2 rose further from 350 ppm to 400 ppm. The current level of CO2 in the atmosphere is 420 ppm.
Seven Austrian scientists have also recently concentrated on CO2 and the infrared spectrum, noting that a
future doubling of the gas up to 800 ppm “shows no increase in the IR absorption for the 15 u-central
peak”. It is concluded that this can lead to 0.5°C warming at most. The scientists argue that climate
models and their CO2 influences should be revised. Much more experimental evidence about IR radiation
should be collected “before appointing current warming trends and climate change mechanisms
monocausal to greenhouse gas theories.”
The recent papers on CO2 saturation are not the only ones to have been published lately. Earlier this year a
group of Polish scientists led by Dr. Jan Kubicki supplied three papers arguing that above 400 ppm, “the
CO2 concentration can no longer cause any increase in temperature.” In 2023, three scientists including
Atmospheric Professor Yi Huang of McGill University stated that: “in the CO2 band centre is unchanged by
increased CO2 as the absorption is already saturated.” In Chen et al. 2023, it is reported that CO2 had a
severely reduced warming effect past pre-industrial concentrations. It was also noted that water vapour
and cloud influences overlap and thus dominate absorption in the CO2 IR band. In 2022, the German
Physics Professor Dieter Schildnecht set the CO2 saturation level at just 300 ppm.
The CO2 Coalition is an educational foundation that says it provides facts, resources and information about the
“vital role” CO2 plays in the environment. It recently published a detailed paper that accepted humans had
contributed most of the CO2 that has entered the atmosphere in industrial times. The paper is sub-titled: “How
25
human emissions are restoring vital atmospheric CO2.” The coalition has long promoted the role that saturation
plays in tempering the effect of a number of gases with warming properties. Attention is often drawn in its work to
the part played by water vapour that makes up around 4% of the atmosphere and contributes as much as 80% of
the Earth’s vital warming. It saturates over large parts of the IR spectrum, reducing the effect of other gases in their
own specific bands. The coalition’s board includes the distinguished Professor William Happer, who has long
argued the merits of the saturation hypothesis, and it was recently joined by the 2022 Nobel Physics Laureate Dr.
John Clauser.
Levels of CO2 have been much higher in the past, with evidence of vibrant animal and plant life. Many plants
evolved to thrive with higher levels than they feed on today, a period some scientists argue is one of CO2
denudation. In its recently published paper, the coalition observes that the higher the CO2 content in the
atmosphere, the greater the pressure from physical processes to drive CO2 into the oceans and vegetation.
This is borne out by considerable evidence, although the recent substantial ‘greening’ of the planet is largely
hidden from readers reliant on mainstream media. In fact the new ‘green revolution’ is feeding the world. The
authors of a recent science paper, Charles Taylor and Wolfram Schlenker, state: “We consistently find a large
fertilisation effect; a 1 ppm increase in CO2 equates to a 0.4%, 0.6%, 1% yield increase for corn, soybean and
wheat respectively.” The heavy greening of the Earth can be seen in a map first published in Donohue/CSIRO
2015 and republished in another recent paper from the CO2 Coalition. This examined the nutritive value of plants
growing in enhanced CO2 concentrations.
The map was produced from satellite leaf data and shows that greening between 1982-2012 grew by 20-30% in
India, West Australia, the Sahel and the Anatolian highlands. A more recent paper Chen et al. 2024 found that
greening had actually accelerated in the last two decades. The increase in CO2 was found to be the dominant
driver of the positive trend of the Leaf Area Index over most of the global land surface.
Article author: Chris Morrison
Curry – On The Credibility Of Climate Research
Nov. 22, 2009
Having been riveted for the last few days by posts in the blogosphere on the HADCRU
hack and the increasing attention being given to this by the mainstream media, I would
26
like to provide an “external but insider” assessment and perspective. My perspective is as
a climate researcher that is not involved directly in any of the controversies and issues in
the purloined HADCRU emails, but as one that is familiar with this research, the
surrounding controversies, and many of the individuals who sent these emails. While the
blogosphere has identified many emails that allegedly indicate malfeasance, clarifications
especially from Gavin Schmidt have been very helpful in providing explanations and the
appropriate context for these emails. However, even if the hacked emails from HADCRU
end up to be much ado about nothing in the context of any actual misfeasance that
impacts the climate data records, the damage to the public credibility of climate
research is likely to be significant. In my opinion, there are two broader issues
raised by these emails that are impeding the public credibility of climate research:
lack of transparency in climate data, and “tribalism” in some segments of the
climate research community that is impeding peer review and the assessment
process.
1. Transparency. Climate data needs to be publicly available and well documented. This
includes metadata that explains how the data were treated and manipulated, what
assumptions were made in assembling the data sets, and what data was omitted and why.
This would seem to be an obvious and simple requirement, but the need for such
transparency has only been voiced recently as the policy relevance of climate data has
increased. The HADCRU surface climate dataset and the paleoclimate dataset that has
gone into the various “hockeystick” analyses stand out as lacking such transparency.
Much of the paleoclimate data and metadata has become available only because of
continued public pressure from Steve McIntyre. Datasets that were processed and
developed decades ago and that are now regarded as essential elements of the climate
data record often contain elements whose raw data or metadata were not preserved (this
appears to be the case with HADCRUT). The HADCRU surface climate dataset needs
public documentation that details the time period and location of individual station
measurements used in the data set, statistical adjustments to the data, how the data were
analyzed to produce the climatology, and what measurements were omitted and why. If
these data and metadata are unavailable, I would argue that the data set needs to be
reprocessed (presumably the original raw data is available from the original sources).
Climate data sets should be regularly reprocessed as new data becomes available and
analysis methods improve. There are a number of aspects of the surface climate record
that need to be understood better. For example, the surface temperature bump ca. 1940
needs to be sorted out, and I am personally lacking confidence in how this period is being
treated in the HADCRUT analysis. In summary, given the growing policy relevance of
climate data, increasingly higher standards must be applied to the transparency and
availability of climate data and metadata. These standards should be clarified, applied and
enforced by the relevant national funding agencies and professional societies that publish
scientific journals.
2. Climate tribalism. Tribalism is defined here as a strong identity that separates one’s
group from members of another group, characterized by strong in-group loyalty and
regarding other groups differing from the tribe’s defining characteristics as inferior. In
the context of scientific research, tribes differ from groups of colleagues that collaborate
and otherwise associate with each other professionally. As a result of the politicization of
climate science, climate tribes (consisting of a small number of climate researchers) were
27
established in response to the politically motivated climate disinformation machine that
was associated with e.g. ExxonMobil, CEI, Inhofe/Morano etc. The reaction of the
climate tribes to the political assault has been to circle the wagons and point the guns
outward in an attempt to discredit misinformation from politicized advocacy groups. The
motivation of scientists in the pro AGW tribes appears to be less about politics and more
about professional ego and scientific integrity as their research was under assault for
nonscientific reasons (I’m sure there are individual exceptions, but this is my overall
perception). I became adopted into a “tribe” during Autumn 2005 after publication of the
Webster et al. hurricane and global warming paper. I and my colleagues were totally
bewildered and overwhelmed by the assault we found ourselves under, and associating
with a tribe where others were more experienced and savvy about how to deal with this
was a relief and very helpful at the time.
After becoming more knowledgeable about the politics of climate change (both the
external politics and the internal politics within the climate field), I became
concerned about some of the tribes pointing their guns inward at other climate
researchers who question their research or don’t pass various loyalty tests. I even
started spending time at climateaudit, and my public congratulations to Steve
McIntyre when climateaudit won the “best science blog award” was greeted with a
rather unpleasant email from one of the tribal members. While the “hurricane wars”
fizzled out in less than a year as the scientists recovered from the external assault and got
back to business as usual in terms of arguing science with their colleagues, the “hockey
wars” have continued apparently unabated. With the publication of the IPCC 4th
Assessment report, the Nobel Peace Prize, and energy legislation near the top of the
national legislative agenda, the “denialists” were becoming increasingly irrelevant (the
Heartland Conference and NIPCC are not exactly household words). Hence it is difficult
to understand the continued circling of the wagons by some climate researchers with guns
pointed at skeptical researchers by apparently trying to withhold data and other
information of relevance to published research, thwart the peer review process, and keep
papers out of assessment reports. Scientists are of course human, and short-term
emotional responses to attacks and adversity are to be expected, but I am particularly
concerned by this apparent systematic and continuing behavior from scientists that hold
editorial positions, serve on important boards and committees and participate in the major
assessment reports. It is these issues revealed in the HADCRU emails that concern me
the most, and it seems difficult to spin many of the emails related to FOIA, peer review,
and the assessment process. I sincerely hope that these emails do not in actuality reflect
what they appear to, and I encourage Gavin Schmidt et al. to continue explaining the
individual emails and the broader issues of concern.
In summary, the problem seems to be that the circling of the wagons strategy developed
by small groups of climate researchers in response to the politically motivated attacks
against climate science are now being used against other climate researchers and the
more technical blogs (e.g. Climateaudit, Lucia, etc). Particularly on a topic of such great
public relevance, scientists need to consider carefully skeptical arguments and either
rebut them or learn from them. Trying to suppress them or discredit the skeptical
researcher or blogger is not an ethical strategy and one that will backfire in the long run. I
have some sympathy for Phil Jones’ concern of not wanting to lose control of his
personal research agenda by having to take the time to respond to all the queries and
28
requests regarding his dataset, but the receipt of large amounts of public funding pretty
much obligates CRU to respond to these requests. The number of such requests would be
drastically diminished if all relevant and available data and metadata were made publicly
accessible, and if requests from Steve McIntyre were honored (I assume that many
spurious requests have been made to support Steve McIntyre’s request, and these would
all disappear).
The HADCRU hack has substantially increased the relevance of Climateaudit, WUWT,
etc. The quickest way for HADCRU et al. to put Climateaudit and the rest of this tribe
out of business is make all climate data and metadata public and make every effort to
improve the datasets based on all feedback that you receive. Do this and they will quickly
run out of steam and become irrelevant . Gavin Schmidt’s current efforts at
realclimate are a good step in the right direction of increasing transparency.
But the broader issue is the need to increase the public credibility of climate science. This
requires publicly available data and metadata, a rigorous peer review process, and
responding to arguments raised by skeptics. The integrity of individual scientists that are
in positions of responsibility (e.g. administrators at major research institutions, editorial
boards, major committees, and assessments) is particularly important for the public
credibility of climate science. The need for public credibility and transparency has
dramatically increased in recent years as the policy relevance of climate research has
increased. The climate research enterprise has not yet adapted to this need, and our
institutions need to strategize to respond to this need.
https://climateaudit.org/2009/11/22/curry-on-the-credibility-of-climate-research/
XX. Editor of major newspaper says he planted stories for CIA
https://www.digitaljournal.com/world/editor-of-major-german-newspaper-says-he-
planted-stories-for-cia/article/424470
By Ralph Lopez
Published
January 26, 2015
Saying he believes a medical condition gives him only a few years to live, and that he is
filled with remorse, Dr. Udo Ulfkotte, the editor of Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung, one
of Germany’s largest newspapers, said in an interview that he allegedly accepted news
stories written and given to him by the CIA and published them under his own
name. Ulfkotte said he gathered the aim of much of the deception was to drive
nations toward war.
Dr. Ulfkotte says the corruption of journalists and major news outlets by the CIA is
routine, accepted, and widespread in the western media, and that journalists who do
not comply either cannot get jobs at any news organization, or find their careers cut short.
Dr. Ulfkotte is the author of a book currently available only in German, “Bought
Journalists” (Kopp 2014. – now available in the U.S. as Presstitutes Embedded In The
29
Pay Of The CIA.) Aged 55, he was also once an advisor to the government of German
Chancellor Helmet Kohl.
Among the stories Ulfkotte says he was ordered to plant in his newspaper over the years
was a story that Libyan President Muammar Gaddafi was building poison gas factories in
2011. Ulfkotte also claims he was an eyewitness to Saddam Hussein’s use of poison gas
against Iranians in the war between Iran and Iraq, but that the editors he worked for at the
time were not interested, because Iraq was a US ally at the time.
It should be noted his allegations have not been corroborated by a third party.
Ulfkotte says he is better positioned to come forward than many journalists because
he does not have children who could be threatened. Ulfkotte told the Russian
newspaper Russian Insider (RI):
“When I told the Frankfurter Allgemeine Zeitung (Ulfkotte’s newspaper) that I would
publish the book, their lawyers sent me a letter threatening with all legal consequences if
I would publish any names or secrets – but I don’t mind. You see, I don’t have children to
take care of. And you must know I was severely injured during the gas attack I
witnessed in Iran in 1988. I’m the sole German survivor from a German poison gas
attack. I’m still suffering from this. I’ve had three heart attacks. I don’t expect to
live for more than a few years.”
Ulfkotte says that remorse of having “lied” to mass audiences over the years drove
him to come forward. He told RI that he was:
“taught to lie, to betray and not to tell the truth to the public.”
Ulfkotte says:
“I’m ashamed I was part of it. Unfortunately I cannot reverse this.”
Among the admissions that Ulfkotte makes in the interview are putting his own name to
articles completely written by intelligence agencies. He said:
“I ended up publishing articles under my own name written by agents of the CIA
and other intelligence services, especially the German secret service.”
Ulfkotte detailed the pattern of cajolery and outright bribery used by the CIA and
other US-allied intelligence agencies, for the purpose of advancing political agendas.
Ulfkotte said:
“once you’re connected, you make friends with selected Americans. You think they are
your friends and you start cooperating. They work on your ego, make you feel like you’re
important. And one day one of them will ask you ‘Will you do me this favor’…”
30
Ulfkotte noted that a journalists on international press trips paid for by organizations
close to the government are unlikely to submit a storyline not favorable to the sponsor.
Dr. Udo Ulfkotte
hungarytoday.hu
Of the gassing of Iranians he had witnessed in the Eighties, Ulfkotte said:
“they asked me to hand over the photos that I had made to the German association of
chemical companies in Frankfurt, Verband der Chemischen Industrie. This poison gas
that had killed so many Iranians was made in Germany.”
In an interview with Russia Today, Ulfkotte said that it was “not right” what he had done,
and that his fear was that politicians were actively driving the world toward war:
“it is not right what I have done in the past, to manipulate people, to make
propaganda against Russia, and it is not right what my colleagues do, and have done in
the past, because they are bribed to betray the people not only in Germany, all over
Europe. … I am very fearful of a new war in Europe, and I don’t like to have this
situation again, because war is never coming from itself, there is always people who push
for war, and this is not only politicians, it is journalists too. … We have betrayed our
readers, just to push for war. … I don’t want this anymore, I’m fed up with this
propaganda. We live in a banana republic, and not in a democratic country where
we have press freedom…”
In his book “The CIA and the Media,” Watergate reporter Carl Bernstein quotes William
B. Bader, former CIA intelligence officer, in his testimony before the Senate
Intelligence Committee. Baeder said:
“There is quite an incredible spread of relationships. You don’t need to manipulate
Time magazine, for example, because there are [Central Intelligence] Agency people
at the management level.”
Bernstein writes:
“The Agency’s relationship with the Times was by far its most valuable among
newspapers, according to CIA officials. From 1950 to 1966, about ten CIA
employees were provided Times cover under arrangements approved by the
newspaper’s late publisher, Arthur Hays Sulzberger. The cover arrangements were
part of a general Times policy—set by Sulzberger—to provide assistance to the CIA
whenever possible.”
Ulfkotte was on the staff of the Konrad Adenauer Foundation from 1999 to 2003,
according to his Wikipedia entry. He won the civic prize from the Annette Barthelt
Foundation in 2003.
31
XXI. Dr. David Martin Exposes the Names and Faces of the People Who Are
Killing Humanity; Red Pill Expo, November 19, 2021
https://www.jamesjpn.net/conspiracy/dr-david-martin-who-they-are-the-names-and-
faces-behind-the-criminal-coronavirus-conspiracy/
https://www.algora.com/Algora_blog/2021/11/20/dr-david-martin-who-they-are-the-
names-and-faces
If you thought the last Dr David Martin talk was exciting, this one, which he gave at the
Red Pill Expo is positively electrifying.
He says that this is “final” speech but that we will be hearing from him, only it will be a
new version: No more Mr Nice Guy. We get to see a bit of that in this presentation.
He is angry.
David has put the names and faces of all of the major players in the theater of the
COVID War onto one slide, which he says is important, because “We energize the
forces of darkness when we anonymize them and when we see their faces on a
screen, we realize that they’re merely individuals that have lost the social contract
with humanity.”
The purpose of this talk is to de-mystify the “they” of the COVID War.
THE COVID PRIVATEERS
“How many of you are familiar with the company, Anser? I love having this moment. Do
you know they are the single largest contractor in the entire COVID terrorism
campaign?…
“The companies on the right, that you think are the ones running this show [Pfizer,
Moderna, Johnson & Johnson, Merck Ridgeback, Gilead Sciences], are in fact a front [for
the companies on the left, Anser, Fors-Marsh, Palantir, Publicis Sapient].
“And you know what a front organization is? They’re the ones that are supposed to take
the flack and take the heat. The ones on the left are the ones that actually got the money.
Operation Warp Speed went to Anser.
“You didn’t know that, because you were told by the media that it went to Pfizer,
Moderna, Johnson & Johnson and all that kind of stuff. That’s not true. The prime
contract of Operation Warp Speed went through Anser, a company none of you had heard
of!
“And you didn’t hear about them because the contract was signed by ATI, a company
based in South Carolina, a company whose history has been government defense
contracts for the purposes of propaganda!
32
I wish I made that up. The prime contractor selected to run Operation Warp Speed was a
propaganda expert for the US Department of Defense…
“Anser is the way for the Federal Government never to be liable for the criminal
conspiracy they know they ran. They are now one of the top ten Federal Contractors in
history, below Lockheed-Martin, Raytheon and all those guys.
“Those names you know. You don’t know Anser, the single company that, by COVID
rose – the highest-ranked rise in the history of federal contracting; the highest single-year
rise, ever was Anser – and none of you know who they are!…
“Anser Corporation, they’re the ones running Operation Warp Speed and they’ve been
set up to shield these manufacturers from ever taking the financial liability for their
willful misconduct.
And one day, everybody’s gonna go, ‘Let’s sue Pfizer! Let’s go sue everybody else! And
the only problem is when we go to sue them, they say, ‘Hey! It wasn’t us!’ And they’re
right and all of us were asleep. And I’m talking to a woke crowd, here and all of you
were asleep.
“Don’t tell me you’re awake if you’re still sleeping, because if you didn’t know who
Anser is, you’re still asleep!
IT GETS WORSE…
“It gets worse. Fors-Marsh, anybody know Fors-Marsh?…They’re the branding agency
that branded COVID. They’re the ones who make sure we find hospitals that are overrun
with people. They’re the ones who find kids that died of COVID right before the FDA
needs to vote on giving kids injections. They’re the ones that go around the world,
making sure every message is always the same: ‘We will not return to normal until we
have a vaccine.’
Thank you, Justin Trudeau! Where’d you get the script? From Fors-Marsh! And how
many of you knew that? None of ya!
“How about Palantir? Hey, that’s a weird one, isn’t it? Peter Thiel, who has successfully
run a company that has lost $200 million plus, every year for about seven or eight years,
goes public in the middle of COVID. Isn’t timing interesting? Isn’t it fascinating that a
company that’s done nothing but lose billions of dollars goes public in the middle of the
worst economic cycle we’ve had? Isn’t that funny? And did you actually go back and
read their public offering? Hah! Funny! I know you didn’t, because there really wasn’t
one, that’s why you didn’t read it!
“Because they went public in this very bizarre, backdoor way of actually selling
founder’s stock into the market, so we got personally-enriched – personally-enriched –
using the public market as the laundering facility. Isn’t that brilliant?
33
“But let’s look at what they did for our COVID scandal. They actually came up with a
thing called Gotham Data Tracking…you know what that does? That’s making sure
that every time you turn your phone on, when you get off the plane, when you cross the
state line, it gives you a little tag that goes, ‘Hey, do you want a COVID alert in your
neighborhood?’ You know why? Because you are being monitored. Your phone is
being monitored. Your transactions are being monitored, your credit cards are
being monitored, your health behavior’s being monitored, your vaccine status is
being monitored and it’s all done under the contract run by Gotham Data Sciences,
the company that went public during COVID – and none of you knew about this.
“And you’ve been to Red Pills! And you still haven’t taken the Red Pill! And by the way,
I’m not even to the good slide, yet. So be depressed! ‘Cause it’s getting worse!
“Publicis Sapient, the Health and Human Services’ IT contract. Have you ever wondered
how the data never seems to add up? Somebody always has allegedly the same reportable
data?
“Publicis Sapient has the Health and Human Services’ IT contract to consolidate all of
the data, so guess what happens? Everybody has the same number of COVID cases to
report, when somebody from the media calls and says, ‘Hey, how many cases do we
have?’ ‘Oh, 40,000’. ‘Oh, round number, 40,000’…
“When, in the course of human history has a round number involving the word
‘thousand’ ever happened? There’s never been a 10,000 heart day, there’s never been a
round number day – until you actually control the Department of Health and Human
Services’ entire IT platform and not one of you knows that that’s a single contract, run by
Publicis Sapient…
“You’ve been focused on the right hand side the whole time and the left hand side is
doing the dirty work.
THE COVID PIRATES
“Now, why do I call them ‘privateers’? How many are familiar with the difference
between a pirate and a privateer?
Pirates go rape and marauding and stealing and…a privateer is the same thing, that has
permission to do it by a government that’s gone corrupt.
That’s what these are (points to the slide of COVID contractors). They’re the privateers.
But hey, since we have privateers, it feels only appropriate that if we have a world of
privateers, we should also…have a world of pirates. And here’s our pirates.”
New slide shows the universities who’ve been involved in the COVID War: UNC Chapel
Hill, Vanderbilt, Emory, Johns Hopkins, University of California System, MIT, NYU
Langone, DZIF, Imperial College, IHME, Erasmus Medical Center.
34
“Pirates. UNC Chapel Hill, I talked about that. That’s the guy who actually made the
weapon, Ralph Baric. Since 1999, $100 million to weaponize the particles of coronavirus.
Over $100 million. You’ve heard about $3.7 million going to Wuhan – ohhhh – 3.7
million, that feels like a bad number.
“And how ’bout $28 billion of that coming from DARPA for their bioweapons
initiative?
Anybody heard of $28 billion that went through Anthony Fauci at NIAID?
Anyone hear about the $20 billion that went directly to UNC Chapel Hill, that
weaponized spike protein?
“You haven’t heard about that, you haven’t heard about that because we’ve been talking
about $3.7 million going to Wuhan. Stop being distracted by the cover story!…Because
the distraction is where the interesting thing is.
“UNC Chapel Hill, Vanderbilt, Emory, Johns Hopkins and University of California:
those are the pirates that have made the most money on federally-granted, disclosed
money going into the university sector. I’m calling them ‘pirates’ for a very good reason.
They justify all of this in the name of science and education…
“I don’t even care whether these people pretend to hide behind the ‘It’s an academic
research project’ to try and get out of the bioweapons definition.
The bioweapons definition says that if you enable a foreign entity to build something
known to harm humanity, you have already created a felony, you are going to jail for the
rest of your life and you are liable for $100 million penalty.
“So guess what? Welcome to Hell, all five of these universities! Because they’re all
felons! All of ’em!
“And how ’bout the right hand side? MIT, New York University Langone – hey, by the
way, Langone? Where did that name come from? Ken Langone? Anybody? Oh! I’m not
supposed to say that name out loud, Ken Langone, except I just did, didn’t I? Ken
Langone…
“They’re actually putting their name on the letterhead and you don’t know who to look
for! You’re still being told, ‘Oh, it’s the Rothschilds and it’s the Rockefellers!
“No, it’s not! It’s the guy who put his name on the facility! How many of you know who
Ken Langone is? Guess what? Look it up! Because that’s a pretty big thing that you
should be aware of and unfortunately, you’re not aware of it, for a very good reason
because he hid it in plain site, on the name of the medical center. New York University
Langone, like that’s a really hard thing to find.
35
“DZIF Charité…you’ve heard of Dr Christian Drosten, the Crazy-in-Chief in Germany
who’s kind of Anthony Fauci and Ralph Baric’s evil stepchild, Imperial College, the
criminal conspirators who came up with the fear porn of how many people were going to
die, IHME, the University of Washington program, but the one I want to bring your
attention to is the one at the bottom, Erasmus Medical Center.
“Bart Haagmans…In 2002,Bart Haagmans was an interesting dude, because he
actually figured out a way to build a bunch of patents around the vaccines for the
coronavirus. Mysteriously, the European Union in 2012 started giving him massive,
massive grants to run a thing called Zapi.
“And Zapi was the zoonotic disease transmission laboratory for the European Union. And
Bart seemed to always get the money. Now, this is fascinating because Bart was also the
one who decided to patent MERS. The Middle Eastern Respiratory Syndrome, remember
that one? The one that never really happened but kinda happened in 2012-13? Bart was
the one that patented MERS…
“Erasmus Medical Center, actually, in their public statement, when they were confronted
with the lie, where they said that they hadn’t filed a patent on the actual genome – kinda
like the CDC said in 2007 – when confronted with the lie, they said in public – and you
can’t make this sh!t up, People, it’s so funny! They said, ‘Well, what we said was not
entirely false in all jurisdictions in the world.’
THE COVID ORCHESTRA
“But this, Ladies and Gentlemen is the slide you wanted to see. This is actually the
names and faces of the people who are, in fact killing humanity. And that’s ALL of
them. Now, here’s the bad news: There’s a lot of people on that slide, aren’t there?
Here’s the better news…I’ll actually give you all this slide, because why not? Lets
make sure that we don’t ever forget the names and the faces of the people who
decided to kill us…”
Here is a list of all the people in that slide:
· Mukesh D. Ambani, Chairman, Reliance Industries
· Peter Brabeck-Letmathe, Vice-Chairman of the Board of Trustees WEF
· Mark Carney, UN Special Envoy for Climate Action
· Chrystia Freeland, Deputy Prime Minister and Minister of Finance, Canada
· Kristalina Georgieva, Managing Director of the IMF
· Queen Rania of Jordan
· David M. Rubenstein, Co-Founder and Executive Chairman, Carlyle Group
· Klaus Schwab, Founder and Executive Chairman, WEF
· Marc Benioff, Chair and Chief Executive Officer, Salesforce, WEF Trustee, WEF
Young Global Leader
· Thomas Buberl, CEO, AXA
· Laurence Fink, Chairman & CEO, BlackRock
· Orit Gadiesh, Chairman, Bain & Company
· Fabiola Gianotti, Director General, CERN
36
· L. Rafael Reif, President of MIT
· Mark Schneider, CEO, Nestlé
· Tharman Shanmugaratnam, Defense Minister, Singapore
· Robert Mercer, Renaissance Fund
· Larry Page, Google
· Al Gore, Environmentalist
· Angel Gurría, Secretary General OECD
· Paula Ingabire, Minister of Information Communication Technology, Rwanda
· Yo-Yo Ma, Cellist
· Luis Alberto Moreno, WEF Young Global Leader
· Jim Hagemann Snabe, Chairman of Siemens and of Maersk
· Feike Sijbesma, Philco
· Zhu Min, Deputy Managing Director, IMF
· Mark Zuckerberg, Facebook/Meta
· Bill Gates, Microsoft
· Herman Gref, CEO, Sberbank
· André Hoffmann, Vice-Chairman Hoffman-La Roche
· Christine Lagarde, President, European Central Bank
· Peter Maurer, President, Red Cross
· Patrice Motsepe, Chairman, African Rainbow Minerals
· Julie Sweet, CEO, Accenture
· Heizo Takenaka, Economist
· Dustin Moskovitz, Open Philanthropy
David continues, “I want you to have some looks on there. Some are kind of interesting,
like cellist Yo-Yo Ma. Did you hear me say that? Cellist, Yo-Yo Ma.
“How about the head of the Wellcome Trust? Not surprising, there, right? How about
Princess Rania of Jordan? Ooh, that’s weird.
“How about the woman who happens to be sitting at the helm of the leadership of the
government of Canada but conveniently out of sight but running 100% of the money for
the government of Canada.
“How about all of these interesting people like, Jim Hagemann Snabe, how about Zhu
Min, Chairman of the National Institute of Financial Research in China?
“And what makes these individuals interesting is that when you look at them, you find
out something very important. Almost none of them have sought public visibility. Isn’t
that funny?
Which makes me pick on one of them. The guy I have here, at the bottom corner. And I
have to give him credit. He has done so much to stay out of sight.
“I’ve got 12 minutes left. I’ve got to spend a couple of minutes on the guy who’s paid
37
every search engine optimization to keep his name out of search engines and I’m doing it
so that is costs him sh!tloads to keep all of you silent.
DUSTIN MOSKOVITZ: EDITING THE HUMAN GENOME
“So let’s get really clear on Dustin Moskovitz. Shall we, Dustin Moskovitz?…You little
piece of sh!t! Let’s talk about him for a minute. The Co-Founder of Facebook that you’ve
never heard of…also the guy who founded Open Philanthropy, who was the actual
check-writer for Event 201. You were told that it was the World Economic Forum.
You were told it was the Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation. You were told it was
Johns Hopkins University. But the actual check that cleared for the program was
signed by none other than Dustin Moskovitz…
“Now, I’m picking on him for a good reason. He’s a felon, he’s a criminal. He is one of
the most sociopathic, psychopathic, crazy people walking the planet and he’s paid to keep
his name in private. So guess what? Don’t let him!
The reason why I want to give you this slide is because I want every one of them named.
I want them all publicly named.
“Because it’s time that we start going through the reality of saying, ‘We the People are
not going to let mass-murderers get away anonymously mass-murdering people. We are
not going to allow that to happen! Not on our watch! And that’s why you have this
slide…
“But let’s go back to Dustin. Isn’t it interesting that Dustin conveniently decided to
shroud this entire public health crisis in a self-serving, self-interested investment
objective? He owns Sherlock biosciences. Sherlock Biosciences happens to be the
company that owns the CRISPR technology that is the joint venture between the
United States and China on gene editing the human genome…
“Dustin Moskovitz knew that if he actually tried to take this technology into the public,
nobody would be willing to do it, particularly, given the fact that it’s a JV [joint
venture] between him and the government of China. That’s the reason why we’d have
a problem with it. Because it feels like eugenics. You know why it feels like eugenics?
Because it is eugenics, that’s why it feels like it! That’s why it feels like Cold Spring
Harbor Labs…
“The only way we could get gene editing technology approved was with an
Emergency Use Authorization. Not surprisingly, once everybody was distracted on
vaccines and everybody was distracted on RTPCR and everybody was distracted on
everything else, Sherlock Biosciences slipped their Emergency Use Authorization
application into the FDA – and got it.
In other words, using the cover of COVID, which all of us are pretending to talk
about, the editing of the human genome was approved and not one of us said a
thing.
38
“Now, if you were going to edit the human genome, do you think you’d need a good
cover story to actually hide what you’re really doing? You’d probably find the guy who
has the biggest financial interest in doing it and make sure, that while everyone is looking
over at coronavirus and COVID and trying to figure out these Lab Leak Hypothesis –
there’s no Lab Leak Hypothesis, because there’s no lab leak!
“So stop taking about lab leaks! there is no lab leak. This is the willful weaponization of
a spike protein, that’s what it is. It’s an act of war, it’s not a leak. We need to start
calling it what it is. It’s an act of war. It’s an act of war against humanity.
“We stop pretending to take their bait and follow their stupid rabbit trails and follow
stupid rabbit trails into stupid rabbit holes and wonder why there’s a bunch of pee and
piss and poo that smells like rabbit warrens. Well, it smells like it because that’s what you
find at the end of a rabbit trail.
“We need to be focused on the point and people like Dustin Moskovitz and this slide is
going to be shared with everyone in this room, because it is incumbent on you. Now you
know. Now you must act. Because when we talk about the ‘they’, we empower the
‘they’.
“But when we talk about the names of people, we humanize the sociopathic behavior. We
humanize the fact that there are individuals and organizations that are willfully murdering
the humanity that we know and love and we cannot let that happen on our watch. It is
incumbent on all us to get those words out.”
THE COVID CONSPIRING STATES
The next slide shows the countries of the US, Canada, UK, Germany, South Africa,
China and Australia and the logos of the following corporations: BlackRock, AXA,
HSBC, International Monetary Fund, United Healthcare, Insurance Corporation of British
Columbia.
“The most important part of this slide is what I put in the Atlantic Ocean, because the real
nation-state isn’t a nation-state. Listen!…The Treaty of Westphalia, the stupid idea of
drawing lines on maps and calling them countries has long been dead.
“The real control is that,” (points to the slide), “what I call the ‘Atlantic Coalition of
Doom.’ The Atlantic Coalition of Doom: BlackRock, AXA, the International
Monetary Fund, HSBC, ICBC and you guessed it, United Healthcare…
“United Healthcare is a corrupt organization. It is a corrupt organization. It must be called
what it is. It is actually the most manipulative corporate structures known to humanity,
because what it does is it matches life insurance and insurance products with the
delivery of healthcare, so they can so what? Manage your health? Oh-ho-ho no! Bet
against the timing of your death.
“That’s the internal arbitrage. It is the wet dream of the Lloyd’s of London syndicate.
39
They would have loved to have had this opportunity. But guess what? They didn’t.
United Healthcare did. They put two things together, which means they get to manage
your life so they can time your death, so they can profit on both.”
XXII. TRANSCRIPT Of Dr David E. Martin's Speech At The European Union
Parliament, Covid Summit, MAY 2023
https://rumble.com/v2ncp8w-dr-david-e.-martin-phd-covid-summit-european-union-
parliament-may-2023.html
It is a, it is a particularly interesting location for me to be sitting today, given that over a
decade ago I sat in this very chair right here in the European Union Parliament.
And at that time I warned the world of what was coming, during that conversation that
was hosted at the time by the Green and EFA and a number of the other parties of the
European Unions, of various representations.
We were having a conversation on whether Europe should adopt the United States
policy of allowing for the patents on biologically derived materials.
And at the time I urged this body and I urged people around the world that the
weaponization of nature against humanity had dire consequences.
Tragically, I sit here today, with that unfortunate line that I don't like to say, which is “I
told you so.”
But the fact of the matter is, we're here not for a reprisal on past decisions. We're here to
actually, once again, come to the face of the human condition and ask the question, who
do we want to be?
What do we want humanity to look like?
And rather than seeing this as an exercise in futility, which is very easy from time to time
when you're in the position I'm in, I actually see this not as an exercise in futility.
I see this as one of the greatest opportunities that faces us because we now have a public
conversation, which is now front and center in people's minds.
When this was an esoteric conversation about biological patents, nobody cared.
But when that conversation came home, then it became something people can care about.
So I'm actually quite grateful for this opportunity.
I thank the members of Parliament for hosting this.
I thank all of the translators who I apologize in advance.
I will use terminology that is probably very difficult to translate, so my apologies, and I'd
also like to acknowledge the fact that many of you are aware of my involvement with this
in large part due to the amazing work of my wonderful wife, Kim Martin, who
encouraged me at the very early days of this pandemic to get on front of the camera and
talk about all the information that I had been sharing among very small groups around the
world.
And it was in fact her encouragement that put me in a place where many of you have
heard what I have to say.
Ironically, the world that I came from that used to be very popular, my CNBC and
Bloomberg presentations, which were televised on mainstream media around the
world, was an audience that I lost.
I can confidently say Covid diminished my fame, but I can also confidently say that
I'd rather stand among the people with whom I'm standing today than any of the
40
folks that were part of that previous world.
So, this is a much better place to be.
My role today is to set the stage for this conversation in a historical context, because this
did not come in the last three years.
This did not come in the last five or six years.
This actually is an ongoing question that probably began here in Europe in the early
stages of the mid 19 hundreds, but certainly by 1913, 1914, this conversation started right
here in Central Europe.
The pandemic that we alleged to have happen in the last few years also did not happen
overnight.
In fact, the very specific pandemic using coronavirus began in a very different time.
Most of you don't know that Coronavirus as a model of a pathogen was isolated in
1965.
Coronavirus was identified in 1965 as one of the first infectious, replicatable viral
models that could be used to modify a series of other experiences of human
condition.
It was isolated once upon a time associated with the common cold.
But what's particularly interesting about its isolation in 1965 was that it was
immediately identified as a pathogen that could be used and modified for a whole
host of reasons.
And you heard me correctly, that was 1965.
And by the way, these slides are public domain.
You're welcome to look at every single reference.
Every comment that I made is based on published material.
So do make sure that you look at those references.
But in 1966, the very first COV Coronavirus model was used as a transatlantic biological
experiment in human manipulation, and you heard the date 1966.
I hope you're getting the point of what I'm saying.
This is not an overnight thing.
This is actually something that's been long in the making.
A year before I was born, we had the first Trans-Atlantic coronavirus data sharing
experiment between the United States and the United Kingdom.
And in 1967, the year I was born, we did the first human trials on inoculating people
with modified coronavirus.
Isn't that amazing?
56 years ago, the overnight success of a pathogen that's been 56 years in engineering, and
I want that to chill with all of you.
Where were we when we actually allowed in violation of biological and chemical
weapons treaties?
Where were we as a human civilization when we thought it was an acceptable thing
to do to take a pathogen for the United States and infect the world with it?
Where was that conversation and what should have been that conversation in 1967?
That conversation wasn't had. Ironically, the common cold was turned into a chimera
in the 1970s, and in 1975, 1976 and 1977, we started figuring out how to modify
coronavirus by putting it into different animals.
Pigs and dogs.
41
And not surprisingly, by the time we got to 1990, we found out that coronavirus as a
infectious agent was an industrial problem for two primary industries, the industries of
dogs and pigs.
Dog breeders and pigs found that Coronavirus created gastrointestinal problems,
and that became the basis for Pfizer's first spike protein vaccine.
Patent filed. Are you ready for this In 1990?
Did you hear what I just said?
1990.
Operation Warpspeed.
I'm sorry.
Where's the warp and the speed?
Pfizer 1990.
The very first spike protein vaccine for Coronavirus.
Isn't that fascinating?
Isn't it fascinating that we were, we were told that, well, the spike protein is a new thing.
We just found out that that's the problem.
No.
As a matter of fact, we didn't just find out it was not just now.
Now the problem, we found that out in 1990 and filed the first patents on vaccines in
1990 for the spike protein of Coronavirus.
And who would've thought Pfizer?
Clearly the innocent organization that does nothing but promote human health.
Clearly, Pfizer, the organization that has not bought the votes in this chamber, in every
chamber of every government around the world, not that Pfizer, certainly they wouldn't
have had anything to do with this, but oh yes, they did.
And in 1990 they found out that there was a problem with vaccines.
They didn't work.
You know why they didn't work?
It turns out that Coronavirus is a very malleable model.
It transforms and it changes, and it mutates over time.
As a matter of fact, every publication on vaccines for Coronavirus from 1990 until
2018, every single publication concluded that Coronavirus escapes the vaccine
impulse because it modifies and mutates too quickly for vaccines to be effective.
And since 1990 to 2018, that is the published science ladies and gentlemen, that's
following the science, following the science is their own indictment of their own
programs that said, it doesn't work.
And there are thousands of publications to that effect, not a few hundred. And not paid
for by pharmaceutical companies.
These are publications that are independent scientific research that shows
unequivocally including efforts of the chimera modifications made by Ralph Bair in
the University of North Carolina Chapel Hill.
All of them show vaccines do not work on coronavirus.
That's the science, and that science has never been disputed.
But then we had an interesting development in 2002, and this date is most important
because in 2002, the University of North Carolina Chapel Hill patented, and I quote,
an infectious replication defective clone of coronavirus.
42
Listen to those words …
Infectious replication, defective.
What does that phrase actually mean?
For those of you not familiar with language, let me unpack it for you.
Infectious replication.
Defective means a weapon.
It means something meant to target an individual but not have collateral damage to other
individuals.
That's what infectious replication defective means.
And that patent was filed in 2002 on work funded by NIAID's Anthony Fauci from
1999 to 2002, and that work patented at the University of North Carolina Chapel
Hill mysteriously preceded SARS 1.0 by a year.
“Dave, are you suggesting that SARS 1.0 wasn't from a wet market in Wuhan?”
“Are you suggesting it might have come from a laboratory in the University of North
Carolina Chapel Hill?”
No, I'm not suggesting it.
I'm telling you that's the facts we engineered SARS.
SARS is not a naturally occurring phenomenon.
The naturally occurring phenomenon is called the common cold.
It's called influenza-like illness.
It's called gastroenteritis.
That's the naturally occurring coronavirus.
SARS is the research developed by humans weaponizing a life system model to
actually attack human beings, and they patented it in 2002.
And in 2003, giant surprise, the CDC filed the patent on Coronavirus isolated from
humans in violation once again of biological and chemical weapons, treaties and
laws that we have in the United States, and I'm very, very precise on this.
United States likes to talk about its rights and everything else, and the rule of law and all
the nonsense that we like to talk about, but we don't ratify treaties about, I don't know,
defending humans.
We conspicuously avoid that we actually have a great track record of advocating for
human rights and then denying them when it comes to actually being part of the
international community, which is a slightly problematic thing.
But let's get something very clear.
When the CDC, in April of 2003 filed the patent on SARS Coronavirus isolated
from humans, what did they do?
They downloaded a sequence from China, and filed a patent on it in the United
States.
Any of you familiar with biological and chemical weapons treaties knows that's a
violation.
That's a crime.
That's not an innocent, oops; that's a crime.
And the United States Patent Office went as far as to reject that patent application
on two occasions until the CDC decided to bribe the patent office to override the
patent examiner to ultimately issue the patent in 2007 on SARS Coronavirus.
But let's not let that get away from us, because it turns out that the RT PCR, which was
43
the test that we allegedly were going to use to identify the risks associated with
coronavirus, was actually identified as a bioterrorism threat by me in the European Union
sponsored events in 2002 and 2003, 20 years ago that happened here in Brussels and
across Europe.
In 2005, this particular pathogen was specifically labeled as a bioterrorism and
bioweapon platform technology, described as such.
That's not my terminology that I'm applying to it.
It was actually described as a bioweapons platform technology in 2005.
And from 2005 onwards, it was actually a bio warfare enabling agent.
It's official classification from 2005 forward.
I don't know if that sounds like public health to you, does it?
Biological warfare enabling technology that feels like not public health, that feels
like not medicine, that feels like a weapon, designed to take out humanity.
That's what it feels like, and it feels like that because that's exactly what it is.
We have been lured into believing that EcoHealth Alliance and DARPA and all of these
organizations are what we should be pointing to.
But we've been specifically requested to ignore the facts that over $10 billion have
been funneled through black operations, through the check of Anthony Fauci and a
side-by-side ledger where NIAD has a balance sheet, and next to it is a biodefense
balance sheet.
Equivalent dollar for dollar matching that no one in the media talks about, and it's
been going on since 2005.
Our gain of function moratorium.
The moratorium that was supposed to freeze any efforts to do gain of function research.
Conveniently, in the fall of 2014, the University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill received
a letter from NIAD saying that while the gain of function moratorium on coronavirus in
vivo should be suspended, because their grants had already been funded, they received an
exemption.
Did you hear what I just said?
A biological weapons lab facility at the University of North Carolina Chapel Hill
received an exemption from the gain of function moratorium so that by 2016 we
could publish the journal article that said SARS Coronavirus is poised for human
emergence in 2016 and what, you might ask Dave, was the coronavirus poised for
human emergence?
It was WIV ONE.
Wuhan Institute of Virology Virus One.
Poised for human emergence in 2016 at the proceedings of the National Academy of
Sciences, such that by the time we get to 2017 and 2018, the following phrase entered
into common parlance among the community, there is going to be an accidental or
intentional release of a respiratory pathogen.
The operative word, obviously in that phrase, the word release, does that sound like
leak?
Does that sound like a bat and a Pangolin went into a bar in the Wuhan market and hung
out and had sex?
44
And, and lo and behold, we got SARS Cov-2.
No, accidental or intentional release of a respiratory pathogen was the terminology used.
And four times in April of 2019, seven months before the allegation of patient
number one, four patent applications of Moderna were modified to include the term
accidental or intentional release of a respiratory pathogen as the justification for
making a vaccine for a thing that did not exist.
If you have not done so, please make sure that you make reference in every investigation
to the premeditation nature of this, because it was in September of 2019 that the world
was informed.
That we were going to have an accident or intentional release of a respiratory
pathogen so that by September, 2020 there would be a worldwide acceptance of a
universal vaccine template.
That's their words right in front of you on the screen.
The intent was to get the world to accept a universal vaccine template, and the
intent was to use coronavirus to get there.
Let's, let's read this because we have to read this into the record everywhere I go.
“Until an infectious disease crisis is very real present and at the emergency
threshold that is often largely ignored to sustain the funding base beyond the crisis.”
He said, “we need to increase the public understanding for the need for medical
countermeasures, such as a pan influenza or pan coronavirus vaccine.”
“A key driver is the media and the economics will follow the hype. We need to use
that hype to our advantage to get to the real issues. Investors will respond if they see
profit at the end of the process.”
Sounds like public health.
Sounds like the best of humanity.
No.
Ladies and gentlemen, this was premeditated domestic terrorism stated at the
proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences in 2015, published in front of them.
This is an act of biological and chemical warfare perpetrated on the human race, and it
was admitted to in writing that this was a financial heist and a financial fraud.
“Investors will follow if they see profit at the end of the process.”
Let me conclude by making five very brief recommendations.
The last slide, nature was hijacked.
This whole story started in 1965 when we decided to hijack a natural model and decide to
start manipulating it.
Science was hijacked when the only questions that could be asked were questions
authorized under the patent protection of the CDC, the FDA, the NIH, and their
equivalent organizations around the world.
We didn't have independent science.
We had hijacked science, and unfortunately there was no moral oversight in violation of
45
all of the codes that we stand for.
There was no independent, financially disinterested independent review board ever
empanelled around coronavirus.
Not once, not once, not since 1965.
We do not have a single independent IRB ever empanelled, around Coronavirus.
So, morality was suspended for medical countermeasures, and ultimately humanity was
lost because we decided to allow it to happen.
Our job today is to say, no more gain of function research period.
No more weaponization of nature period.
And most importantly, no more corporate patronage of science for their own self-
interest unless they assume 100% product liability for every injury and every death
that they maintain.
Thank you very much.
Dr David E. Martin
Speaker - Covid Summit – European Union Parliament – May 2023
XXIII. Breaking The WEF Matrix: How To Resist The Great Reset
https://yfsmagazine.com/2023/07/30/wef-resist-the-great-reset
Klaus Schwab's World Economic Forum, in lock-step with the UN, is marching the world
toward an economic and societal "great reset." Did you vote for this?
By Staff Writers
Have you heard of “The Great Reset,” powered by a select group of Davos “global elite?”
They convene at annual meetings in the Swiss alpine ski resort of Davos, to legitimize
and normalize their influence on democratic nations. Their objective is simple: total
control of humanity using the private sector, science, and technology while reshaping
democracies to form a global government.
If it sounds conspiratorial and Orwellian, that’s because it is – and it’s happening right in
front of your eyes in plain sight.
Global foreign policy brought to you by the World Economic Forum
Born out of a CIA-funded Harvard program headed by Henry Kissinger and driven
to fruition by economist John Kenneth Galbraith and nuclear strategist Herman
Kahn – in 1971 German engineer Klaus Schwab, with the help of well-connected
American policymakers, would create what would become the most influential
European public policy institute, the European Management Forum (EMF),
continuing, from 1987 onwards, as the World Economic Forum (WEF).
In 1971, the first meeting of the European Management Forum – then called
the European Management Symposium – convened in Davos, Switzerland. Around 450
participants from 31 countries would take part in Schwab’s first European Management
46
Symposium, mostly made up of managers from various European companies, politicians,
US academics and media representatives.
Several years later, Henry Kissinger, in an opening address at the 1980 World Economic
Forum (WEF) conference told Davos “elites”: “For the first time in history, foreign
policy is truly global.” Twenty years later, in 2000, Bill Clinton became the first sitting
American president to attend Davos.
What is ‘The Great Reset’ and who’s pulling the strings?
The WEF is led by founder and Executive Chairman Klaus Schwab. The seemingly
innocuous Davos crowd describes itself as an “international organization for public-
private cooperation” that engages political, business, and industry leaders of society
to shape global, regional, and industry agendas.
The international lobbying organization has caught the world’s attention – and ire – in
recent years. Particularly, the WEF’s partnership with the United Nations, their
lockstep Agenda 2030, and Klaus Schwab’s Great Reset – a globalist-driven
initiative to establish Schwab’s vision of stakeholder capitalism, where corporations
are positioned as “trustees of society” to address the world’s economic and social
woes.
Stakeholder Capitalism: A failed idea repackaged by Klaus Schwab
Independent investigative journalist, and author, Ian Davis posits a more nuanced
view of Schwab’s stakeholder capitalism (a failed concept that’s been around since
1932):
“A global network of stakeholder capitalist partners are collaborating to usher in what
they claim to be a new model of enhanced democratic accountability that includes “civil
society”. However, beneath their deceptive use of the term civil society lies an ideology
which offers this network an unprecedented degree of political control that threatens to
extinguish representative democracy entirely.”
What is further obfuscated is that civil society stakeholders are selected.
“Representatives from NGOs, religious communities, unions, and philanthropic
foundations are the selected stakeholders whose only role is to agree with the
policies placed on the table by the public-private partnership,” Davis adds. Their
consent is deemed your consent.
“The conflict of interest is obvious… Supposedly, a G3P-led system of global
governance is somehow beneficial for us. Believing this requires a considerable degree of
naïveté.” Iain Davis
If you look behind the curtain, mounting evidence suggests the notorious Wizard: de
facto ruler of Davos who aims to “improve the state of the world,” is peddling do-gooder
47
rhetoric to mask a more sinister brand of stakeholder capitalism. A model that will
ultimately transfer power away from true democratic processes into a system of
governance by a small elect group, trained to continue the agenda set for them by
the previous generation, as predicted by Herman Kahn.
In 1967, Herman Kahn wrote one of the most significant futurist works of the 20th
century, The Year 2000: A Framework for Speculation on the Next Thirty-Three Years.
In his book, Kahn explores subverting democracy by training a certain group in
society as potential leaders, with those pre-selected few groomed for power being
able to define what our shared values as a society should be. Sound familiar?
Today’s World Economic Forum’s Young Global Leader scheme is the exact
manifestation of his original proposal.
In essence, they will hold all the cards, whilst the common people will be left with
illusory pseudo-democratic processes, poverty, and constant absurd psychological
operations (PSYOPs) to sow chaos and distract us all unceasingly.
“You will own nothing and be happy.”8 predictions for the world in 2030, World
Economic Forum (Video)
Upon further inspection of the WEF founding member dogmas, such as Herman Kahn’s
prospective aim to create a unified American and European superstate, to today’s WEF
think pieces on 15-minute cities, reduced private car ownership by 75%, advancing
cashless society driven by programmable Central Bank Digital Currency (CBDC),
and the infamous and hastily deleted “You will own nothing and be happy”
propaganda piece (archived here) – their agendas and reforms suggest intentions
that are not so benign.
Instead, what lurks beneath noble jargon is a complicated and disingenuous “Build Back
Better” tagline for The Great Reset carried out with globalist lock-step synergy as a
distinct flavor of centralized Orwellian control slowly takes hold.
Neo-Marxist Schwab has also drawn scrutiny for his comments lauding the WEF’s
ability to “penetrate cabinets” of world governments and praise for the Chinese
“social credit score” system (reinforced by mass surveillance, and predictive
policing) declaring it as a model for the West. In 2016, Schwab griped to then U.S.
Vice President Joseph Biden about how the American middle class is holding back his
Fourth Industrial Revolution.
“The fourth industrial revolution is not only changing what we do but also who we are.
The impact it will have on us as individuals is manifold, affecting our identity and its
many related facets – our sense of privacy, our notions of ownership, our consumption
patterns, the time we devote to work and leisure, how we develop our careers, cultivate
our skills.” – The Fourth Industrial Revolution, by Klaus Schwab, Pg. 92
48
Meanwhile, a key advisor to Schwab, Israeli transhumanist (fundamentally a hi-tech
rendition of eugenic engineering advocacy) and historian Yuval Noah Harari says, “Free
will… that’s over!”
A frequent keynote speaker at Davos WEF annual summits, Harari readily
discusses the “useless class” of humans who can be hacked and manipulated using
digital surveillance under their skin, the rise of digital dictatorships where “humans
are now hackable animals,” and the creation of a global surveillance state.
Harari also believes in culling the population. In a 2015 TEDGlobal Talk, he asks:
“What do we need so many humans for?”
The Great Reset trojan horse
In June 2019, the WEF signed a Strategic Partnership Framework agreement with
the United Nations. The WEF and the UN agreed to collaboratively “accelerate the
implementation of the 2030 Agenda for Sustainable Development: milestones to
complete the UN’s plan for the 21st century, also known as Agenda 21 – the UN’s
vision for a centrally managed global society. The policies required to achieve these
sustainable development goals (SDGs) are developed by the multi-stakeholder
partnership.
A closer look at UN Agenda 21 and Agenda 2030.
The original Agenda 21, a 351 page document, outlines the United Nations’ plan for a
centrally managed global society. This contract binds governments around the world to
the UN plan for controlling the way we live, eat, learn, move and communicate – all
under the noble banner of saving the earth.
Unlike Agenda 21, which operates under the guise of saving the environment, Agenda
2030 is truly a template for global governance. In addition to addressing climate change,
it also sets ambitious goals for areas such as economics, health, energy, education,
agriculture, gender equality, and a whole host of other issues. Billed as a “new universal
Agenda” for humanity it is literally a blueprint for transforming global society.
Solidly rooted in the Agenda 21 document, adopted by the United Nations in 1992,
Agenda 2030’s “sustainable development” mission is a call for the micromanagement
of the lives of every man, woman and child across the world. If fully implemented,
Agenda 21 and Agenda 2030 would have the government involved in every aspect of
life of every human on earth.
World Economic Forum: The Net Zero Transition
With this strategic partnership in place, the WEF and the corporations they represent are
now engaged in “effective collaboration” with the 193 national governments represented
at the UN, also known as The Global Public-Private Partnership (G3P). As a result, the
WEF, an unelected globalist organization, is directly partnering with supposedly
sovereign governments in the development of global policy agendas.
49
Globalists want to fundamentally transform virtually everything about today’s society.
The Great Reset, as described in Schwab’s book, calls for a “reset of our economic and
social foundations” to “instigate stakeholder capitalism.”
The now-defunct Great Reset microsite briefly described the initiative: “There is an
urgent need for global stakeholders to cooperate in simultaneously managing the direct
consequences of the COVID-19 crisis. To improve the state of the world, the World
Economic Forum is starting The Great Reset initiative.”
On June 3, 2020, then Prince Charles, became the official patron of the WEF’s Great
Reset and officially launched the project, tweeting out #TheGreatReset, after delivering a
Great Reset address at Davos that same day.
Author Matthew Ehret explains how the Great Reset is a trojan horse designed to
subvert democracies. “When one reviews the nature of those reforms on the World
Economic Forum’s websites which are intended to replace the policies of the pre-
COVID era, it becomes crystal clear that this Great Reset (which combines full
spectrum remedies to the dual crises of COVID and Global Warming), is merely
another attempt to steer humanity into a techno-feudal, depopulated cage under a
system of global governance managed by social engineers and their oligarchical
patrons.”
How to resist the ‘Great Reset’
As the specter of WEF initiatives and reforms are now snaking their way into mainstream
discourse and government-backed policies, those opposed to the World Economic Forum,
UN Agenda 2030, and Schwab’s Great Reset say it is essential for people to stay vigilant,
as what some describe as Orwellian and dystopian “solutions” are gradually foisted upon
the global population.
“What we have to confront is a deep systemic and structural restructuring of our world,”
WEF Chairman Schwab told attendees at the 2022 G20 Bali Summit, which also features
the “B20,” a gathering of global corporate business leaders. “This will take some time,”
Schwab continued. “And the world will look differently after we have gone through this
transition process.”
As World Economic Forum globalists push ahead with their “Great Reset,” there are
measures you can take to repudiate and hinder their plans.
Dr. Simon Goddek, a biotechnologist, entrepreneur and the founder of Sunfluencer, a
vocal critic of the World Economic Forum, recently outlined 25 steps you can take to
resist Schwab’s Great Reset – an agenda that aims to forcibly transition the world into
Klaus Schwab’s image. Here’s a look at 12 of the 25 recommended courses of action.
1. Turn off your TV.
50
Or even better – throw it out of your window. There is hardly anything decent on TV.
Mainstream media worldwide reports the same propaganda resulting in mass anxiety. By
the way, it has been known since the 80s that television can harm mental health. In the
last three years, they were shamelessly trying to make us believe that watching TV is
good for you when sitting home alone due to unscientific and arbitrary lockdowns.
2. Eat lots of pasture meat, and not bugs.
Klaus Schwab and the WEF want us to “eat ze bugs.” A fried locust is definitely not the
future of our diet, even though the media is pushing for it. Instead, we should eat as our
forefathers did: meat, fish, shellfish, roots, eggs, vegetables, and fruits. Skip the bugs –
feed them to the chicken.
3. Consume alternative and objective media.
There are many great alternative media sources such as Telegram, Substack newsletters,
thematic blogs, critical Twitter accounts, and general news such as the Off Guardian or
TNT Radio. Also, try to learn how to read scientific studies, including their methodology
(which is almost always biased). This will improve your decision-making processes.
4. Reject vaccination and CO2 passports, and digital IDs.
The German Green Party, currently part of the government, already proposed climate
passports before the “pandemic.” The CO2 credit and the social credit score will come; it
is only a matter of time. Fortunately, they won’t succeed if insufficient people comply. I
know many people that took the vaccine only to be able to travel. This degree of
gaslighting and blackmailing mustn’t happen again.
5. Be self-sufficient regarding water, food, and electricity.
Governments fear nothing more than self-sufficient and independent citizens. If you grow
and produce everything yourself, the government cannot impose taxes on it. It also makes
you less susceptible to blackmail. Even if you only own a balcony or roof terrace in a
city, chances are you have enough space to grow pesticide-free vegetables and soak up
some sun rays. Alternatively, join an allotment association.
6. Own your land and farm it.
Owning some land is crucial these days. Before growing anything there, I strongly advise
improving the soil of your land. Rumble and Odysee provide many videos
about composting and mulching. You also might want to look into the principles of
agroforestry and permaculture. Typically, an area as small as 1,000 sqm is enough to
provide your family (including grandparents, siblings and cousins) with meat, eggs,
fruits, and vegetables.
51
7. Insist on your tech privacy.
Man is a creature of habits, so I know this step can be difficult. But for the sake of your
privacy, this step is quite crucial. Big Tech is one of our main enemies, and you don’t
want Google, Zuckerberg, and TikTok to know more about more about you than you do.
I personally like Ubuntu or Mint Linux operating systems, as they are beautiful and user-
friendly. CalyxOS is an Android operating system that puts privacy into your hands. A
de-Googled phone is a safer phone.
8. Protect your online privacy and ditch Google.
SearX and Brave, but don’t Google. We all Google, and I must admit that Google offers
excellent features. However, Google is a dangerous data miner that also manipulates
search algorithms. SearX is a brilliant alternative. So is Brave, which uses its own search
engine.
9. Pay with cash, and avoid bonus programs.
Cash is power and especially anonymous: It allows for transactions to be made without
any digital footprint or trace, preserving your privacy. Pay with it whenever possible. I
have been without a bank account for one year because of expressing my opinion online.
Other dissidents have been debanked and their assets have also been frozen and blocked.
Doing everything digitally makes you the perfect slave: resist! Also, do not participate in
payback programs. They use your data to generate money; nobody gives money away for
free.
10. Diversify your investments.
Allocate portions of your money into assets like gold, cryptocurrencies, land, and more.
Don’t put all your trust in big banks or digital currencies, especially CBDCs controlled
by governments. The increasing push towards state-controlled digital currencies can pose
a threat to your financial independence due to potential issues like lack of privacy,
manipulation, and even outright control of your financial resources. Personally, I consider
tangible assets like metals and land to be safe investments. It’s always wise to hedge your
bets, particularly considering the looming possibility of a global crisis, unlike anything
we’ve seen before.
11. Prepare for the unexpected.
Learn basic survival skills such as starting a fire, purifying water, and basic first aid. This
doesn’t only prepare you for possible future crises, but also enhances your self-reliance
and confidence.
12. Avoid unnecessary debt.
52
Minimize your reliance on credit and strive to live within your means. High levels of debt
essentially make you owned by banks or the government, as they possess financial
leverage over your decisions and actions. This debt culture lays the foundation for
a social credit system, where your credit history could potentially influence your access
to various societal privileges. Avoid this by cutting unnecessary expenses, focusing on
savings, and investing wisely.
Build parallel systems to resist global governance and the ‘Great Reset’
From admittedly penetrating governments, proposed regulation of mind
control technologies by WEF-member corporations, recalibrating freedom of
speech, implanting smartphones into your body, and compliance tracking pills that
contain microchips; to praise for compulsory pandemic measures stating lockdowns are
quietly improving cities around the world, and a Great Reset to restructure society
marking the death of capitalism – their ambitions – dressed up in sustainable
development garb – are decidedly Orwellian.
At the 2022 WEF Davos annual meeting, Alibaba Group president J. Michael Evans
boasted about the development of an “individual carbon footprint tracker” to monitor
what you buy, what you eat, and where/how you travel. Do you see where this is going?
Finally, as it pertains to policy, elect – at all levels of government – representatives that
reject WEF agendas and reforms. If your elected officials treat the WEF as the rogue,
unelected, illegitimate organization that it is, its influence would be greatly diminished.
Are your leaders members of the WEF? To find out, conduct a Brave site search
using the politician’s name as the search phrase.
Example: site:weforum.org/people justin trudeau
Identify local, state, and federal WEF state actors (Manchurian candidates including
politicians, lobbyists, and activists) who craft ideas and solicit government authorities to
garner significant influence on laws and regulations that subvert core democratic values
and constitutional rights.
• Contact your U.S. House and Senate representatives.
• Leverage AI chatbots like Resistbot for civic engagement to contact your officials
in two minutes or less.
• Browse bills in the U.S. Congress with GovTrak, relating to a specific subject and
find legislation that impacts you.
• Search the Climate Change Laws of the World database to review climate laws
and policies globally.
“The real core of the Great Reset strategy is to seize control … The objective is to take
private-interest profit-making producers of goods and services and convert them into
public institutions that will fulfill various other public purposes in the public interest. The
53
labels for such activity are now familiar, including CSR (Corporate Social
Responsibility), ESG (Environment, Social, and Governance), Impact investing,
sustainability and the like.” – Financial Post
Build parallel systems to counter those imposed by multinational WEF-groomed
corporations. If you stop giving them your money, they’ll stop using your money to
poison the well of democracy.
Then, they’ll own nothing. And we’ll all be happy.
Read the full list here.
From:Brad Kurokawa
To:WPCtestimony
Cc:brad.kurokawa@gmail.com
Subject:Testimony to Windward Planning Commission- Brad Kurokawa 3/10-11/2025
Date:Monday, March 10, 2025 1:06:39 AM
Attachments:Testimony to Windward Planning Commission- Brad Kurokawa 310-112025.pdf
Aloha,
Please if possible provide the attached letter as written testimony for WPC members to review BEFORE their March
10 and 11, 2025 meeting discussing the General Plan 2045, Final Recommended Draft.
Mahalo,
Brad Kurokawa
Sent from my iPad
Brad Kurokawa
PO Box 402
Honomu, HI 96728
808-859-7442
Brad.kurokawa@gmail.com
March 9, 2025
Windward Planning Commission, Hawaii County
Aupuni Center 101 Pauahi Street, Suite 3 Hi, Hawaiʻi 96720
RE: Testimony on Hawaii County General Plan 2045, Final Recommended Draft dated
July 2024
Dear Chair Daniele, Vice Chair Perrin, and members of the Windward Planning
Commission,
Mahalo to all of you for your voluntary service to our community!
I am testifying as an individual resident of Hamakua though I am a current member of
the Hamakua Community Development Plan (HCDP) Action committee and
former chair of the HCDP Steering committee from 2008-2018. I want to bring to your
attention some specific inconsistencies in the Final Recommended Draft General Plan
2045 and the HCDP adopted by ordinance in 2018. In both of these cases, there was
significant community input and controversy during the HCDP process. Accordingly, I
am respectfully requesting that the Planning department provide their written
rationale for the proposed deviations from the adopted HCDP.
PAPAIKOU POINT (TMK 327004025)
The GP 2045 Final Draft recommends LOW DENSITY URBAN while the HCDP
LUPAG shows it as IMPORTANT AG LANDS, consistent with the State Land Use
District (SLUD) AGRICULTURE. The proposed change is a significant change in land
use from the current A-20a zoning to a Low Density Urban GP designation. There was
significant community opposition to development at this location.
HAKALAU POINT (TMKs 329002081/329002079)
The GP 2045 Final Recommended Draft proposes the majority of the parcels’ area as
LOW DENSITY URBAN with the pali as CONSERVATION and a strip along the top of
pali as RECREATION while the HCDP LUPAG indicates both parcels as OPEN. While
the current county zoning is MG-5a, Industrial and State Land Use District (SLUD) is
Urban, the HCDP recognized that both the county zoning and SLUD are a historical
“snap shot” of its past plantation heritage which are respectively inappropriate and
arguably obsolete. The HCDP deliberately chose to acknowledge this location’s unique
historic/cultural (Kanaka maoli site where a significant battle took place and its
Hakalau Plantation history), environmental (high bluff pali, coastal zone at estuary),
recreational (fishing trail access), and scenic (one of the few accessible scenic
viewpoints to enjoy panoramic views of the Hamakua coastline, adjacent to rare
accessible beach park) values by designating it as OPEN. The HCDP intention was to
encourage future preservation and protection of this extremely unique locale for the
enjoyment of the greater community instead of the prevalent trend of development of
private luxury homes along our coastlines.
The General Plan and Community Development Plans are intended as dynamic
forward-looking, living and adaptive tools to guide the the development of
communities’ future. They should be consistent in reflect our community’s collective
voice, values and aspirational vision.
Mahalo nui loa for your time and consideration!
Aloha no,
Brad Kurokawa
From:cindy Freitas
To:WPCtestimony
Subject:testimony for KCDP
Date:Sunday, March 9, 2025 5:51:37 PM
Attachments:Testimony for KCDP March 9, 2025.docx
March 9, 2025
County of Hawaii Kona c Community Development Plan
(KCDP)
RE:KCD Plan for 2025
He Mele komo a he mele aloha no na kupuna o ke au i hala Aloha mai kakou. Aloha,
My name is Cindy Freitas and I’m a Native Hawaiian descended of the native inhabitants of Hawai’i
prior to 1778 and born and raised in Hawai’i. I am also a practitioner who still practice the cultural traditional customary practices that was instill in me by my grandparents at a young age from mauka (MOUNTAIN TO SEA) to makai in many areas.
I OPPOSE KCDP for the following reasons as follows:
Legend:
● Black: Directly out of General Plan
● Red: Edit
● Yellow Highlighted is requesting text to be Removed
● Pink Highlighted is a Concern/Comments
Page: 27
Implementation Strategies
“Zoning & Land Use Regulations
Update regulations to align with the goals of the General Plan.”
Please change to: “Update regulations” to “align with the goals of local Communities and the
General Plan.”
“Public-Private Partnerships Collaborate with private entities and homeowners to achieve mutual
development and conservation objectives.”
CONCERN: The word “Homeowner” is not written anywhere in the entire plan. That is VERY
concerning. Why are you leaving homeowners out of the general plan that will affect them and their
future generations? Please include “homeowner” wherever “stakeholder” is and where suggested in
this document. Also, please be clear about who these private entities are that you want to collaborate
with so this is more transparent.
“Community Engagement Continuously engage residents and stakeholders in the decision- making
process.”
CONCERN: The community deserves to know who “Stakeholders” are and EXACTLY what they have
stake in. Please define.
Page: 28
1.1 The purposes of the General Plan are to:
● Provide the framework for regulatory
decisions, capital improvement priorities, acquisition strategies, and other pertinent
government programs within the County organization and coordinated with State and
Federal programs.
This sounds like you want to take people’s property through acquisition and regulate the heck
out of locals.
Please change to the following: Provide framework that supports local farmers and
communities without further regulations, capital improvement priorities, and other pertinent local
and government programs within the County organization and coordinate with State and
Federal programs to support thriving communities.
● “Promote and safeguard the public interest and the interest of the County as a whole.”
Please change to the following: ““Promote and safeguard the public interest and the interest
of the County as a whole without violating personal freedoms, the Constitution or further
regulating the public.”
● “Effect political and technical coordination in community improvement and development.”
CONCERN: This sounds like you will bring politics into community living. That is not pono.
Please change to: “Effect strategies that support community improvements and development
for locals.”
“The 2045 General Plan is the primary policy document for county agencies, planning
commissions, elected officials, landowners, developers, and citizens to guide land use policy
decisions for the Island of Hawaiʻi.”
Please change to: The 2045 General Plan is the primary policy document for county agencies,
planning commissions, elected officials, landowners, homeowners, developers, and locals to
guide land use policy decisions for the Island of Hawaiʻi.
Please add: (a) The general plan shall contain a statement of development objectives,
standards and principles with respect to the most desirable use of land within the county for
residential, recreational, agricultural, commercial, industrial and other purposes which shall be
consistent with proper conservation of natural resources without violating personal rights and
freedoms, and supporting local communities to prosper, and the preservation of our natural
beauty and historical sites, while still giving access to the public; the most desirable density of
population in the several parts of the county (Remove)
(b) The council shall enact zoning, subdivision, and such other ordinances which shall contain
the necessary provisions to support thriving communities, farmers and homeowners. The way it
is currently written describes zoning people out of their homes with more regulations and fines.
Page 29:
(d) Amendments to the general plan may be initiated by the council or the planning director
giving adequate notice to the public for needed testimony.
Page 32:
CONCERN WITH THE THREE CIRCLE “SUSTAINABILITY” DIAGRAM: The words:
Sustainability and Equity are part of a political woke vocabulary and should not be in the Hawaii
General Plan. Also, “Social and Culture Equity” should be removed. It is not the responsibility of
the planning department to control the behavior of people. That again is a “woke” agenda. Nor
does this language reflect a thriving community. “Environmental Protection” gives the impression
of more regulations and a reduction of people’s rights. Please remove it.
Instead call it: INNOVATION with these 3 circles: Economic Alternatives, Environmental
Support, Thriving Communities
The goal of the planning department should be to create an environment of prosperity and not
one of over regulation and constraints on locals. We can do those through new innovations and
not sustainability. Sustainability moves Big Island backwards not forward!
1.4 Innovation Principles and Practices
CONCERN: Big Island needs to move toward free energy, which is available and not
more regulations on what we have.
Change: Integrating innovation into the General Plan is crucial for fostering long-term
resilience and thriving communities.
Change: “This includes increasing the effectiveness of new technologies to support local
communities, improving coordination among various agencies and levels of government, and
finding new and innovative ways to support our natural and cultural resources. for better
development that supports a thriving environment, economic alternatives (sharing without taxes,
trading without regulation), and flourishing communities. The General Plan recognizes this need
achieving a sustainable future. By embedding sustainability principles into its core, this Plan
sets forth a cohesive and forward- thinking strategy that addresses key challenges and
anticipates future needs.” Please remove what is highlighted!
and aligns with the Hawaiʻi 2050 Sustainability Plan1, which sets a strategic framework for
CONCERN: By using the word “Sustainable” you are not supporting Hawaii to move forward.
You are creating more control of the environment, and communities. That is not Pono and
violates the HS [§5-7.5] "Aloha Spirit": "Aloha" means mutual regard and affection and
extends warmth in caring with no obligation in return. If the planning department creates
a general plan that adds more regulations and constraints on locals, they violate the
Aloha Spirit law.
The Hawaiʻi 2050 Innovation Plan “created the State’s first definition of sustainability” (remove):
A Hawaiʻi that achieves the following:
1. Respects the culture, character, beauty, and history of our state’s island communities;
2. Support a thriving community both socially and economically as we support our
environment to heal and prosper; and
3. Meets the needs of the present without violating freedoms or compromising the ability of
future generations to meet their own needs.
Page 33:
In the diagram:
“Regulatory Measures”
● County Code
● Administrative Rules
● Permits
This shows that this general plan will increase restrictions and fees on farmers and other locals.
This is not Pono. The plan should reflect innovation not constraints against the population.
Please change to
CHANGE TO:
“Innovation Practices”
● Implement new resources
● Administration support
● Economic Alternatives
Remove “permits”. Stop trying to permit the population to death!
CURRENTLY: The Plan also incorporates guidelines to serve as strategic directions and
standards to inform decisions regarding topics such as land use, infrastructure, housing, and
resource management. These guidelines help to ensure consistency in planning and
implementation, promoting sustainable growth, environmental stewardship, and community
well-being. (This is a complete overreach of the government. You cannot tell people what to do
with their property! It is NOT the responsibility of the planning department to ensure people’s
well-being! This should be revised to support environment, innovations, and thriving
communities.)
• Vision: The ability to plan for the future with creativity and innovation in support of
thriving communities.
• Goal: To see Hawaii Island become self-sustaining as communities and the
environment prosper
• Objective: Measurable, achievable, and time-bound milestones toward achieving a goal.
• Guideline: A stated course of action that shall take precedence when addressing areas of
concern and should be followed, unless a determination is made that it is not the most desirable
in a particular case; thus, a guideline may be deviated from without penalty or sanction as long2
as it supports thriving communities, economic alternatives and supporting the environment.
Page 34
Regulatory Implementing Actions (Locals DO NOT need more regulations and
hoops to jump through. That will not support thriving communities.)
Regulatory implementing actions are one of two types of approaches used in the General Plan
to pursue the vision, goals, and objectives. Regulatory actions are controlling in that they define
boundaries, development parameters, and measures intended to implement goals or objectives.
The three regulatory implementing actions in the Plan include:
Please change the last paragraph to:
Work with local communities to pursue the vision, goals, and objectives. Find fair and supportive
directions to define boundaries, development parameters, and measures intended to implement
goals or objectives. Three actions in the Plan include:
● General Plan Land Use Map: A map that graphically delineates the areas of intended
future land use types that support thriving communities and environmental support and
do not hinder personal freedoms.
● Policy: A general rule for action focused on a specific issue, derived from more general
goals3 that also support thriving communities and supporting the environment.
• Standard: A supportive measure that defines the meaning, quality, or
quantity of a policy by providing a way to measure its attainment.
In the General Plan, future land use maps, policies, and standards are specific to the actions
through which zoning ordinances, subdivisions, and public improvements or projects are
initiated or adopted through innovations and are flexible to support thriving communities.
“because, as they must conform to and implement the general plan in accordance with the
County Charter, Section 3-15.” Remove! The word “conform” is concerning. We are not in
Communist China. Please revise to support thriving communities.
Non-regulatory implementing actions typically involve community engagement, education and
outreach, partnership development, and resource allocation to encourage support from the
community (remove “compliance") and proactive efforts. This approach allows for flexibility
and innovation in achieving the Plan’s vision.
Throughout the General Plan, the objectives and policies are followed by a set of implementing
actions. There are three types:
Add: Community Support: Taking testimony and revisions from the community seriously and
implementing where possible.
Page 35:
1.6 Grounded Vision and Goals
As we navigate our future, maintaining a balance between economic alternatives, environmental
support, and thriving communities is paramount.
By integrating those established values and principles, the General Plan ensures continuity and
reflects the collective vision of Hawaiʻi Island residents, guiding new innovation developments
while honoring our unique cultural and environmental heritage.
The four primary chapters of the Plan encompass the innovation pillars of environment,
community, and economy, as outlined in the Hawaiʻi State Planning Act Goals.
General Plan Vision Statement
Hawaiʻi Island is an exemplary leader with healthy and resilient communities that are built by
innovative developments, a thriving and diversified local economy, and collaborative biocultural
stewardship with locals.
General Plan Chapter Goal
Collaborative Biocultural Stewardship Natural and cultural resources are thriving and sustainably managed, preserved, and restored to maintain our unique and diverse environment and use innovative techniques if and when appropriate to support future growth.
Addressing Climate Change for Island-Wide Health
CONCERN: Please realize there is no
climate change emergency. 1944
credentialed scientists from around the
world have signed a “No Climate Change
Emergency Declaration”. You can find it
here:
https://clintel.org/world-climate-declaration/
Humans have less than 1% affect on climate.
Please do your own research on this.
Ensure the science is followed and
investigate credentialed scientists and the Milankovitch cycles of which both have shown the earth is cooling. Since humans have less than 1% impact on climate, start supporting ways that we can maintain a healthy island by incorporating policies,
programs, infrastructure, and decision-making that support the environment and thriving communities. And NOT policies that take away more freedoms and regulate locals to death!
Hawaii Island will not believe in false narratives with political agendas.
Innovative Development & Thriving We strategically apply innovative land use
Communities
It is NOT the responsibility of the planning department to manage the health and safety of communities. That is an overreach of the
government!
strategies incorporating indigenous and contemporary knowledge and place-based
practices to direct and manage growth for thriving communities.
Each community is connected by a
multimodal and modernized transportation network that provides a system for safe, efficient, and comfortable movement of
people and goods.
Our communities are adequately served by innovation and efficient public infrastructure, utilities, and services based on existing and future growth needs, sound design principles, and effective maintenance practices.
Our communities are thriving and supported and have access to integrative health, education, and social services to support a high quality of life for all residents.
Residents have access to adequate (change
to: comfortable) and affordable housing to meet the needs of the population and provide equitable (remove) opportunities for
household flexibility and mobility.
We employ integrated systems that are efficient, equitable (remove), fair, and
organized to facilitate coordination and collaboration.
Thriving, Diversified, Competitive with Economic Alternatives
Our economy is competitive, innovative, and supportive. It helps our communities thrive and increases local economic opportunities.
Agriculture is a robust sector that supports local farmers and includes a broad range of agricultural-based businesses that highlight
value, organic and good health practices.
A high quality of life for locals is maintained when a supportive visitor industry balances
economic growth with natural and cultural
responsibility.
Page: 38
2.1 Introduction
Collaborative biocultural (remove) stewardship is an approach to innovation development that
emphasizes collaboration and partnership building among stakeholders (Who are they and what
do they have stake in?), and homeowners and integrates natural and cultural resource
management strategies to promote thriving communities. conservation, sustainability, and
resilience (remove).
Cooperative efforts aimed at achieving innovative development sustainable management
(remove) of ecological systems are crucial for protecting our natural and built environments.
Land use planning and management should be holistic, inclusive (remove), and adaptive to
reflect thriving communities values, knowledge, and aspirations (remove). The General Plan
provides key strategies to achieve biocultural (remove) supportive stewardship, including
community engagement, partnership building, collaborative decision-making, and collective
action.
Environmental and social systems are complex and dynamic. These systems will require
adaptive management and continuous learning as we navigate the future. The policies
presented in this section seek to foster partnerships that are based on mutual respect, trust, and
shared values. The community engagement process must be inclusive to incorporate diverse
perspectives and knowledge systems into conservation and development strategies. Following
such practices can promote the co-creation of knowledge, the sharing of resources, and the
empowerment of communities. By leveraging the strengths and resources of different
stakeholders REMOVE (Who are they and what do they have stake in?), and homeowners we
can enhance the capacity of communities to manage natural and cultural resources sustainably
(remove). We can also facilitate the creation of new networks and alliances, promoting social
cohesion and resilience. Ultimately, the collaborative biocultural stewardship approach can
foster a more integrated, inclusive, and equitable approach to conservation and development
that reflects the aspirations and needs of local communities. (REMOVE THIS IS LANGUAGE IT
IS DESIGNED TO REDUCE FREEDOMS INCREASE GOVERNMENT AND STAKEHOLDER
OVERREACH AND BRING IN MORE GOVERNMENT CONTROL)
CHANGE TO: We can also facilitate the creation of new innovative programs that support and
reflect the aspirations of thriving local communities.
This fundamental element of the Plan strives to cultivate a sense of place and connection to the
environment and recognizes that the management of natural and cultural resources requires the
participation of local communities, government, homeowners and other agencies diverse
actors, including communities, governments, non-governmental organizations, and private
sector entities. By promoting collaborative decision-making and collective action, we can
enhance the effectiveness, equity, and legitimacy of conservation and development and
innovative policies. By promoting community-based conservation and restoration strategies, we
can enhance ecological integrity, promote biodiversity, and preserve cultural heritage and scenic
landscapes.(Redundant Remove) Biocultural stewardship acknowledges the role of cultural
diversity in shaping environmental perceptions, attitudes, and behaviors (Remove. People do
not want to be manipulated). [It recognizes that cultural practices arising from traditional
ecological knowledge are integral to maintaining ecosystem services and biological diversity.]
(remove)
Change to: Cultural practices arising from traditional ecological knowledge are integral to
supporting the growth of thriving communities that wish to improve their environment.
Page 39:
Table 1: Biocultural (change to Land) Stewardship Challenges
The word “Bioculture” is reflective of both biological and cultural factors that affect human
behavior. Locals do not want the planning department to affect our behavior. Your job is to
support the land, environment, and thriving communities.
Native Habitat
• Hawaiʻi has been known as the extinction capital of the world.
• Climate change and sea level rise pose threats to existing habitats for native flora and
fauna. REMOVE (Again, according to 1944 credential scientists from around the world, there
is no climate danger. This is a narrative created by the “stakeholders” to move their agenda
forward.
https://clintel.org/world-climate-declaration/) Has the water level risen in any of the towns in
Hawaii?
• Longer and/or more severe weather and climate change may increase the likelihood of
wildfires. REMOVE (The Maui fire was NOT normal. A fire where trees do not burn but glass is
melted out of cars, where animals and humans are left recognizable, and where plastic doesn’t
burn or even melt is not normal. That was an attack and murder of our Lahaina ohana. That is
why only 20 building permits have been issued after a year! AND why Lahahina is STILL locked
down!)
• Invasive species continue to pose a threat to native and endemic species as well
economic, environmental, and human health. (Reminder: It is not the responsibility of the
planning department to protect people’s health.)
• The carrying capacity of our resources is not comprehensively modeled and
monitored. (Modeled and monitored should be for government agencies.)
• The County lacks specific regulations for wetlands, riparian ecosystems, or other
valuable habitats.
Stewardship
• The County has a limited budget for its large-scale geographic responsibility for the
protection of public trust natural and cultural resources. (Revise. This doesn’t make sense.
What are you trying to say? What responsibility are you talking about? What does the protection
of public trust mean?)
• Hawaiʻi Island has a large variation of unique biomes and ecosystems.
• The difference between traditional and modern practices along with varying mauka to
makai ownership makes it difficult to comprehensively steward natural resources.
Page 40
Native Habitat
The County can collaborate with the State Office of Planning and Sustainable Development to
create models for monitoring the carrying capacity of natural resources that will support farmers
and thriving communities.
• Ongoing conservation work can continue to evolve from species-specific conservation (e.g.,
Albizia eradication) to focus on ecosystem restoration across multiple land ownership to protect
Hawaiʻi’s biodiversity and support local farms.
• Maintaining healthy, native-dominant forests offers immense savings of land biocultural
(Remove) and water resources that might otherwise be lost to the impacts of climate change
(Remove) and invasive species.
• Conservation lands hold significant value in the water resources they represent.
• Incentivizing and developing regenerative land uses without further regulations or fines,
such as agroforestry, can provide sustainable opportunities to ecosystems and communities.
• Hawaiʻi can become a statewide adaptation and resiliency leader by focusing on its
unique strengths and diversity to evolve with changing realities.
• Urban forestry can be prioritized or incentivized in the County Code. This means more
regulations and possible fines. No thank you! Change to: Support the further growth of current
urban forestry
Watersheds
● Establish more place-based watershed partnerships to create unique management plans
that incorporate the generational knowledge of those water systems and protect our
island’s watersheds and local farms.
• Strengthen the integration of Hawaiian biocultural remove resource management
and traditional ecological knowledge across County government to support local farms.
• Practice an integrated approach to ecosystem-based collaborative management that
considers the entire ecosystem and local communities.
• Watershed protection and management require collaboration and coordination across all
levels of government and must include effective community engagement. Revise to: Support
Watershed and management coordination which integrates local communities.
Stewardship
● Hawaiʻi Island has a large variation of its unique natural biomes and ecosystems.
● Ongoing interagency coordination, including consultation with place-based land
stewards,cultural and historical advisory groups, land and homeowners, and other
stakeholders being transparent of what they hold stake in.
• The County can take a more proactive role in exercising its protective public trust role for
natural and cultural resources. This sounds like government overreach. Again, the planning
department is NOT responsible for protecting the public. That is a byproduct of what you do but
it is NOT the main part of your job! Revise to: The County can take a more proactive role in
supporting thriving communities and their natural and cultural resources.
• Maintain and increase involvement with existing partnerships and identify new partners
that help promote and enhance biocultural (remove) Land stewardship.
• Collaborate to complete additional EPA-approved watershed plans to increase eligibility
for future conservation funding.
Page 41
2.2 Biocultural Stewardship Goal,
Objectives, Policies, and Actions
Objective 1
Increase the biodiversity and resilience of native habitats.
Policies
1.4 Maintain the shoreline for recreational, cultural, educational, and/or scientific uses in a
manner that is protective of nature, respectful of resources, and is of the maximum benefit to the
general public.
1.8 Prioritize native landscaping for all County projects while allowing communities to enjoy it at
their leisure.
1.11 Encourage and incentivize green belts, tree plantings, and landscape plans and designs in
urban areas without further regulations or fines.
1.13 Incentivize private land management practices that protect and enhance natural
resource and values without further regulations or fines. and, when appropriate, pursue the
acquisition of lands for the protection of natural resources (Remove! This is a 110% overreach
of the government.)
1.14 Partner with government, private and nonprofit agencies, communities, farmers,
homeowners, and other stakeholders (What do they have a stake in? Who are they?) to:
Page 42:
a) Implement the Hawai‘i State Wildlife Action Plan (SWAP) (What is this plan?
Where can it be found?)
b) Better understand and model carrying capacities of the island’s
habitats and resources
c) Improve the inventory of forested lands and associated ecosystem services
d) Encourage the continued identification and inclusion of unique wildlife
habitat areas of Native Hawaiian habitat within the Natural Area Reserve System
e) Anticipate future habitat migration, especially wetlands and coastal ecosystems
f) Prioritize quantitative wetland assessment to identify wetlands
g) Expand native and/or endemic forest cover
h) Improve enforcement for illegal activities that harm or degrade endemic
habitats (Who is defining endemic habitats and how is it defined? I MUST be defined
by Hawaii citizen commission and not anyone outside Hawaii. Mainland people should
NOT be able to define this.)
1.18 Public landscaping and irrigation shall be designed to maximize water use
efficiency and native plants.
Actions
1.b Review tree survey requirements and amend the Code to incorporate as part of site
planning for public use.
1.h Develop buffer policies to protect native forests, wildlife, rivers, streams,
coastal waters, and other native habitats without. This is too vague. What policies
are you considering and will that come with penalties? If so, remove this.
Page 43
1.i Create incentives for landowners to retain and re-establish forest cover in
upland watershed areas with an emphasis on native forest species without further
regulations or fines.
1.k Amend the landscape standards in Rule or Code (Remove) to require
the use of native plants for screening or landscaping.
Change to: Support local education on the importance of using native plants for
screening or landscaping.
1.l Amend the Code to incentivize (Remove) Replace with Support local
education on the importance of the establishment of threatened and endangered
endemic plant species within their habitable ranges during development approvals.
1.m Review the Code and consider amendments to encourage site
clustering of development in order to avoid critical environmental areas and
assets. REMOVE
This is more unneeded regulations. This is BIG Island. People do not need to be ontop
of each other. You’re promoting too many regulations.
1.n Develop and establish Open Space Network Overlay on current unoccupied
territory for natural landscape features, such as beaches and dunes, forests, streams,
floodplains, wetlands, estuaries, or recharge areas that have the inherent capacity to
avoid, minimize, or mitigate the impacts of climate change (Remove)
1.q Develop comprehensive programs and policies and provide resources for enhancing
urban forestry canopy cover in unoccupied areas and without further regulations or fines
for local farmers.
1.u Partner with government, private and nonprofit agencies, communities, and other
stakeholders and local farmers to develop a program for the identification and protection
of plant species of special status, including plants significant for cultural practitioners.
Page 44:
2.7 Partner with government, private and nonprofit agencies, communities, farmers, and
homeowners, and other stakeholders (Remove. Who are these people and what do they
have stake in?) to:
○ a) Implement a comprehensive conservation plan that identifies priority
watershed areas for habitat restoration and enhancement without further
regulations or fines on locals.
○ b) Review and designate forest, river corridors, and watershed areas into the
conservation district during State land use boundary comprehensive reviews.
○ c) Monitor nearshore water quality and impacts to reefs and marine
environments and address land-based sources of impacts.
○ d) Protect and restore wetlands and riparian corridors to ensure more pristine
water quality, decrease erosion, and increase sediment management,
groundwater infiltration, nutrient/pollutant uptake, soil moisture retention,
stormwater abatement, and cultural/community connections without further
regulations or fines on locals..
○ e) Develop reasonable standards to improve stream and coastal water quality
monitoring and encourage local communities to develop such projects without
further regulations or fines on locals.
Page 45
Objective 3
Increase direct community restoration and collaborative efforts to conserve and
nourish the island’s biocultural resources.
Policies
3.1 Encourage an overall conservation ethic in the use of Hawaiʻi’s resources
by protecting, preserving, and conserving critical and significant natural resources
without further fines and regulation on the population.
Pg 47
Actions
4.b Change from: Reassess Certified Local Government status to ensure the support of
farmers and homeowners and maximize funding opportunities for self-supporting
communities.
4.h Partner with government, private and nonprofit agencies, farmers, homeowners,
other local communities, and other stakeholders (remove or let us know what they have
stake in) to develop design guidelines for designated communities containing significant
historic buildings, sites, or landscapes.
4.i Assess and prioritize County-owned lands for historic site restoration in collaboration
with government, private and nonprofit agencies, farmers, homeowners, other local
communities, and other stakeholders (remove or let us know what they have stake in).
Page 48
Objective 5
Protect, restore, and enhance our communities’ unique scenic character.
Policies
5.c Develop a process for reviewing and revising guidelines for designating Natural
Beauty Sites without invasion of current resident areas or local farms.
5.d Establish a Scenic Resources Protection Program to identify, inventory, and protect
areas of significant beauty. The program could include recommendations from the
Scenic Resources Inventory and Mapping Project (2016) without invasion of current
resident areas or local farms.
Page 56
3.1 Introduction
The climate change section of the General Plan is intended to be used as a policy guide for the
coordinated climate mitigation and adaptation efforts on Hawaiʻi Island. This element provides a
high-level policy framework, building on the scientific knowledge and government-level
strategies and actions developed in the Integrated Action Plan (ICAP) for the island of Hawaiʻi.
This is VERY Concerning!
As stated earlier the World Climate Declaration was signed currently by 1,944 scientists
stating there is no climate danger. Here is what a few more scientists have to say. On the
Boston Globe’s YouTube channel, on May 14, 2010, MIT Professor of Meteorology Richard
Lindzen shared the following:
“If one asks, “Is the temperature increasing or decreasing?” it's always doing one
or the other. I have no concern about that. By asking people to worry about
whether it's going up or down, you're immediately establishing dishonesty. The
Earth is always changing. Climate change is nothing you have to prove. It always
is happening. It always has happened. So, to make that into something alarming
seems a little bit weird to me1.”
1 “Global warming: why you should not worry,” by the Boston Globe, May 14, 2010.
Dr. David Dilley, a former Meteorologist with the National Weather Service, United States
Air Force, Senior Research Meteorologist, and Climatologist at Global Weather Oscillations Inc.,
has 50 years’ experience in meteorology and climatology. He's also a working partner in the
International Hurricane Protection Association. This is what he has to say about global warming:
“Global warming begins in the Arctic and Antarctic. It has about a 230-year cycle.
When it comes back, it takes about 20 years for it to hit its peak. It started in the
1990s and hit its peak this past year. With global warming, the Antarctic and
higher regions warm up. As it warms up, you have less cold air available to filter
south into the middle latitudes, and it warms the middle latitudes. That is global
warming2.”
Dilley explained that the same thing happens with global cooling but in reverse, as the
temperature increases and decreases in cycles. Dilley then shared that 2022 was the coldest
spring and summer on record, with the winter of 2021 being the coldest winter on record. He
also shared that in April 2023, five months before the Lahaina Fire, the Earth was running
low-to-normal temperatures, and the Arctic was actually cooling down.
Dilley is also an expert of the “Milankovitch Cycle,” which illustrates the rotation of the
Earth, sun, and the moon, and their effects on global warming. According to Dilley, every
120,000 years, the Earth comes closest to the sun. Then, about 68,000 years later, it's the
furthest approach from the sun. He says that our closest approach was 8,000 years ago. Dilley
states, “We were warmer 6,000 to 8,000 years ago than we are today. The reason was that we
were the closest approach to the sun and we had just come out of an Ice Age. We're 8,000
years off the peak now, and so we're actually cooling down.”
John Coleman, also an expert on the weather, shares the same thoughts. Coleman was
the original weatherman on Good Morning America in the 1970s. He founded The Weather
Channel in the 1980s. In 1982, he was voted “Meteorologist of the Year” by the American
Meteorology Society. With regards to the Arctic and sea levels, Coleman states:
“They tell us that we're melting the polar ice caps. The Antarctic polar ice cap is
at an all-time high, and the Arctic ice cap is increasing again after diminishing.
They tell us that we're flooding the shorelines. Do you live on the coast? How
much has the water come up in your lifetime? They manufactured data to make it
look like we're increasing the water level of the oceans, but we’re not3.”
Professor Richard Lindzen states:
https://youtu.be/pwvVephTIHU?si=XoxAcPc51JNOXdeR 2 “Signals - Global Cooling Cycle Beginning - Global Warming Ending -Professor David Dilley,” by David Dilley
GlobalWeatherCycles, May 10, 2023. https://youtu.be/sa-_tlITPnM?si=67zNptmdOoWQzWqF
3 “John Coleman's case against significant man-made global warming,” by Kusi News, June 24, 2013. https://youtu.be/K56fms2VZTc?si=Cn-ApS8z2Y_kiI76
“At any given place, traditionally, sea level is measured by what are called tide
gauges: a stick in the water, basically. Two things that change are what a tide
gauge shows: the land moving up and down and the sea moving up and down. In
most places, it's the land that has the biggest effect, and so you don't have a
good measure of sea level rise141.”
Let’s review the danger of water rising and engulfing coastline towns. Is there one city or
town on the shoreline that is in danger of being underwater? Is Venice, a town that lives at sea
level, in danger of being lost to the sea? Have home insurance companies stopped giving
insurance policies to homeowners who live on the coastline because they’ll soon be underwater?
The answer would be no!
On August 21, 2020, NASA published an article titled “NASA-led Study Reveals the Causes of
Sea Level Rise Since 1900.” It reads:
“Sea levels have risen on average 1.6 millimeters (0.063 inches) per year
between 1900 and 20184.”
That means the sea level has risen a little over 7.4 inches in the last 118 years! Does that show
the world is in danger of being engulfed by water? No. It shows that it will be a very, very, very
long time before humans are in danger. Does that mean documentaries like “An Inconvenient
Truth” are telling lies?
An article was published in the Seattle Times on October 12, 2007, titled “British judge ruled the
Oscar-winning film on global warming, "An Inconvenient Truth," contains "nine errors5."”
Here is the list of inaccuracies found in Court taken from the “Friends Of Science” website6.
The inaccuracies in the documentary include:
1. The film claims that melting snow s on Mount Kilimanjaro evidence global warming.
The Government’s expert was forced to concede that this is not correct.
2. The film suggests that evidence from ice cores proves that rising CO2 levels cause
temperature increases over 650,000 years. The Court found that the film was misleading: over
that period, the rises in CO2 lagged behind the temperature rises by 800-2,000 years.
4 “NASA-led Study Reveals the Causes of Sea Level Rise Since 1900,” by Ian J. O'Neill / Jane J. Lee, August 21, 2020. https://climate.nasa.gov/news/3012/nasa-led-study-reveals-the-causes-of-sea-level-rise-since-1900/
5“Truth is, Gore film has 9 errors, British judge rules,” by Mary Jordan, Oct 12, 2007. https://www.seattletimes.com/nation-world/truth-is-gore-film-has-9-errors-british-judge-rules/ 6 “Inaccuracies in Al Gore's An Inconvenient Truth - A Ruling of the British High Court”
https://friendsofscience.org/assets/documents/FOS%20Essay/British_High_Court_Ruling_on_An_Inconvenient_Tru th.html
3. The film uses emotive images of Hurricane Katrina and suggests that this has been caused
by global warming. The Government’s expert had to accept that it was “not possible” to attribute
one-off events to global warming.
4. The film shows the drying up of Lake Chad and claims that this was caused by global
warming. The Government’s expert had to accept that this was not the case.
5. The film claims that a study showed that polar bears had drowned due to disappearing arctic
ice. It turned out that Mr. Gore had misread the study: in fact, four polar bears drowned, and this
was because of a particularly violent storm.
6. The film threatens that global warming could stop the Gulf Stream, throwing Europe into an
ice age. The Claimant’s evidence was that this was a scientific impossibility.
7. The film blames global warming for species losses, including coral reef bleaching. The
Government could not find any evidence to support this claim.
8. The film suggests that sea levels could rise by 7 meters, causing the displacement of
millions of people. In fact, the evidence is that sea levels are expected to rise by about 40
centimeters over the next 100 years and there is no such threat of massive migration.
9. The film claims that rising sea levels has caused the evacuation of certain Pacific islands to
New Zealand. The Government was unable to substantiate this, and the Court observed that
this appears to be a false claim.
Also, the Court's interim ruling included the following:
1. The film suggests that the Greenland ice covering could melt, causing sea levels to
rise dangerously. The evidence is that Greenland will not melt for a millennia.
2. The film suggests that the Antarctic ice covering is melting; the evidence was that it is, in fact,
increasing.
High Court Judge Michael Burton stated:
“Former Vice President Al Gore, the documentary’s moderator, makes nine
statements in the film that are not supported by the current mainstream scientific
consensus. For instance, Gore’s script implies that Greenland or West Antarctica
might melt soon, creating a sea-level rise of up to 20 feet that would cause
devastation from San Francisco to the Netherlands to Bangladesh139.”
The judge called this “distinctly alarmist” and said the consensus view is that if
Greenland melted, it would release this amount of water “but only after, and over, a millennia.”
The climate change narrative will destroy people’s freedom and add more regulations, fines and
fees. Do not allow this government narrative to continue on the Big Island. The people do NOT
want more laws, regulations, and fines based on a false narrative that completely changes
community infrastructures from self-reliant to “sustainable” living, with “stakeholders” carrying
the purse strings and the power. That is NOT Pono!
Gregg Braden is a geologist, five-time New York Times best-selling author, scientist,
international educator, and renowned as a pioneer in the emerging paradigm based in science,
social policy, and human potential, had this to say about the dangers of carbon on the planet:
“The idea that carbon dioxide is a poison is a false narrative to begin with. We are carbon-based
beings. By demonizing carbon dioxide and carbon life, we’re actually demonizing ourselves7.”
Science 101 shows us that plants take in carbon dioxide and give off oxygen. If plants
die due to lack of carbon dioxide, so do humans for lack of oxygen. During the Cretaceous
Period, which began 145 million years ago and ended 66 million years ago, we had a lot more
carbon than we do today - tons more! This was the time of the dinosaurs, and everything was
huge! Plants were much larger than they are now.
The sea levels were also a lot higher during the Cretaceous Period. Was that due to
more carbon dioxide? Not according to an article at Britannica.com written by Thor Arthur
Hansen, Professor of Invertebrate Paleontology, Paleoecology, and Evolution at Western
Washington University, U.S., and Carl Fred Koch, Professor of Geological Sciences at Old
Dominion University, Norfolk, Virginia. It was fact-checked by The Editors of Encyclopaedia
Britannica and last updated on Feb 7, 2024. The article said that sea level was higher primarily
because the water in the ocean basins was displaced by the enlargement of mid-oceanic
ridges8. It was not due to carbon! It was due to the Earth's mantle.
On January 11, 2023, in an episode titled “Why “THE POWERS THAT BE” are So
Desperate to Reduce Carbon Dioxide on OUR Planet?” posted on geologist and scientist Gregg
Braden’s YouTube channel, John L. Petersen of the Arlington Institute stated:
“If you could look at the ice cores in Antarctica and Greenland, you would see that the
temperature of the Earth increases or decreases around 800 years before the change in
carbon dioxide. That means carbon dioxide does not drive the change; it is the response to
the temperature change9.”
In the same interview, Braden stated:
7 “Gregg Braden - Why “THE POWERS THAT BE” are So Desperate to Reduce Carbon Dioxide on OUR Planet?”
by Gregg Braden Official, January 11, 2023. https://youtu.be/7vJ-Qefos8A?si=BviOKcdznXx6tgSQ
8 “Cretaceous Period,” by Carl Fre Koch, Thor Arthur Hansen, https://www.britannica.com/science/Cretaceous-Period
9 “Why ‘THE POWERS THAT BE’ are So Desperate to Reduce Carbon Dioxide on OUR Planet?” by Gregg Braden, January 11, 2023. https://youtu.be/7vJ-Qefos8A?si=cz2jDjrSmJaITiDx
“We’re being led to believe that carbon levels of C02 have never been higher; that the Earth is
going to be destroyed if they are higher; and that C02 is the driving temperature, both of which
are not true147.”
Gregg showed a graph indicating that during the Cretaceous Period, carbon dioxide
levels were over three times higher than they are today. Carbon dioxide levels were between
800-1,000 parts per million. During this period, there was an extreme greening of the Earth.
Plants and life thrived!
According to Braden:
“If CO2 drops below 184 parts per million, that seems to be the threshold where we (humans)
are in trouble! If CO2 drops below those levels, we are actually cutting off the very life-force that
is providing oxygen on this planet.”
Is the entire CO2 narrative intended to increase the bankroll of the “stakeholders” around
the world invested in renewable energy with no regard for human life?
Stakeholders who’ve invested in progressive and “sustainable energy" have a lot to gain
in their pocketbooks by populations living in fear of climate change and believing they will be
“saving” the Earth by going along with renewable energy and electric vehicles. They’ll also be
giving up a lot of their freedoms in doing so.
Page 59
Transportation
The General Plan further discusses strategies for decreasing vehicle reliance and (Remove)
improving public Transportation Access and Mobility. You have no right to hinder people’s
right to travel. Please take ANYTHING out that references decreasing people’s use of their
vehicle!
The County can reduce its footprint by increasing the percentage of renewable fuel used to
power public facilities and infrastructure, reducing VMT, (REMOVE). YOU CANNOT LIMIT
PEOPLE’S RIGHT TO TRAVEL. THAT VIOLATES THE CONSTITUTION AND IS BEYOND
YOUR JURISDICTION
Page 61
The General Plan expands on opportunities for climate-conscious land development in the Land
Use section without violating people’s rights, over regulating or increasing fines.
Page 63
The General Plan further expands on strategies to increase resilience in the Transportation
Access and Mobility, Public Utilities, and Public Facilities and Services sections without
violating the Constitution, or over regulating farmers and homeowners.
The General Plan expands on renewable energy in the Public Utilities section with safety
studies prior to installation, and without increasing costs to the public.
Page 66
Transportation
• Promoting the use of electric vehicles through expanding charging infrastructure and
educating the public on the safety studies done for the use of these vehicles from third parties.
Renewable Energy
• Increasing the use of green technology (including third party safety studies) will increase the
energy independence of individuals and businesses on the island.
• Supporting renewable energy technologies, such as solar, wind, ocean thermal energy
conversion (OTEC), and geothermal (Remove. This practice is not safe for an island with active
volcanoes!)
Land Use & the Built Environment
• Implementing smart growth strategies, without violating people’s right to travel can reduce
urban sprawl and create more walkable communities.
• Developing a County building code that balances health and safety, affordability, and carbon
footprint (REMOVE! This is more regulations and fines. NOT Pono! It is NOT your responsibility
to focus on people’s health. That is for each individual! This is an overreach!
• Encouraging the construction of energy-efficient buildings and retrofitting existing
buildings being sure to prove any additional technology is safe for the public..
• Promoting regenerative agriculture practices that reduce emissions and enhance carbon
sequestration while not further regulating farms or increasing fines.
• Greening urban areas increases the availability of cool areas for residents to live and recreate.
• Integrating energy savings and waste management, without more regulations and fines on
the population, provides an opportunity to mitigate greenhouse gas emissions in new
development.
Conservation
• Protecting reefs and marine ecosystems that act as carbon sinks, without hindering public use.
• Implementing a One Water strategy and other water-saving technologies and practices can
reduce the energy required for water treatment and distribution. This is NOT a good idea. If this
goes down, where will people get their water? Remove or revise.
• Conserving natural habitats without hindering public use to preserve biodiversity and
enhance ecosystem resilience to climate change.
• Efforts to expand renewable energy, with third party safety studies and without hindering public
use, can consider the preservation of unique and diverse ecosystems, avoiding negative
impacts on wildlife and natural habitats.
Additional Measures
• Improving public engagement about climate change and encouraging sustainable practices.
(Remove and educate yourself on the fact that scientists from around the world have stated
there is no climate danger.)
• Implementing policies and regulations that support climate mitigation efforts, without further
regulations or fines on locals. (Please educate yourself)
• Supporting research into new technologies and approaches for reducing emissions and
enhancing resilience and include third party safety studies while ensuring no further cost to the
public.
Page 67
Water Resources • Management
Promoting a One Water strategy can create cross-agency collaboration to identify and address
overlapping challenges in adapting to sea level rise and building more resiliency into
infrastructure across water, wastewater and stormwater sectors. How does this promote
collaboration? This seems like a monopoly.
Agriculture & • Food Security
Encouraging the cultivation of climate-resilient and diversified crops to enhance food security
without further regulations and fines.
Infrastructure & Urban Planning
Retrofitting or relocating bridges and roads provides an opportunity to reduce GHG emissions
by reducing miles traveled. (REMOVE) THIS VIOLATES THE CONSTITUTION. YOU CANNOT
DEPRIVE PEOPLE OF THE RIGHT TO TRAVEL. ALSO, HOW ARE YOU GOING TO
“RELOCATE” LOCAL BRIDGES. THIS SHOULD BE REMOVED!
● Implement zoning and land use planning policies that consider climate risks and promote
sustainable development after a full investigation of the climate change narrative is
examined. (Do not further regulate and fine people without fully investigating the climate
change narrative and proving that any additional technology is safe for the human life.)
Social Equity
● Engage communities in planning and decision-making processes to ensure that
adaptation measures are socially inclusive (Remove. This is woke language.) and
culturally appropriate.
● Increasing equitable resilience to climate hazards will benefit historically marginalized
and frontline Engage communities (What does this mean?) and those that are vulnerable
to climate change impacts.
Energy & • Transportation
● Invest in renewable energy sources that are proven safe and affordable to the public to
reduce GHG emissions and increase energy resilience.
● Promote energy efficiency in buildings and transportation that are proven safe and
affordable to the public to reduce overall energy consumption and without increasing
regulations or fines
Biodiversity & Ecosystems
● Managed retreat strategies and new shoreline setback regulations would expand open
space along the shoreline to support coastal ecosystems such as anchialine pools
without hindering public access.
● Supporting conservation programs that are proven safe for the people and the
environment can help protect native species and habitats from climate change impacts
without hindering public access and without increasing regulations and fines.
● Strengthening measures to control and eradicate invasive species can help protect local
ecosystems.
● Enhance habitat connectivity to allow species to migrate in response to changing
environmental conditions without hindering public access and without increasing
regulations and fines.
Education & Capacity Building
● Build capacity for local government agencies by providing training and resources that
improve their ability to plan and implement climate adaptation initiatives without
increasing regulations and fines.
● Collaborate and coordinate with the County’s Office of Sustainability, Climate, Equity,
and Resilience (OSCER). This is woke language and should be removed.
● Support research and monitoring efforts to better understand climate impacts and the
effectiveness of adaptation measures. (Please educate yourself on this false
narrative)
● Develop and implement educational programs to raise awareness about climate change
and adaptation strategies. REMOVE (This is a FALSE narrative that you would be
perpetuating.)
Page 68
3.2 Climate Change Goal,
Objectives, Policies, and Actions
private property rights, a loss of sovereignty - both personal physical sovereignty and physical
sovereignty in terms of our nation - and it's a loss of our freedom.”
From Rosa Koire's special presentation to the New Hampshire Legislature.
https://youtu.be/350IbVtpzvw?si=u_NNsNoL9XtGxDEA
Page 71
8.3 Collaborate with farmers, government, private and nonprofit agencies, communities, and
other stakeholders REMOVE Who are they? What do they have stake in? to monitor impacts that
may be specific to Hawaiʻi County due to its unique exposure to climate change and sea level rise
impacts. (Please educate yourself on this false narrative. Is Kona or Hilo or any Hawaiian town
close to being underwater? NO!)
8.11 Partner with government (e.g., State Office of Planning and Sustainable Development
[OPSD]), private and nonprofit agencies, communities, and other stakeholders REMOVE Who
are they? What do they have stake in? to analyze conservation buffers to accommodate shifting
native habitats impacted by climate change, particularly wetlands and high-elevation forests.
(Remove this ENTIRE section! We do NOT want “buffer” zones! You want to take away the
ability for people to be in nature. That is NOT pono!)
8.b Support and partner with government, private and nonprofit agencies, communities, and other
stakeholders REMOVE Who are they? What do they have stake in? on research for adaptive
policies and technology that includes safety studies to the public and environment, that increase
resilience without further regulations and fines on the public..
8.d Adopt a land acquisition program with potential leaseback options for the purchase of
hazard- prone locations or those with beneficial attributes for climate adaptation and mitigation.
REMOVE. THIS IS GOVERNMENT OVERREACH! THIS IS NOT A COMMUNIST
COUNTRY! YOU CANNOT TAKE PEOPLE’S PROPERTY!
8.e Collaborate with government, private and nonprofit agencies, communities, and other
stakeholders REMOVE Who are they? What do they have stake in? to implement
environmentally beneficial upgrades for wastewater, irrigation, and/or landscaping, including sea
level rise, storm, and other climate change considerations. (Remove). Getting at least three bids
for contracts from different companies.
This ENTIRE section should be removed. Rosa Korie WARNED that what is planned for this
country through the planning departments “is an erasure of jurisdictional boundaries. It is a loss of
Pg 74
- 4.1.1 Introduction
1st para: “achieve sustainable development and” (Remove)
change “resilient” to safe
2nd para: “Sustainable development is a key objective of land use planning for the County. By
strategically” and in the sentence “Land use planning is essential. (Remove) change “resilient”
to safe.
3rd para: - change “resilience” to safety. “and the impacts of climate change” (Remove) Better
prepared for and protected against potential disasters. Change: “sustainable” to diversified.
“desirable” to fair, equitable.
Last para 5th line down: Change: “should” to may
Pg 75
Economic Opportunity Planning: “other growth sectors.” Need to be specific, identify other
growth sectors.
Last sentence: “muck like the weave of sustainability,” (Remove)
Pg. 76 Table 16: Land Use Key Trends
Changing & Aging Population: “Over the next 25 years 0.9% per annum” decline in
population already seen and projected needs to addressed as to why the population is in
decline. How you do Planning if you don’t address reasons for population decline. This is
crucial.
Housing Affordability & Choice: “In 2010…” down to “However, on average, Hawaii County’s
overcrowding ”
Shifting Visitor Accommodation Types: - Change “With the upward trend….” to “rentals.” &
“There is also a shift..” Revise that entire sentence.
Job Availability & Growth: - Revise last sentence “In 2020, 14% of the ”
Pg. 77 Table 17: Land Use Challenges
Revise:
Infrastructure section
Regulations section
Funding & Financing entire section
Land Use Compatibility entire section
Public Engagement entire section
- (My note is What is NIMBYism?)
Pg. 78 Table 18: Land Use Opportunities
Infrastructure:: last sentence “County departments can provide…..”
Regulations: Red: “Collaborate across State and County agencies to…..” (Need more public
input and ideas);
“The most direct role the County plays..,..property tax policy.” (Need much more research on
property tax rates, regulations, policies & scrutinized by the public who are affected by
paying property taxes. This should be the most glaring concern so that we do not leave
tax burden for future generations who may lose their properties to taxes paid to the
government).
Funding & Financing: “Partner with the State and other counties to create a capacity building
plan…..stakeholders.” (Remove)
Market Conditions: “Seek to acquire land for affordable housing developments….” Add:
without violating people’s right to own property or take this out. Revise it. This is government
overreach!
Land Use Compatibility: “Demonstrate smart growth developments.” (Remove)
Public Engagement: “Encourage affordable housing projects to meet the needs of
neighborhoods (YIMBY) without further regulations and fines.” (What is YIMBY?) and next line
“Apply strategies to….” “stakeholder”. Who are these stakeholders? What do they have stake
in?
Pg. 79
4.1.2 Land Use Goal, Objectives, Policies, and Actions
Item 9.7 - Red: “Encourage” change to Mandate developers
Item 9.8 - Red: “Route selection for …..” that entire sentence. (This is a high priority revision as
it pertains directly to 5G dangers. Here is where the people/public need to have direct
input/approval/changes.
Item 9.a - Red: “Develop a process for County…..” this is crucial for public scrutiny & opportunity
for the public to get transparency. Transparency can only be realized if we, the public include
ourselves into all governmental processes. If not, we will not get transparency, period!
Pg 80 Land Use Goal, Objectives, Policies, and Actions - continued
Item 9.e - “Conduct a review and re-evaluation….” entire sentence to be revised.
Item 10.3 “Proposed discretionary permits for large developments…..Ka’u Districts” -Not clear
needs revision.
Item 10.b “Amend…….allow CPDs to be applied to all zoning districts…” - Why amend the
Zoning Code? We need to compare current Zoning Codes to what they propose to amend to
see if the people or the developers have the advantage. What are CPDs?
Item 10.c - Red: “Collaborate with the State Office of Planning…..Native Hawaiian customary
and traditional..” Need to revise to ensure that Hawaiian cultural experts, NOT the State
government or its agencies have any input for preserving, protecting, educating, safeguarding,
sharing, marketing, ..every aspect of utilizing our native Hawaiian (kanaka maoli) heritage of
language, practices, traditions, religion & more belong exclusively to the kanaka maoli elders,
experts, kupuna, kahuna, healers NEVER the government or its agencies…NEVER!!!
Pg 81 continue
Item 11.4 “Concurrency reviews should incorporate….. (Remove)” entire sentence absolutely
NO!
Actions
11.a - Red: “Collaborate with the SHPD to create…..” entire sentence - Need experts.
11.d - Red: “Amend Zoning Code….” do not give the Planning Director more power, it’s time to
decrease power for that position, we need to humble these government workers/servants. Now
is that time as history has shown us, when they have power, they want more; when they have
more power, it’s not enough & the cycle continues while the people suffer. STOP giving away
the power from the people.
11.f - “Update traffic impact…..” (Remove) entire sentence. Travel should not be the Planning
Board’s power to take away from me or you, ever.
Objective 12 Reduce the threat to life and property from natural hazards and disasters.
Policies
The above sentence - Red: add “unnatural & natural hazards” - It is important to identify the
reality that unnatural hazards have always existed, therefore, why is that omitted?
12.3 Red: “Consider natural …….” Again add in unnatural & force the Planning Board to
address DE disasters, weather machine disasters which are human created disasters, which is
criminal. Why shouldn’t the Planning Board include these disasters as they certainly affect the
health & safety of the people & our environment.
12.8 Red: “Encourage the development….” entire sentence. Again, must address DE/Weather
machines/human initiated disasters.
Pg 82 Actions
Item 12.a - Red: “Update the Building Code…..” entire sentence need extreme revisions, I
initially wanted to delete, but it is necessary to revise to include unnatural/man made disasters &
address “carbon footprint”. These are areas to not hide by deleting, but rather talk about them
through revisions.
Item 12.g - “Amend the Zoning Code….” (Remove) Until they can prove climate change is
happening, delete this section that refers to climate change as that is a false narrative that we
the people/public should not allow to continue. I do not want to tell a lie over & over again until
everyone believes it. That’s breaking the 10 commandments.
Pg. 83 4.1.3 Overview of Land Use Designations and Maps
No changes.
Pg. 84 Table 19: General Plan Land Use Designations and Maps
No Changes
Pg. 85 Agriculture and Natural Land Use
No Changes
Pg 86 4.1.4 Urban Growth Areas
2nd para: Red: “Smart Growth” change to something safer, know what it represents not hidden
meanings. Black out: the word “sustainable” and from “More specifically, urban centers have
been designed to create…. Driving.” - The government or its agencies should not impede or
alter the rights of citizens to travel it’s call our right to travel, which is constitutional.
Pg 87 Objective 13 Increase the use of Smart Growth principles to focus development
within designated urban centers.
Policies Red: change “Smart Growth” to Evaluate and analyze development within designated
urban centers.
Item 13.3 Red: “Incentivize” what is that & how does it benefit the public?
13.6 Red: “may include additional acreages to account for…..” must revise section to make it
clearer as to how this inclusion will work to the advantage or disadvantage of historic sites,
public access, parks, & open spaces. More clarity is necessary because saying ok to unclear
“PLANNING” should never be accepted.
Item #13.12 - Red: Revise entire sentence “Urban renewal, rehabilitation….” need to include
people or the public not just communities, businesses, & governmental agencies. Planning
Boards should always include the people/public. This will give people the power to make
decisions, not just testify for 3 minutes at a Planning Commission hearing. That needs to
change. More people/public involvement needs to be promoted. This involvement may be the
inspiration or motivation for people to become active in planning for themselves, their future
generations. It is time for governments & businesses to take a back seat!
Item 13.13 Red: Revise entire sentence. “Support master planning by …..” it’s not “Support” it
should be to Scrutinize, evaluate, analyze and recommend by experts and the people.
Pg. 88 Commercial - Industrial
Item 13.28 Red: “Discretionary permit applications….. Entire sentence need revision as it is not
fair to have Discretionary permit applications for new commercial developments. Everyone
follows the rules, no exceptions by the Planning Board.
Resort
Item 13.49 - Red: Revise “On-site affordable housing and workforce units shall be excluded
from the total permitted visitor unit counts…..” Again, how does this exclusion help the people,
the visitors, the workforce? How does it affect permitted visitor unit counts?
Pg 90 Actions
13.c Red: revise “Amend the Subdivision Code to ensure block sizes are based….” What are
the current codes & what are the proposed amendments to compare who will have the
advantage or disadvantage of this proposal to Amend Subdivision Code.
Pg. 91 Urban Character Guidelines Table 20: Transit-Oriented Development (TOD)
Character Guidelines
No Changes.
Pg. 92 Table 21: Traditional Neighborhood Development (TND) Character Guidelines
No Changes
Pg. 93 Table 22: Urban Neighborhood Center Character Guidelines
No Changes
Pg. 94 Table 23: Industrial Center Character Guidelines
No Changes
Pg. 95 Table 24: Criteria for Industrial Land Conversion to Commercial/Mixed-Use
No Changes
Pg. 96 Table 25: Resort Area Character Guidelines
No Changes
Pg. 97 4.1.5 Rural
No Changes
Pg. 98 Objective 14 Maximize the use of Rural designated lands to preserve rural
character and lifestyle. Policies
All items from 14.1, 14.2, 14.3, 14.4, 14.5, 14.6 - Red: Must revise all items as the Planning
Board is asking for Support of everything they are doing, which contradicts any changes that the
public may be deemed detrimental. Asking for “blind” support is ridiculous.
Actions - Items 14.a, 14.b, 14.c, & 14.d Red: Revise all items as it is asking to Amend Zoning
Code, zoning districts which is crucial to see current codes compared to amendments. How are
these amendments affecting the public to their advantage vs. disadvantages. This is very
important to NOT just accept amendments. Thorough research is necessary to protect the
public.
Pg. 99 Table 26: Rural Neighborhood Character Guidelines
No Changes
Pg. 100 4.1.6 Agriculture
Last para: “The General Plan provides planning tools to incentivize the highest and best use of
productive agricultural lands. The Plan’s policies…… entire paragraph need to be revised. I am
especially concerned with the word “incentivize the highest and best use… here again what
does this mean, how will it be done, who benefits.
Pg. 101 Objective 15 Support the active use of Productive Agricultural lands.
Actions
All items 15.a, 15.b, 15.c. 15.d, 15.e must be revised Not just Amend.
Pg. 102 Actions (continue)
Item 15.f - Revise “Update the Real Property Tax Code…..” need public input for transparency.
Item 15.g Revise “Amend the Zoning Code…” again do not just accept Amending
Item 15.k Revise “Collaborate with USDA and the State…. It’s not just collaborate, it’s what are
the decisions based upon, what are the final decisions, how are these decisions helping
farmers. Since, we have passed hundreds of years farming in Hawaii you would think we have
identified major problems, why these problems do not get resolved, who are responsible for the
non-resolutions. This is just repeating ….USDA, the State who have been in charge of
agriculture, I want to see a report card that covers 1950s to 2023. Report cards are
transparency mechanisms to identify who & what are creating our farmer’s problems. We cannot
fix anything without transparency. Politicians say it, but absolutely no actions. This section is
entitled ACTION. Let us begin to act.
Pg. 104 4.2.1 Introduction
Third para: “Resilience….” I don’t want the word resilience to be an escape mechanism for the
government or its agencies. That word should change.
The last para: “The Plan is focused on improving connectivity within …..” this sounds good, but
I don’t see good results as I am pass 70 yrs old. We should not accept “rinse & repeat”. What
did the Planning Board learn from over 100 yrs. Of past failures? They say they focus on
improving, yet we cannot determine how they will improve. Stronger language to ensure that
the public can know they plan to improve.
Pg. 105 Table 27: Transportation Key Trends
No Changes
Pg. 106
Table 28: Transportation Challenges
All items Red: Revisions necessary. It refers to electric cars, Pre-COVID-19 (false narratives
that must be stopped)
Pg. 107
Table 29: Transportation Opportunities
All items Red: Need revisions since they want to establish metrics, improve interagency
collaboration, prepare projects, standardize interagency agreements. It contains a multitude of
changes that are unclear, very ambiguous, & again, transparency is lacking.
Pg. 108
4.2.2 Transportation Goal, Objective, Policies, and Actions
All items Red: Requires revisions. Examples: item 16.2 “Encourage safe and convenient use
…... non-polluting” What is non-polluting to the Planning Board? What do they know about
pollution as they don’t know that EMFs are dangerous pollutants. And example: Item 16.10
“Identify and evaluate transportation….. energy and climate issues.” We need to stop the false
Pg. 109 Actions - continue
All items - Red: Revisions necessary. Same reasons as above for Pg. 108.
Sorry Michelle - did not complete pages 104 to 118-119. Can do later/Kalei K. completed today,
Monday 9-23-24 at 12:01 pm.
Pg. 110 4.2.3 Active Living Corridors and Public Access
No Changes
Pg. 111 Objective 17 Increase transportation connectivity.
Policies
All items Red: Need revisions. Example: Item 17.1 “Ensure Native Hawaiian access rights are
clearly expressed….” This is an area of talk talk talk & no action. Again, what violations have
already occurred, how long have these violations been going on, have these violations stopped?
Just putting in a sentence in a Plan does not mean it has been adhered to. Therefore, these
proposals are weak. As a native Hawaiian it is imperative to get enforcement for these violations,
identify violations, how long it’s been happening, why & who are responsible to stop violations,
protect native Hawaiian access rights. If this item # is weak, which it is - than the others need
revisions.
Pg. 112 Table 30: Public Access Spacing Standards
No Changes
Pg. 4.2.4 Mass Transit
All paragraphs need revisions Red: revisions necessary. Mass Transit has been proven wrong
on Oahu, the Rail. Over budgeted, from hundreds of millions of dollars (budgeted) to billions of
dollars, NOT budgeted. Who is paying for this government error? You, me & our visitors. We
have an historic example from the City & County of Honolulu. The people protested against this
“Rail”, but years later a Mayor brought back the Rail & all Mayors thereafter continue with this
project. Please investigate this “Planning” before Hawaii County repeats history. All words in this
section/page are the same words use by the Planning Dept. of the City & County of Honolulu.
Absolutely requires total revisions to 4.2.4 Mass Transit
Pg. 114 Objective 18 Increase mass transit ridership by 50 percent by 2045 Policies
All items are basic objectives. No changes (yet)
Pg. 115 4.2.5 Roadways
2nd to last para: What is the County’s Vision Zero Action Plan Pink: Concern
Pg. 116 Objective 19 Reduce vehicle miles traveled (VMT)
All items Red: Need revisions Concern - What is reduce vehicle miles traveled? Why reduce
vehicle miles traveled? What is this agenda for & what will it accomplish? Who will benefit?
Again, our right to travel cannot be altered or impeded as that right is protected by the US
Constitution & God.
Pg. 117 Objective 20 Achieve a transportation system that employs all modes of
transportation at a community scale.
All items need to be revised
Pg. 117 continue: Objective 21 Incorporate green infrastructure to reduce stormwater
runoff. Policies
All items Red: Concern See item 21.1 “green infrastructure strategies, and pollution prevention
procedures….” Again, sine the Planning Board does not understand EMF pollution & its
dangerous - what are they talking about here “pollution prevention procedures..”
Pg. 118 continue from above. Actions & Objective 22 Increase transportation safety for
transportation’s most vulnerable users and reduce traffic fatalities.Policies
All items Red: revise
Pg. 119 Continue from above.
All items from 22.7 to 22.9 Red: revise Concern.
22.7 Develop roadway standards to accommodate emerging technology for connected and
automated vehicles. This appears to be referencing the very unproven technology of ‘driverless
cars??’ Emerging technology needs to go through rigorous standards of testing before being
released onto roadways. This text here, with a clear reference to something that is already
proving dangerous on the roadways and the subject of lawsuits does not belong in our County
Plan.
22.8 Maintain dedicated roadway standards that are appropriate to roadway type and
achieve active transportation and safety goals.
22.9 Engage and collaborate with the owners of private roads and local community groups
to help identify and develop road management agreements that mitigate road closures to
provide emergency evacuation routes.
Actions
22.a Amend the County Code to incorporate Vision Zero safety principles and Complete Street
design principles. This is too vague and should be elaborated in detail. These safety principles
need to be spelled out or they don’t belong in the County Plan.
● 22.b Develop educational programs promoting traffic safety. Where something is
designated an ‘action’ in a County General Plan Document, sufficient detail should be
provided. This is too vague and should be elaborated in detail.
● Objective 23
Adequately maintain public transportation systems.
Policies ● 23.1 Maintain an Asset Management Program aimed at utilizing maintenance plans for
pavement, bridges, and other road infrastructure to prolong the life of our transportation
system as well as reduce its whole-life cost.
● 23.2 Maintain the unique features of historic bridges, while balancing safety needs and
preserving historic and scenic character.
● 23.3 Prioritize the replacement of deficient and inadequate bridges and maintain
pedestrian/bicycle access across bridges.
● 23.4 Design new bridges and bridge improvements to accommodate and not negatively
impede identified scenic resources.
● 23.5 Evaluate freight routes identified in the State Freight Master Plan for required
improvements to meet roadway standards.
● 23.6 Encourage the adoption of innovative materials and methods that improve roadway
sustainability and resilience.
Actions ● 23.a Create an asset management program.
● 23.b Continue the bridge inspection program and expand rehab or replacement to
include active transportation accommodations.
4.2 Transportation Access and Mobility | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 119
Roadway Standards
The County adheres to several federal and industry standards for roadway design. These
include the AASHTO Green Book and Roadside Design Guide, the MUTCD, the NACTO, and
the Highway Capacity Manual.5 Examples of topics addressed by these guidelines include road
geometry (e.g., curves, sight distance), safety within ROWs adjacent to travel ways, design
speeds, level of service, signs/striping/signaling, and urban transit. In addition to these sources,
the County adheres to the following locally defined standards.
Street Standards
Highways shall not be wider than four through travel lanes that accommodate single occupancy
vehicles and should be limited to the most populated areas typically connecting residential
areas with employment centers.
Integrate transportation networks to prioritize the most vulnerable roadways users and the
greenest modes of travel through a Multimodal Hierarchy (Figure 7) that prioritizes investments
in the following order:
1. Pedestrian
2. Public Transit
3. Bicycle
4. Auto
This is a directive for future transportation policy ? It is 4 words and yet it is a giant reach toward
a set of ideals and it is not explained at all in detail.
OBJECTION : This ‘policy directive’ reflects a radical socialist agenda of forcing people to give
up automobiles and give up their autonomy at the same time. This shows contempt for the most
basic principles of freedom. . We refer you to : The United States Constitution which
“protects the freedom to move about within the country, both domestically and
internationally. This fundamental right is deeply rooted in American liberty and has been
recognized and protected by the Supreme Court. “
The priorities established in a General Plan should reflect careful consideration of the island’s
economy and how to best support our island economy but instead this prioritization of
pedestrians ‘first’ and ‘automobile’ transport reflects an obsession with addressing carbon as a
‘cause’ for an alleged crisis for our climate. . It’s strange to us that in this document that purports
to be about a plan for ‘development’ there is barely a focus on the actual economy. Here instead
we see a document ‘prioritizing’ Pedestrian travel (on an island with very few densely populated
urban centers) without context of what will actually promote agriculture, commerce, industries,
jobs and economic activities. This directive would make more sense for an Oahu General Plan
because of the size of the land mass and ratio of population. If it is in this document without
much explanation then it appears to be a reflection of a ‘fad’ in transportation policy rather than
a practical and well thought out policy directive.
The minimum roadway width standards to accommodate the County Roadway Classifications
were adopted in Resolution 779-20. The following provides an overview of this standard with
reference to the Federal Highway Administration (FHWA) Functional Classification system.
4.2.6 Transportation Terminals: Airports
and Harbors
As a major hub for tourism, commerce, and connectivity, Hawaiʻi County recognizes the
importance of effective planning and management of its airports and harbors. These key
infrastructure components serve as lifelines that facilitate economic growth, enhance regional
connectivity, and provide essential services for residents and visitors. Airports and harbors
connect the County to the rest of the world, allowing for the efficient movement of goods,
people, and ideas. They are essential nodes within the transportation network, acting as
important economic drivers for the region. Efficient airports and harbors directly contribute to the
success of various industries, including tourism, agriculture, trade, and logistics. Moreover, they
are instrumental in supporting emergency response efforts, disaster management, and ensuring
the overall resilience of the region’s transportation system.
Again, over and over the objection ‘in general’ to this General Plan 2045 is that the document
references ‘economic growth’ and yet does not address the actual drivers of the economy in
detail. As public servants it is your best service to our island if you would study how you can
support the farmers, producers of goods and services to build a great economy together.
Unfortunately there are dozens of instances where legislators and public servants have imposed
restrictions, fees and taxes on those very ‘drivers’ of our economy. Airport Terminals and
Harbors do not ‘cause’ the economy to grow and are not drivers of the economy and yet we see
a General Plan with weighted emphasis on ‘transportation’ and urban development without
seeing evidence of a study of what will actually support the individuals and households that
produce economic value for our actual economy. This is an extremely poor outcome for a
document that presents as a ‘guide’ for legislators and policy makers for the next 20 plus years.
The principal concerns of planning for transportation terminals involve a comprehensive
approach that addresses various aspects, including location, zoning of adjacent land,
infrastructure development, capacity management, safety and security measures,
environmental sustainability, integration with other modes of transportation, and financing and
programming of improvements and services through capital improvement projects. While the
State of Hawaiʻi Department of Transportation (DOT) is responsible for the actual design,
construction, and operation of terminals and supporting facilities, the General Plan addresses
the location of these facilities in relation to the pattern of overall land uses. There are two deep
draft harbors on the island, one in Hilo and another in Kawaihae.
While improvements continue to be made, both harbor terminals lack adequate docking and
Harbor has increased significantly as the population and development in West Hawaiʻi continue
to grow. In 2011, the Hawaiʻi Commercial Harbors 2035 Master Plan was developed by the
State to accommodate the future needs of facilities
CONCERN: THE HARBORS SHOULD NOT BE CONTROLLED BY THE STATE OF
HAWAII. THEY ARE HARBORS CRUCIAL TO THE ECONOMY OF OUR ISLAND AND
WERE PREVIOUSLY UNDER THE CONTROL OF THE COUNTY. WHAT HAPPENED
TO HOME RULE? WHERE WAS THE CONSULTATION OF THE PUBLIC WHEN
DECISIONS WERE MADE TO HAND OVER CONTROL OF OUR HARBORS TO THE
STATE ?.
Air terminals that transportation are in Hilo, Waimea, ʻUpolu, and Kona. The terminals at
Hilo and Kona are overseas facilities. Overseas flights at the Kona International Airport
at Keahole will continue to increase with the growth of resort areas in Kona and Kohala.
Overseas flights through Hilo International Airport have been important for agriculture in
East Hawaiʻi.
What is concerning about this County General Plan 2045 is the lack of analysis about
our actual economy. WHY DO WE SEE A DOCUMENT THAT STATES ‘OVERSEAS
FLIGHTS WILL CONTINUE TO INCREASE WITH THE GROWTH OF RESORT
AREAS?’ THIS PLAN SEEMS FLAWED DUE TO LACKING IN CRITICAL
‘ARGUMENTS’ FOR THE PLANNED GROWTH BASED ON ACTUAL NUMBERS AND
STUDIES . IF THERE ARE STUDIES AND STATISTICS THAT DO SUPPORT THE
ASSERTIONS MADE MULTIPLE TIMES IN THE GENERAL PLAN ABOUT
PROJECTED ECONOMIC GROWTH THEN THEY SHOULD BE REFERENCED AND
INCLUDED IN THE PLAN. ALSO CITATIONS OF WHERE THIS INFORMATION WAS
PRESENTED TO THE PUBLIC IN ‘CONSULTATIONS’
● STRANGELY THE HILO PLAN IS MISSING FROM THE GENERAL PLAN DOCUMENT
AND THIS IS ONE OF TWO URBAN CENTERS AND THE CENTER FROM WHICH
TWO OF THE ‘HARBORS’ AND ‘TERMINALS’ OPERATE? THIS SEEMS (AGAIN) A
GLARING OMISSION.
Since 2011, the DOT has embarked on a $2.3 billion Hawaiʻi Airports Modernization
Program to improve the safety, capacity, and efficiency of our major passenger and
cargo airports.
As the population becomes more mobile and as resident and visitor populations increase, there
will be a greater demand for new and expanded transportation facilities that are adjacent to
compatible land uses and include alternative and active transportation connections to decrease
the demand for cars and reliance on fossil fuels. OBJECTION TO THIS SENTENCE IS THAT
IT IS NOT SUPPORTED BY ANY FACTS OR AN ARGUMENT MADE FOR THE CASE BEING
PRESENTED. AGAIN THE CONCERN ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT IS THAT IT IS
COMMITTING OUR ENTIRE COUNTY GOVERNMENT AND OUR LEGISLATURE TO A
RADICAL COURSE OF ACTION BASED ON THE PREMISE THAT FOSSIL FUELS ARE TO
BE ERADICATED AND THAT PERSONAL AUTOMOBILE TRANSPORTATION SHOULD ALSO
BE ERADICATED AND OR COMPLETELY ELIMINATED. THESE PREMISES ARE PART OF A
RADICAL SOCIALIST AGENDA THAT VIOLATES THE CONSTITUTION SINCE IT WILL
UNDOUBTEDLY LIMIT THE FREEDOM OF UNITED STATES CITIZENS TO FREELY MOVE
ABOUT.
service
inter-island
4.2 Transportation Access and Mobility | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 122
Objective 24
Improve accessibility to airports, harbor systems, and support facilities.
Policies ● 24.1 Encourage the programmed improvement of existing terminals, including adequate
provisions for control of pollution and appropriate and adequate covered storage
facilities for agricultural products.
● 24.2 The State Department of Transportation should continue to implement its plans for
transportation terminals and related facilities to promote and follow desired land use
policies.
● 24.3 Transportation terminals should be developed in conjunction with the different
elements of the overall transportation system.
● 24.4 Encourage maximum use of the island's airport and harbor facilities.
● 24.5 Encourage the development, maintenance, and enhancement of Hilo and
Kawaihae Harbors as detailed within the State’s Hawaiʻi Commercial Harbors 2035
Master Plan. THIS COULDN’T BE MORE VAGUE AS A STATED OBJECTIVE. IT
DOESN’T REFERENCE THE VERY PRACTICAL MATTERS OF ECONOMIC DRIVERS
AND OVERALL ECONOMIC HEALTH OF OUR ISLAND. WHERE IS DISCUSSION
ABOUT THE ACTUAL ECONOMY IN THIS ENTIRE DOCUMENT ? THIS ALSO OMITS
MENTION THAT A PROSPEROUS AGRICULTURAL ECONOMY WOULD BE THE
RATIONALE FOR MAINTENANCE OF THE INFRASTRUCTURE AT KAWAIHAII AND
HILO HARBORS. AGAIN THERE IS AN OBJECTION TO HANDING OVER HARBORS
TO THE STATE OF HAWAII WHERE THEY ARE CRITICAL INFRASTRUCTURE TO
THE ISLAND .
● 24.6 Support the State’s objectives to acquire rights within the runway clear-zones, limit
heights within approach zones, and restrict noise-sensitive uses within designated noise
contours determined by the State. CONCERN: THIS APPEARS TO REFERENCE
PROPERTY ACQUISITION AND SUGGESTS THAT THE COUNTY SHOULD
‘SUPPORT’ THE STATE TO RESTRICT USES AND ACTIVITIES IN CERTAIN AREAS
‘NEAR TO AIRPORTS?’ THIS AGAIN IS ONE MORE COMMUNIST LAND GRAB
PRACTICE. THIS DOESN’T BELONG IN OUR COUNTY PLAN DOCUMENT FOR
2045.
● 24.7 Future land uses in the vicinity of airports and harbors should have an adequate
open space buffer and/or be compatible with the anticipated noise exposure and
industrial nature in the vicinity.
● 24.8 Encourage pedestrian-oriented connectivity around harbors and small boat
harbors.
● 24.9 Encourage master planning of small boat harbors to accommodate commercial
and recreational fishing, tour boats, as well as business and recreational ocean
activities, that balance economic vitality and environmental sensitivity. CONCERN
THERE HAS BEEN AN ONGOING ATTEMPT TO EXCLUDE MANY USERS FROM
ACCESS TO
HARBORS (SAILING COMMUNITY, FISHING COMMUNITY HAVE EXPERIENCED
HIGHER USER FEES AND MORE RESTRICTIONS OF USE IN RECENT YEARS) AND
MANY OF THE HARBORS IN THE STATE HAVE BECOME PRIVATIZED. (If
privatization occurs, then management controls everything. .) .
Actions
● 24.a Create a strategic improvement plan, including mapping, for County owned and/or
managed boat harbors and develop an island-wide needs assessment to better serve
regional gaps in ocean accesses.
● 24.b Ensure collaboration with State agencies to offer a variety of transportation options
at airports and harbors.
4.2 Transportation Access and Mobility | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 123
4.3 PUBLIC UTILITIES
4.3 Public Utilities | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 124
4.3.1 Introduction
In Hawaiʻi County’s pursuit of a prosperous and resilient future, public utilities stand as pillars of
essential infrastructure. THERE IS A LOFTY CLAIM MADE BY THIS ENTIRE EXERCISE TO
SUGGEST THAT THE DOCUMENT ITSELF REPRESENTS ANY KIND OF PLAN FOR A
PROSPEROUS AND RESILIENT FUTURE. THERE ARE MANY BUZZWORDS THAT ARE
BEING USED IN THIS DOCUMENT THAT ARE HOLLOW. THESE WORDS THEMSELVES
DON’T CONJURE UP A FUNCTIONING ECONOMY BUT THEY DO OFTEN GIVE PUBLIC
SERVANTS THE WARM FEELING THAT THESE WORDS CAN ‘DO ALL THE WORK.’ THIS
DOCUMENT IS LACKING IN A GROUNDING OF ACTUAL ECONOMIC STUDY AND LACKS
THE INSIGHTS INTO THE OBVIOUS WAYS THAT COUNTY GOVERNMENT COULD
SUPPORT THE AGRICULTURE AND TOURISM SECTOR AND ENCOURAGE NEW
INDUSTRY ON THE ISLAND.
These are services regulated by the government and provided in response to existing and
prospective patterns of development. Changes in land use, population density, and development
usually generate changes in the demand and supply of utilities. As the backbone of modern
society, public utilities encompass a wide range of vital services that support the health, safety,
and sustainability of our communities. This critical infrastructure allows us to function in many
ways, including the ability to maintain healthy living conditions, proper sanitation, and access
reliable energy to power our homes and businesses.
Public utilities play a key role in forming the foundation upon which social, economic, and
environmental progress is built. Such essential services enhance the quality of life for residents,
visitors, and businesses while safeguarding the natural resources and cultural heritage of our
island. The significance of public utilities can be understood through their contributions in the
areas of environmental sustainability, economic prosperity, and social well-being.
Public utilities drive environmental stewardship by promoting clean energy generation, efficient
water management, waste reduction, and recycling initiatives.
AS PART OF GENERAL PLANNING AND GOOD MANAGEMENT PRACTICE, WHY HAS
THERE BEEN NO AUDIT OF THE WASTEWATER DIVISION OF THE WASTE MANAGEMENT
DEPARTMENT? NO DOCUMENT PURPORTING TO PLAN AHEAD FOR 2O PLUS YEARS
CAN COVER FOR THE FACT THAT MALADMINISTRATION AND POOR LEADERSHIP HAS
LEAD TO MULTIPLE ‘FAILS’ OF RAW SEWAGE TREATMENT WHERE LEAKS OCCURRED
AND THE PUBLIC WASN’T ADEQUATELY INFORMED. THE PLAN SHOULD START WITH A
MORE SERIOUS ASSESSMENT OF THE FAILURES OF THE CURRENT MANAGEMENT
STRATEGY IN OUR WASTEWATER SYSTEM.
Through the application of sustainable practices and technologies, public utilities protect our
fragile ecosystems, mitigate climate change impacts, and preserve the beauty of our island for
future generations. HOW DO ‘PUBLIC UTILITIES’ ‘MITIGATE’ ‘CLIMATE CHANGE IMPACTS ?
This is an example of a wild overstatement and is not supported by fact. Additionally, robust
and reliable infrastructure attracts investment, supports economic growth, and fosters job
creation. From powering local industries to enabling efficient transportation networks, public
utilities are catalysts for economic development, making our communities more resilient in the
face of challenges. Waste to Energy incinerators have been opposed multiple times in the past
in Hawaii County and each time a massive multi million dollar contract for construction of an
incinerator was required which the public was going to be financing over many years. We notice
that the Incinerator ‘Waste to Energy’ proposal is in this County General Plan 2045 in spite of all
the protests in the past. This history of pushing forward unpopular projects that have seen
community objection and then forcing the property
Access to safe and affordable utilities is a fundamental right of every individual.
Really ?? Who wrote this ? As a general comment, it has been pointed out repeatedly that this
‘General Plan’ document is poorly written and has many flaws.Here we see misuse of the term
‘fundamental rights’ where there is no such ‘fundamental right.’ While ‘Safe and Affordable
utilities’ may be considered ‘essential’ for a ‘standard of living’ or to meet the definition of
‘economic prosperity’ but use of the phrase ‘fundamental right’ is a confusion of what the legal
understanding is concerning ‘fundamental rights.’ The ‘fundamental rights’ of say .. ‘freedom to
move’ ARE (as cited elsewhere in the transportation section) the rights that this document
happily waives aside (ignoring the Constititution in the process) .
Further, there should be statistics included about what proportion of the island currently is ‘off
grid’ since that proportion is very high and those numbers would provide a necessary context for
all discussion about proposals to provide utilities ‘affordably’ AND ‘universally.’
Public utilities ensure equitable distribution of resources, allowing residents of all
socioeconomic backgrounds to enjoy necessities such as clean water, affordable energy, and
accessible internet-based services. These services enhance public health, education, and
overall quality of life, fostering thriving and inclusive communities. ‘
As with previous comment, this entire section seems flawed due to lacking in facts. This
statement reflects ‘wishes’ rather than a series of steps toward an attainable goal.
Given the unique challenges posed by our geography and vulnerable ecosystem, the General
Plan aims to effectively guide the development, maintenance, and improvement of these critical
services. This section of the Plan is primarily concerned with the planning aspects of our, water,
wastewater, stormwater, electricity, and telecommunications systems. Planning for the location
of utility facilities such as reservoirs, pumping stations, and sewage treatment plants is an
important aspect of the land planning process, as it makes way for development opportunities.
Where is the context for this statement? Here we see the notion of ‘development opportunities’
being introduced without context or explanation. This is objectionable since it could be
interpreted by future administrations or legislatures as a ‘mandate’ for growth while lacking any
parameters.
Unintegrated utilities can burden developments with lower levels of service and may limit or
even prevent development. The integration and availability of public utilities in priority growth
areas are imperative. CONCERN: Why isn’t this spelled out more ? Why is there no clear
explanation here of what is meant by ‘priority growth area’ .
Changes in the intensity of land use greatly influence the quantitative design of utilities and
services, particularly their design capacity. There may be distinctions in the type of services
offered for each utility as land use intensities vary. These distinctions also depend on local
codes and ordinances, health and sanitary considerations, and practices followed by utility
companies.
4.3 Public Utilities | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 125
Table 33: Public Utilities Challenges
General
• Funding and financing the development, conversion, repair, operations, and maintenance of public
utilities are central challenges for communities, developers, and county government. WHAT IS MISSING
HERE IS REFERENCE TO THE IDEA THAT HOMEOWNERS WILL ALL BE ASKED TO PAY FOR
CONVERSION FROM CESSPOOL/ SEPTIC OVER TO ACTUAL COUNTY SEWER
INFRASTRUCTURE. THIS TOPIC DESERVES A FULL DISCUSSION.
DITTO WHAT IS CONCERNING IS THAT THE PUBLIC CAN BE REQUIRED TO PAY FOR
‘DEVELOPMENT’ OF PUBLIC UTILITIES..
• Any large infrastructure expansions are paid for by developers and the costs are not to scale
for financing.
• Geographical variability and obstacles require creative solutions for utility buildout.
• Aging public utility infrastructure must become more resilient to natural hazards, extreme
weather events, and climate change impacts. WHERE ARE THE CITED STUDIES PROVING THAT
CLIMATE CHANGE IS CAUSING WEATHER EVENTS / CLIMATE WEATHER ? IN THE ENTIRE
DOCUMENT WE SEE NONE REFERENCED.
• Absent, aging, or dilapidated infrastructure limits new development where it is needed, consistent
with strategic land use patterns and inhibits existing development. THIS SENTENCE IS POORLY
WRITTEN WITH THE RESULT OF CONFUSING THE READER. WHY ARE WE LEFT WONDERING
WHAT IS BEING SAID HERE?
• Outdated utility systems and practices can pose environmental and health concerns and are
expensive to change.
• Disputes over water source capacity can prevent development where it is needed and consistent
with desired development patterns.
• Water commitments have been assigned to parcels that are not being developed or lack
development potential. THIS NEEDS TO BE TAKEN OUT OR ELSE EXPLAINED SO THAT THE
MEANING IS CLEAR.
• Guidelines for assigning water units per system need to be updated.
• Modeling of water demand and potential demand needs to be closely aligned to land use. • The water
systems serving, North Kohala, South Kohala, North Kona, and Puna will require additional water source
development.
• On-site wastewater disposal can adversely impact groundwater resources. THIS APPEARS TO BE
A REFERENCE TO SEPTIC /CESS POOL SYSTEMS. ELABORATION AND A LOT MORE DETAIL
SHOULD BE REQUIRED HERE.
• Wastewater planning and policy primarily focus on maintaining and servicing existing systems and
do not proactively plan for developing new systems to accommodate growth or to extend existing lines
to align with urban zoning.
• County policy has largely relied on private developers to develop commercial and private wastewater
systems for new development, which ultimately leaves significant municipal service gaps in urban areas.
• Many County wastewater systems may not be able to accommodate unserved, existing zoned
capacity and projected growth.
• Landowners and developers may incur the costs of constructing private systems or upgrades due to
the insufficiency and lack of wastewater systems in many areas.
• Wastewater requirements hinder the redevelopment or rehabilitation of existing structures and are
often seen as an affordable housing issue.
• Treated wastewater is typically discharged into ocean waters or injected into the ground and is
not generally reused.
• Wastewater infrastructure improvement and development costs are not fiscally planned for, either in
the County budget or through County wastewater fee valuation.
• Individual wastewater systems (IWS) are associated with limitations and regulations. Currently, the
Department of Health’s rules do not allow single-family dwellings and additional dwelling units (ADU) on a
single IWS system.
• Reliance on IWS is an impediment to compact development due to minimum lot size requirements
for IWS, thereby contributing to sprawl.
• Coastal residential neighborhoods without centralized wastewater are contaminating near- shore
waters with pollution from IWS. ELABORATION AND A LOT MORE DETAIL SHOULD BE REQUIRED
HERE. THIS SEEMS TO IMPLY A POLICY DIRECTIVE THAT IS SPECIFIC TO APPLY TO COASTAL
NEIGHBORHOODS ? IMPOSING FINES OR HIGH COSTS TO HOME OWNERS TO ADDRESS A NEW
REQUIREMENT FOR MAINS SEWER OR EVEN SEPTIC TANK INSTALLATION IN ROCKY TERRAIN
WILL LEAD TO DELINQUENCY AND THEN FINES AND POTENTIAL SEIZURE OF PROPERTY. THIS
IS A VERY ‘DANGEROUS’ POLICY DIRECTIVE TO LEAVE AMBIGUOUS. THE CONSEQUENCES OF
THIS POLICY DIRECTIVE MUST BE EXPLORED AND CLEARLY STATED.
THIS DOCUMENT IS CITING THE HUGE OBSTACLES TO ADDRESSING THE PROBLEMS OF OUR
ISLAND WHERE SO MANY HOUSEHOLDS RELY ON CESSPOOLS. WHILE THERE ARE EXAMPLES
OF INNOVATIVE BIO-REMEDIATION METHODS AS AN ALTERNATIVE TO CONVENTIONAL
‘WASTEWATER TREATMENT’ NO STUDIES ARE INCLUDED, NO MENTION OF THESE KINDS OF
OPTIONS ARE INCLUDED. BIO REMEDIATION WOULD MOST CERTAINLY BELONG IN A
DOCUMENT LIKE THIS SINCE SUCH METHODS SHOULD BE EXPLORED AS A COST SAVING
MEASURE AND DATA IS AVAILABLE TO DEMONSTRATE EFFECTIVENESS. FURTHER THE IMPACT
TO COASTAL ECO SYSTEMS OF INADEQUATELY TREATED WASTEWATER AND RAW SEWAGE
ARE WORTHY OF MENTION HERE IN THIS DOCUMENT.
TO CITE A WELL KNOWN EXAMPLE: THE ‘GENKI BALL’ EXPERIMENTS HAVE BEEN DONE IN
SEVERAL POLUTED WATERWAYS IN HAWAII. MOST NOTABLY THE ‘GENKI BALLS’ USED AT ALA
WAI CANAL IN HONOLULU RESULTED IN BETTER WATER QUALITY AND FISH RETURNING TO
THE AREA. WHERE A COMBINATION OF CULTURED ‘BOKASHI’ AND CLAY WERE INTRODUCED
TO THE WATERWAYS THUS BILLIONS OF MICROBES WERE RELEASED CAPABLE OF REDUCING
ECOLI AND OTHER LEVELS OF BACTERIA IN THE WATER. THIS AND OTHER KINDS OF
BIOREMEDIATION BELONGS IN A PLANNING DOCUMENT FOR HAWAII ISLAND.
PAGE 126
• The looming deadline to convert cesspools to sewer or other IWS may create lack of local expertise
to meet demand if not properly planned.
• The future impacts of climate change on future rainfall volumes are uncertain. WHERE IS
THE FACTUAL EVIDENCE THAT THERE IS SUCH A THING AS ‘MAN MADE CLIMATE
CHANGE’?
• Outdated codes limit the effectiveness of stormwater infrastructure and stormwater-related
practices.
• Water quality changes caused by non-point source pollution, human activities, erosion,
and sediment transport can negatively impact environmental systems and processes.
• A lack of incentives and flexibility exists in the permitting process for stormwater and
green infrastructure.
• There is a lack of a dedicated funding source for public systems.
• There is a heavy reliance on imported fossil fuels for power generation.
• The State of Hawaiʻi has the highest electricity rates in the United States.
• Building codes, design perspectives, and construction practices can increase electrical demand.
• There is a constant need to update and renovate electrical systems and infrastructure.
• The adoption of renewable energy practices may offload environmental costs to other distant
communities, which can offset positive climate action. POORLY WRITTEN , AMBIGUOUS
GENERALIZING STATEMENTS LIKE THIS DO NOT BELONG IN A COUNTY GENERAL PLAN . WHAT
EXACTLY IS MEANT BY THE TERM RENEWABLE ENERGY ‘PRACTICES?’ WHAT ENVIRONMENT
COSTS ARE REFERRED TO HERE? HOW ARE COSTS ‘OFFLOADED TO DISTANT COMMUNITIES’
HOW ARE THESE OFFSETTING ‘POSITIVE CLIMATE ACTION?’
• Renewable energy developments can be controversial, such as geothermal and wind turbines. THIS
STATEMENT IS OBJECTIONABLE. THE REASON THESE ‘ENERGY DEVELOPMENTS’ ARE
‘CONTROVERSIAL’ IS THAT THEY HAVE INJURED MEMBERS OF THE PUBLIC AND ARE KNOWN
TO CAUSE HARM. WE NOTE THAT NUCLEAR POWER WAS IN THE ORIGINAL FIRST DRAFT OF
THIS DOCUMENT AND IS ALSO CONTROVERSIAL.IF MAKING A CASE FOR GEOTHERMAL OR
WIND TURBINES (OR NUCLEAR ENERGY) OPPORTUNITY TO SUBMIT DOCUMENTATION
ACKNOWLEDGING THE RISKS SHOULD BE AFFORDED TO THE PUBLIC.
• Inadequate access disrupts efficiency and productivity and is a barrier to accessing public services
and information. INADEQUATE ACCESS TO WHAT ? THIS IS A POOR SENTENCE AND IS
AMBIGUOUS IN MEANING.
• Last mile infrastructure is often the most costly and difficult segment to deploy, especially for rural
areas where distances from a central distribution point are greater and population density doesn’t
economically promote the deployment.
• Consistent and accurate service data is needed to provide a constantly improving network for the
island.THE STATEMENT ‘PROVIDING A CONSTANTLY ‘IMPROVING NETWORK’ CAN BE
INTERPRETED TO REFERENCE THE INCREASINGLY INTENSE LEVELS OF SIGNAL BEING
ESTABLISHED. 5 G WHILE BRINGING HIGHER SPEED LEVELS OF DATA TRANSFER IS PROVING
TO POSE A HEALTH RISK TO HUMAN TISSUE. THE REGULATION OF 5G TOWERS WITH
CONSIDERATIONS FOR HEALTH AND SAFETY IS AN URGENT ISSUE. WE NOTE THAT THE
DIRECTOR OF PLANNING ZENDO KERN HAS RECENTLY RECOMMENDED GUIDELINES THAT
WILL NOT STRINGENTLY ENFORCE SAFETY STANDARDS FOR THE COMMUNITY.
• Providers seeking to deploy broadband infrastructure face multiple layers of permitting and approvals
at both the State and County level, in addition to community opposition regarding the installation of
telecommunications towers. SEE ABOVE COMMENT. THIS REFLECTS AN INTENTIONAL DISREGARD
FOR SAFETY CONCERNS THAT ARE WIDELY DOCUMENTED AND CURRENTLY THE SUBJECT OF
LEGISLATION.
• Limited competition in broadband service providers and transpacific backhaul providers means
high consumer rates due to a lack of competition within the market. (??? THIS IS JARGON THAT
ISN’T EXPLAINED )
General
• Pursue creative funding and financing tools such as Community Facilities Districts (CFD)
and Improvement Districts, for utility development, conversion, repair, operations, and
maintenance.
THIS NEEDS BETTER EXPLANATION. ‘CREATIVE FUNDING’ IS AN OBJECTIONABLE TERM AND
SOUNDS LIKE A PROCESS FOR SELLING OFF UTILITIES OR FINANCING CONSTRUCTION,
REPAIRS OR MAINTENANCE SO EITHER WAY, THE PUBLIC WILL PAY MORE FOR UTILITIES.
• Ensure that utility development matches desirable development priorities.
• Streamline the process of utility infrastructure development to achieve the highest possible
level of service for our communities.
• Lead the charge in resource conservation and assess creative solutions to incentivize
resource conservation for the public.
• Prioritize the conversion and modernization of outdated utility systems and practices.
• Use an integrated approach to value all water as a resource (e.g., drinking
water, wastewater, stormwater).
• Collaborate with asset management (e.g., road resurfacing and utility upgrades).
ASSET MANAGEMENT IS A VAGUE TERM THAT IS NOT SUFFICIENTLY DEFINED.
• Explore public-private partnership opportunities to create circular systems. ANOTHER VAGUE
TERM THAT IS NOT SUFFICIENTLY DEFINED. PUBLIC-PRIVATE PARTNERSHIPS USUALLY IS
ANOTHER WORD FOR INCREASING PUBLIC DEBT WHILE GIVING AWAY PUBLIC ASSETS TO
PRIVATE CORPORATIONS. THIS IS MORE FROM THE PAGES OF SOCIALISM AND WE REJECT IT.
• Increase partnerships and enhance collaboration with government, private and nonprofit agencies,
and other stakeholders. HERE ‘OTHER STAKEHOLDERS’ IS A VAGUE TERM THAT IS NOT
SUFFICIENTLY DEFINED. PLEASE DEFINE IT CLEARLY OR TAKE IT OUT ALTOGETHER.
• Explore innovative ways to fund water infrastructure improvements to attract development that is
consistent with desired density and the land use pattern. AGAIN A REFERENCE TO ‘DESIRED
DENSITY AND LAND USE PATTERNS’ THIS HAS NOT BEEN SUFFICIENTLY EXAMINED IN THE
PLANNING DOCUMENT AND IS BEING REFERENCE HERE AS A STANDARD
• Seek creative funding for significant expansion of water systems to reach new customers in non-
service areas.
• Promote and practice water conservation practices to maximize efficient water use.
• Adopt One Water recommendations to standardize interagency collaboration in planning for
and managing water resources.
• Rainfall collection can provide additional water capacity even where we have Department of
Water Supply (DWS) systems. NEEDS CLEAR EXPLANATION.
• Align the Water Use Development Plan, Master Plan, General Plan, DWS Capital
Improvements Program (CIP), DWS guidelines, DWS water commitments, and private
improvements to the DWS system. NEEDS CLEAR EXPLANATION.
• Exercise some controls over the permitted uses within the defined zone of influence for downstream
deep well sources. IN THIS GENERAL PLANNING DOCUMENT THERE APPEARS TO BE NO
MENTION OF THE IMPACT OF MILITARY ON THE SOIL, WATER AND AIR QUALITY. HERE A
REFERENCE TO POLLUTERS UPSTREAM OF WATER SOURCES AND YET MILITARY IS NOT
MENTIONED? POHAKULOA MILITARY BASE CONTINUES TO LEASE FOR $1 AND CONDUCTS LIVE
FIRE TRAINING DIRECTLY ABOVE THE ISLAND’S VAST AQUIFER. IT HAS BEEN A KNOWN FACT
THAT DEPLETED URANIUM HAS BEEN SCATTERED ONTO THE BASE AND CONTINUES TO BE
DISTURBED BY MILITARY ACTIVITIES UP THERE.
• Encourage groundwater recharge from regional scale master planning to on-site best
management practices such as low-impact development (LID).
• Increase opportunities for recycled water. THIS SHOULD BE ELABORATED SINCE IT APPEARS
TO BE A DIRECTIVE. THE PUBLIC IS ENTITLED TO BE CONSULTED ON SUCH MATTERS.
• Prioritize sewer for sensitive urban areas.
• Proactively seek grant funding to assist with wastewater development. AGAIN STATING
THAT REFERENCING OVER AND OVER THE NEED FOR ‘WASTEWATER DEVELOPMENT’
WHILE DEDICATING NO TIME AND EFFORT TO EXPLORING ALTERNATIVE METHODS OF
BIO REMEDIATION IS A MAJOR OMMISSION
• Advocate for expanding cesspool conversion tax credit to all cesspool conversions. THESE
ARE MAJOR COSTS BEING PASSED ON TO HOME OWNERS.
• Explore opportunities for public-private partnerships as well as those for technology upgrades and
innovation. THE TERM ‘PUBLIC PRIVATE PARTNERSHIP’ IS A TERM ASSOCIATED WITH
INCREASED DEBT FOR THE PUBLIC AND A REDUCTION (USUALLY) IN HARD ASSETS THAT ARE
HANDED OVER TO CORPORATE PRIVATE INTERESTS.
• Promote the expanded use of greywater for landscape irrigation and groundwater recharge via rules
for new construction and retrofits
• Advocate to the Department of Health (DOH) to adopt appropriately scaled requirements and
standards and develop flexible guidelines for designing and permitting wastewater systems that meet
environmental objectives.
• Low-pressure systems should be prioritized for retrofitting instead of gravity flow. • Higher-density
development can contribute more to a centralized system. HERE AGAIN WE SEE AN ASSERTION
THAT FUTURE DEVELOPMENT WILL BE HIGHER DENSITY AND THIS LACKS PUBLIC DISCUSSION
AND YET
Drinking Water
Wastewater
4.3 Public Utilities | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 128
Stormwater
Electricity & Energy
Telecommunications & Broadband
• Increase availability and access to information about private wastewater treatment plant capacities
or expansion opportunities.
• Prioritize resiliency measures that support climate change impact scenarios.
• Regularly amend County codes to be as current and innovative as possible.
• Be a leader in prioritizing green infrastructure over gray infrastructure.
• Ensure that stormwater infrastructure decisions align with related plans and the CIP
budget.
• Green infrastructure practices may provide opportunities for creating or expanding
industry.
• Prioritize the use of native plants in landscaping.
• Promote and support the development of alternative energy production facilities.
• Be a net power producer with hydrogen and waste management. THIS STATEMENT
WARRANTS ELABORATION OR IT DOESN’T BELONG IN THIS DOCUMENT.
• Hawaiʻi Island has the highest renewable energy percentage in the State and can continue
to support renewable energy projects to decarbonize our energy system and stabilize electricity costs.
WHAT DOES ‘DECARBONIZE OUR ENERGY SYSTEM’ ACTUALLY MEAN ? ELECTRIC CARS ON
THE ISLAND ARE CHARGED AT STATIONS THAT RELY ON POWER FROM DIESEL FUEL
GENERATORS. IN OTHER WORDS ELECTRIC CARS REMAIN DEPENDENT ON THOSE FOSSIL
FUELS BUT WE SEE OUR COUNTY GOVERNMENT PROMOTING ELECTRIC CARS AS PART OF AN
ALTERNATIVE ENERGY STRATEGY. THE NOTION OF ‘DECARBONIZING OUR ENERGY SYSTEM’
IS FEEDING A MYTH ABOUT HOW RAPIDLY ‘WE’ CAN TRANSFORM OUR ENTIRE ECONOMY AND
OUR WAY OF LIFE. THE IDEA OF ‘DECARBONIZING’ THE ENERGY SYSTEM IS VERY VERY
RADICAL AND IS COMING FROM A SOCIALIST MYTH THAT CARBON (THE BUILDING BLOCK OF
LIFE) IS ‘BAD’ AND THAT SOMEHOW ‘CARBON’ IS THE CAUSE OF WEATHER EVENTS AND
‘CLIMATE CHANGE.’ THERE IS NO EVIDENCE THAT SUPPORTS A RADICAL AGENDA TO
‘DECARBONIZE’ OUR ENTIRE ENERGY SYSTEM.
FURTHER, SINCE THIS WILL REQUIRE COMPLETE DISRUPTION TO THE TRANSPORTATION
SYSTEM AND SINCE IT IS IMPLIED THAT PEOPLE WILL BE DISCOURAGED FROM MOVING
ABOUT ‘FREELY’ THIS IS A RADICAL OVERHAUL OF OUR ECONOMY WHICH IS LIKELY TO
PRODUCE MANY PAINFUL SHOCKS TO INDIVIDUALS, OHANA AND COMMUNITIES. THIS IS
ABOUT THE CLEAREST EXAMPLE OF ‘RECKLESS’ ADMINISTRATION OF GOVERNMENT THAT
ONE COULD POSSIBLY IMAGINE.
WHAT IS EXTREMELY DISTURBING ABOUT SEEING THE COUNTY DOCUMENT LINE UP SO
CLOSELY WITH DECLARED GOALS OF AN ELITE INSTITUTION REPRESENTING THE WEALTHIEST
1% OF OUR PLANET (‘THE WORLD ECONOMIC FORUM’) IS THAT THIS ORGANIZATION
APPOINTED ITSELF AS THE CUSTODIANS AND ARBITERS OF A PLAN TO BRING IN THE 4TH
INDUSTRIAL REVOLUTION WHICH IS THE MOST RADICAL OF ALL THE TRANSITIONS AT ANY TIME
IN HISTORY AND BROUGHT ABOUT THROUGH A SERIES OF CRISES: PANDEMIC DISEASE,
‘CLIMATE EVENTS’ THAT APPEAR AS A CRISIS AND ALSO FOOD SHORTAGES IN PART CAUSED
BY INTERFERENCE WITH SUPPLY CHAIN THAT BEGAN WITH LOCKDOWNS IN 2020. THE CATCH
PHRASE BY WEF LEADER KLAUS SCHWAB AT THE TIME OF INTRODUCING ‘THE GREAT RESET’
WAS ‘BY 2030 YOU WILL OWN NOTHING AND YOU WILL BE HAPPY.’
WE SPECIFICALLY OBJECT TO TERMS SUCH AS ‘DECARBONIZING OUR ENERGY SYSTEM’
BECAUSE THIS IMPLIES THAT YOU HAVE THE CONSENT OF THE PUBLIC
A) TO ASSERT THAT CARBON IS A PROBLEM AS IF THERE IS CONSENSUS ON THIS TOPIC WHEN
THERE IS NOT
AND B) TO TAKE EXTREMELY RADICAL AND DANGEROUS STEPS TO TRANSITION THE ENTIRE
TRANSPORTATION SYSTEM AWAY FROM FOSSIL FUELS IN A VERY SHORT PERIOD OF TIME.
Support the County’s Broadband Initiative and coordination with the State to facilitate digital equity efforts
(e.g., establishing broadband as a public utility, infrastructure deployment, providing training support, and
coordinating funding strategies for broadband and telecommunication services). AFTER 5G THERE IS
6G COMING . WITH EACH OF THE INCREMENTAL INCREASES IN THE INTENSITY OF THE
FREQUENCY ILLNESSES AND TISSUE DAMAGE RESULTS CONSISTENT WITH ‘RADIATION
POISONING’ . THERE NEEDS TO BE A COMMITMENT TO REVIEW SAFETY INFORMATION AND TO
TAKE AN APPROACH THAT HAS A PRECAUTIONARY PRINCIPLE. THIS IS THE MINIMUM
STANDARD OF GOOD GOVERNMENT.
• Compact development and higher population densities where appropriate are favorable for
commercial service providers as they contribute to more economically viable market conditions. WHICH
‘COMMERCIAL SERVICE PROVIDERS’ IS THIS REFERENCING ? THIS STATEMENT NEEDS TO BE
EXPLAINED BETTER OR ELSE REMOVED FROM THIS SECTION.
• Providing consistent and accurate digital literacy data will promote a desirable level of service for all
residents. WHAT IS DIGITAL LITERACY DATA AND HOW WILL THIS PROMOTE A DESIREABLE
LEVEL OF SERVICE ? IS ‘DIGITAL LITERACY DATA’ A CLASS OF INFORMATION THAT COMES WITH
VIGILANT PROTECTION OF EACH AND EVERY INDIVIDUAL; THEIR PRIVACY AND THEIR 1ST
AMENDMENT RIGHTS ? WITHOUT PROTECTION OF THIS KIND, IF OUR COUNTY GOVERNMENT
IS WAIVING ON THE INVASIVE DATA COLLECTION PRACTICES OF THE DIGITAL INDUSTRY, THEN
IT MAY BE ENDANGERING THE PEOPLE OF THIS ISLAND. WE ARE REQUESTING THAT THE
PRIMACY OF SAFETY AND DATA PRIVACY ABOVE THE INTERESTS OF INVESTORS AND SERVICE
PROVIDERS ARE WRITTEN INTO THIS GENERAL PLAN. THERE IS A LOT OF DATA TO SUPPORT
THAT WHEN THE SAFETY AND PRIVACY OF INDIVIDUALS ARE COMPROMISED, THE PUBLIC WILL
BE ENDANGERED AND TYRANNY WILL LIKELY RESULT.
THESE ARE THE REASONS THE ENTIRE DOCUMENT IS FLAWED: WE DON’T SEE CARE TAKEN
BY OUR COUNTY GOVERNMENT TO PROTECT INDIVIDUALS’ HEALTH AND SAFETY. .
• Increasing digital inclusion efforts, which focus on ensuring both access to and ability to use a range
of technologies, will contribute to better outcomes for health, public safety, economic opportunity, and
civic participation. THE TERM ‘digital inclusion’ IS BASED ON AN ASSUMPTION THAT MORE ACCESS
TO 5G AND HIGHER BANDWIDTH IS A POSITIVE THING. THIS PREMISE IS WIDELY PROMOTED
IN THIS POLICY DOCUMENT AND YET NO SAFETY STUDIES ARE CITED.
• Streamlining permitting and approval processes will improve the efficiency of broadband and
telecommunication development and delivery. THIS IS AMBIGUOUS AND MAY BE PROMOTION OF A
LOOSE SET OF GUIDELINES FOR TOWER PLACEMENT THAT IS NOT IN THE PUBLIC INTEREST.
• Pursue partnerships to develop public spaces with broadband access. THIS IS AMBIGUOUS AND
MAY BE PROMOTION OF AN OBJECTIVE THAT IS NOT IN THE PUBLIC INTEREST.
4.3 Public Utilities | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 129
4.3.2 Public Utilities Goal, Objective, Policies,
and Actions
Our communities are adequately served by sustainable and efficient public
infrastructure, utilities, and services based on existing and future growth
needs, sound design principles, and effective maintenance practices.
Objective 25
Improve the efficiency, reliability, and sustainability of essential infrastructure
systems.
Policies ● 25.1 Public utility facilities shall be designed at a scale that meets the needs of future
development. IN THIS DOCUMENT SO FAR, THERE IS NO INDICATION THAT AN
ACTUAL FOCUS ON THE ECONOMY, ON THE SECTORS OF THE ECONOMY THAT
REQUIRE SUPPORT, HAS ACTUALLY BEEN CONSIDERED. WHY IS THERE AN
EMPHASIS ON ‘FUTURE DEVELOPMENT’ WITHOUT THE MAIN FOCUS BEING
ECONOMIC GROWTH?
● 25.2 Provide utilities and service facilities that minimize total cost to the public and
effectively serve the needs of the community.
● 25.3 Utility facilities shall be designed to complement adjacent land uses and minimize
pollution or disturbance of the natural environment and natural resources.
● 25.4 Improvement of existing utility services shall be encouraged to meet the needs of
users. THIS IS MEANINGLESS. WHY IS THIS SENTENCE NECESSARY ?
● 25.5 Encourage the clustering of developments to reduce the cost of providing utilities.
WE ARE FAMILIAR WITH THIS IDEOLOGY. IT’S NOT GOVERNMENT POLICY
DEVELOPMENT IT NEEDS TO BE NAMED FOR WHAT IT IT: ‘SMART CITY’
PROPAGANDA. STACK EM AND PACK EM HOUSING DEVELOPMENTS ARE A PART
OF THE PLAN AND THIS IS A RADICAL COMMUNIST AGENDA THAT WE REJECT. IT
IS THROUGHOUT THIS DOCUMENT WHICH IS EXTREMELY CONCERNING. THE
SMART CITIES THAT ARE BEING DESIGNED GLOBALLY ARE ANOTHER
REFLECTION OF WEF STATED GOALS TO CREATE URBAN CENTERS WHERE
SURVEILLANCE AND CARBON MONITORING FORM THE JUSTIFICATION FOR
CONFINING PEOPLE AND PREVENTING THEM FROM MOVING ABOUT FREELY.
THIS IS AN EXTREMELY DANGEROUS AND TRAITOROUS PROPOSAL TO FIND IN
A DOCUMENT THAT IS SUPPOSED TO BE DELIVERING TO OUR ISLAND A PLAN
FOR OUR WELL BEING AS A COMMUNITY, FOR ECONOMIC GROWTH, AND FOR
THE CARE OF OUR ‘AINA.
● 25.6 Develop short- and long-range capital improvements programs and plans for public
utilities within its jurisdiction that are consistent with the General Plan.
● 25.7 Maintain an Asset Management Program aimed at utilizing maintenance plans to
prolong the life of our utilities as well as reduce whole-life costs.
Actions
25.a Develop and adopt an Impact Fees Ordinance to aide in the expansion of public utilities.
4.3 Public Utilities | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 130
4.3.3 Drinking Water Conservation
The Hawaiʻi State Constitution provides that all public natural resources, including water, are
held in trust by the State for the benefit of the people. The State Constitution further maintains
that “the State has an obligation to protect, control, and regulate the use of Hawaiʻi’s water
resources for the benefit of its people.” Water availability is crucial to any type of development,
whether urban, rural, or agricultural. Water availability is based on the sustainable yields of the
groundwater hydrologic units established through the State Water Code.1
Land use allocation must be closely related to water availability, including the quantity and
quality of the water, and the adequacy of the transmission and distribution system. The General
Plan requires an understanding of water availability and capacity, current demands, and future
demands based on planned and anticipated future growth and land uses. ‘
The County’s Department of Water Supply (DWS) is the primary agency that manages, controls,
and operates the water supplies of the County and its properties. There are 23 individual water
systems distributed throughout the island. Water demand is directly related to population and
industry usage and is expressed as gallons per day (gpd) or million gallons per day (mgd).
Demand does not represent domestic consumption alone, but also includes all agricultural,
industrial, and commercial uses, fire protection, and other uses. In some areas, however,
non-domestic users are likely to create the major demand, and careful attention must therefore
be given in any study of probable future water needs.
In Hawaiʻi, there are a multitude of public agencies that are either actively tasked with regulating
water resources or whose policies affect water use. There are also a number of private entities
that use and manage water resources. Over the decades, water management has become
segregated in a way that
has created disjointed, mechanical approaches to a naturally continuous resource. The
disconnection has included narrow perspectives that fail to see the larger picture. Hawaiʻi
County aspires to achieve water resource management that is free from the limitations and
issues of siloed practices, processes, agencies, and government bodies. Achieving a One
Water approach in Hawaiʻi County includes actionable steps that can be adapted and adjusted
to localize the One Water strategies.
QUESTION : WHY IS A PRIVATE COMPANY BEING SOLD THE RIGHTS TO BOTTLE WATER IN
HILO ? WHY ISN’T A PLANNING DOCUMENT CONCERNED WITH FUTURE WATER ACCESS
CLEAR THAT NO WATER IS TO BE ‘SOLD’ OR COMMERCIALIZED SINCE IT BELONGS TO
THE PEOPLE OF HAWAII?
One Water
One Water is a strategy that integrates the management of stormwater, wastewater, groundwater, sea
water, freshwater, graywater, and recycled water to create resource and financial efficiencies. One Water
will help the County of Hawaiʻi address climate change impacts by creating cross-agency coordination
and advancing the capacity within agencies.
ANY PREMISE USED TO CONTROL WATER ACCESS, WATER RIGHTS WHETHER BY A
CORPORATION OR A GOVERNMENT MUST BE REJECTED. WATER IS AN INCREASINGLY
PRIVATISED COMMODITY ACROSS THE WORLD. THIS SHOULD CONCERN US. IT
ALREADY SEEMS EXTREMELY CONCERNING THAT ON THE ONE HAND APPLICANTS
HAVE REPEATEDLY ATTEMPTED VIA A COUNTY PERMITTING PROCESS TO PURCHASE
THE RIGHTS TO BOTTLE WATER FROM OUR MAUNA KEA AQUIFER AND ON THE OTHER
HAND THAT THE COUNTY WOULD BE PROMOTING CONTROL OF WATER MANAGEMENT
IN A CENTRALIZED FASHION INVOLVING MULTIPLE ‘UNDISCLOSED AGENCIES’
FURTHER, AGAIN THERE IS AN OBJECTION TO THE SUGGESTION THAT THE COUNTY
OF HAWAII WILL ADDRESS ‘CLIMATE CHANGE IMPACTS’ WHEN THE VERY PREMISE OF
CLIMATE CHANGE HAS BEEN CHALLENGED BY MULTIPLE LEADING AUTHORITIES AND
IS THE SOURCE OF CONTROVERSY DUE TO THE LACK OF HARD EVIDENCE THAT
‘CARBON’ IS THE CAUSE OF ‘CLIMATE CHANGE’ AND ‘CLIMATE EVENTS’ THAT APPEAR
TO REPRESENT AN EMERGENCY.
Objective 26
Increase the protection of existing and potential sources of drinking water.
Policies
● 26.1 All public water systems shall be designed and built to the DWS dedication
standards. All other systems shall meet all relevant health and safety regulations and be
designed and constructed by a licensed engineer.
● 26.2 Water sources shall be protected to prevent depletion and contamination from
natural and man- made occurrences or events.
● 26.3 An effort by County, State, and private interests shall be coordinated to identify
sources of additional water supply to be implemented and ensure the development of
sufficient quantities of water for existing and future needs of high-growth areas and
agricultural production.
● 26.4 Installation or rehabilitation of water distributions shall be sized to adequately meet
fire protection.
● 26.5 Ensure the highest quality of water is reserved for the most valuable end-use.
● 26.6 Encourage the design of large development projects (200+ units) in the North
Kohala, South Kohala, North Kona, South Kona, and Kaʻū Districts to be as water
neutral as reasonably possible through water conservation, recharge, and reuse
measures to reduce the water footprint.
● 26.7 Promote best practices in sustainable water collection and use for private water
systems.
● 26.8 Water system improvements, including exploratory wells, shall correlate with the
County's desired land use development pattern.
● 26.9 The DWS shall prioritize infill development and focus source development to serve
designated Urban Growth Areas.
● 26.10
Waterdemandprojectionsshallincludeallconsumptiveandnon-consumptivedemands.
● 26.11
TheDWSandthePlanningDepartmentshallcoordinateprioritiesbeforetheadoptionofanynew
water development or County land use plans.
● 26.12 AllCountypotablewatersystemsshouldhavebackupstandbysources.
One Water
● 26.13 Treat all water as a valuable resource in community design, and integrate designs
for drinking water, stormwater, and recreational water needs. CONCERN: AN EXAMPLE
OF YET MORE POORLY EXPRESSED LANGUAGE THAT SEEMS INAPPROPRIATE.
WHAT IS MEANT BY ‘RECREATIONAL WATER NEEDS?’
● 26.14
Managewater,stormwater,andwastewaterasthesamenaturalresourceincollaborationwithth
e DWS, DEM, DPW, and DOH.
● 26.15 New developments should be designed to reduce water demand, retain runoff,
decrease flooding, and recharge groundwater.
● 26.16 Supportlocalized,small-scalesolutionstowaterreuseandon-sitesystems.
Actions
26.a In collaboration with the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA),
conduct further research on localized rainfall modeling to accurately assess future precipitation
trends.
4.3 Public Utilities | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 132
● 26.b Expand water conservation programs, primarily aimed at reducing demand, such
as leak detection, and rebates for low flow.
● 26.c Evaluate and amend the fee schedule for water use to take into account high water
use and aquifer recharge projections. Use the funds generated to pay for conservation
measures and infrastructure.
● 26.d Improve County water conservation practices to lead by example.
● 26.e Maintain the water master plan to consider water yield, present and future demand,
alternative sources of water, guidelines, and policies for the issuing of water
commitments.
● 26.f Collaborate with the DOH to develop standards and/or guidelines for the
construction and use of rainwater catchment systems to minimize the intrusion of any
chemical and microbiological contaminants.
● 26.g Promote the use of groundwater sources to meet DOH water quality standards.
● 26.h Seek state and federal funds to assist in financing projects to bring the County into
compliance with the Safe Drinking Water Act.
● 26.i Explore the feasibility of incentive methods such as property tax deductions,
conservation easements, or transfer of development rights to protect the defined zone of
influence of existing or proposed public and private wells. AGAIN THIS SEEMS TO
REFER VAGUELY TO THE PRIVATISATION OF WATER AND CONVERSELY TO
PROPERTY ACQUISITION WHICH IS NOT CURRENTLY CONSIDERED THE
RESPONSIBILITY OF OUR COUNTY GOVERNMENT. UNDER A COMMUNIST
GOVERNMENTAL SYSTEM ONE COULD EASILY EXPECT THAT A GOVERNMENT
WOULD BE CRAFTING POLICY IN SUCH A WAY THAT TRANSFER OF PROPERTY
FROM PRIVATE LANDOWNER TO GOVERNMENT WOULD BE FACILITATED.
● 26.j Investigate alternative financing options for expanding water systems to support
infill growth consistent with the County’s desired land use development pattern. AGAIN
THIS IS A VAGUE REFERENCE WHEN THAT SHOULD NOT BE LEFT AMBIGUOUS
AND THIS IS CONCERNING BECAUSE IT COMPROMISES THE VALUE OF THE
ENTIRE DOCUMENT.
● 26.k Collaborate with government, private and nonprofit agencies, communities, and
other stakeholders to develop, improve, and expand agricultural water systems in
appropriate areas on the island.
● 26.l Continue to participate in the United States Geological Survey (USGS) exploratory
well drilling program.
● 26.m Expand programs to provide agricultural irrigation water.
One Water
● 26.n Develop water conservation and stormwater management guidelines for
commercial, industrial, and residential properties.
● 26.o Codify the administrative structure needed to develop a water resource program
and interdepartmental collaboration framework.
● 26.p Collaborate with government, private and nonprofit agencies, communities, and
other stakeholders to develop and facilitate community partnerships between upstream
and downstream communities.
● 26.q Develop public-private partnerships to leverage funding sources.
4.3 Public Utilities | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 133
Table 35: Water System Standards Domestic Consumption Guidelines
Zoning Designation Residential: Single-Family or Duplex Multi-Family Commercial
Resort
Light Industry Schools and Parks Agriculture
Average Daily Demand
400 gals/unit
400 gals/unit
3000 gals/acre
400 gals/unit or 17,000 gal/acre 4000 gals/acre
4000 gals/acre or 60 gals/student 3400 gals/acre
4.3 Public Utilities | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 134
4.3.4 Wastewater Treatment and Reuse
The General Plan recognizes the significance of wastewater treatment and reuse as essential
components of the County’s comprehensive water management strategy. Adequate sewer
systems are vital to maintain public health and protect the environment. As communities
generate wastewater through various sources such as residential, commercial, and industrial
activities, effective treatment is necessary to remove harmful pollutants and contaminants
before the water is discharged back into the environment. Improperly treated wastewater can
have detrimental effects on marine ecosystems, coastal waters, and freshwater resources,
jeopardizing both human and ecological health.
An adequate system minimizes contamination of both the groundwater supply and coastal
waters, beaches, and waterborne recreational areas and is not a visual and odor nuisance.
Land development plans for resort-residential complexes located in shoreline areas pose a
potential water quality problem for adjacent near-shore waters. Adequate treatment facilities are
essential prerequisites for development.
HERE IN THIS DOCUMENT WITH NO REFERENCE TO BIO REMEDIATION AND WITH THE
SHEER VOLUME OF HOUSEHOLDS OPERATING OFF GRID, THIS DOCUMENT IS
CREATING ‘CRIME’ OUT OF REGULAR HOUSEHOLD OPERATIONS. THE FACT THAT THIS
COUNTY ADMINISTRATION IS PROPOSING A POLICY DIRECTIVE TO MANDATE/ FORCE
HOUSEHOLDS TO ADDRESS THE LACK OF INFRASTRUCTURE ON OUR RURAL ISLAND
IS A VERY RECKLESS DIRECTION TO TAKE.
REFER PREVIOUS COMMENTS 1) AN AUDIT SHOULD BE DONE OF THE CURRENT
WASTEWATER DIVISION 2) ALTERNATIVE BIOREMEDIATION METHODS MUST BE
INVESTIGATED AND FINDINGS PUBLISHED. MORE PUBLIC DISCUSSION AND PUBLIC
AWARENESS IS NEEDED BEFORE THIS POLICY DIRECTIVE WOULD BE ADOPTED SINCE
IT WILL LIKELY BRING GREAT FINANCIAL STRAIN TO MANY HOUSEHOLDS AND
REQUIRE ONEROUS LEVELS OF ‘ENFORCEMENT.’
Wastewater reuse, also known as water recycling or reclaimed water, involves treating
wastewater to a level suitable for non-potable uses. Reusing treated wastewater provides an
opportunity to conserve precious freshwater resources and reduce the strain on existing water
supplies. For Hawaiʻi Island, where freshwater resources are limited and vulnerable to climate
change impacts, the implementation of wastewater reuse projects becomes vital for ensuring
water sustainability. By implementing appropriate treatment processes, treated wastewater can
be used for a range of purposes, including irrigation of agricultural lands, landscape irrigation,
industrial processes, and groundwater recharge. This practice helps meet non-drinking water
needs, reducing the reliance on freshwater sources for non-potable purposes and leaving more
available for essential uses like drinking water. THERE IS NO MENTION HERE OF THE
SAFETY CONCERNS THAT MUST ACCOMPANY SUCH USES OF TREATED
WASTEWATER.
The County operates municipal sewerage in Hilo, Pāpaʻikou, Kapehu, Pepeʻekeo, Honokaʻa,
Kealakehe, and Kaloko. The remaining communities are served by private wastewater
treatment facilities or individual facilities, such as cesspools or septic tanks. In 2017, the Hawaiʻi
State Legislature passed Act 125, mandating that all Hawaiʻi’s cesspools be replaced by 2050.
Cesspools are substandard sewage disposal systems as they do not treat wastewater.
According to the latest report on the Hawaiʻi Cesspool Hazard Assessment and Prioritization
Tool, Hawaiʻi Island contains an estimated 48,596 cesspools. Sewerage disposal system
designs must be examined with the particular region in mind. Of critical importance in an
examination of sewerage disposal for a community is the cost of the system, including
construction and operation costs. These costs vary with the characteristics of each area.
The Safe Drinking Water Act of 1974 legislated the protection of all aquifers or portions of
aquifers currently serving as drinking water sources and any other aquifer capable of yielding
consumable water. This mandate was based on a national concern for the quality of the
groundwater and the increasing evidence of contamination of this valuable resource.
In 1976, the State Legislature enacted Act 84, relating to safe drinking water, which requires the
State Department of Health (DOH) to establish an underground injection control program to
protect the quality of the State’s underground sources of drinking water. Because of the
importance ofgroundwater as a source of municipal water supplies, the underground injection
control program is considered a beneficial approach in the identification of aquifers that should
be protected from subsurface disposal of wastewater through injection wells.
HERE AGAIN THERE IS NO MENTION OF THE PRIMARY POLLUTER OF THE AQUIFER :
THE MILITARY BASE ON POHAKULOA. THERE IS ALSO NO MENTION OF TESTING
WATER QUALITY AND TESTING FOR CONTAMINANTS. THIS IS ANOTHER DIVISION OF
OUR COUNTY THAT SHOULD BE AUDITED. WHY IS NOTHING DONE ABOUT A MILITARY
POTENTIAL ‘SUPER FUND SITE’ OPERATING ABOVE A PRISTINE AQUIFER?
The protection of these aquifers is established by designating areas currently being used or will
be used in the future for drinking water supply. The Underground Sources of Drinking Water
(USDW) will be protected from pollution by prohibiting the construction of new injection wells
that may pollute the USDW. Injection wells are allowed in exempted areas. The boundary lines
between the USDW and the exempted areas have been developed. ** PROVIDE THIS
INFORMATION OR ELSE TAKE OUT THIS EXEMPTION REFERENCE. THE PUBLIC
SHOULD BE BETTER INFORMED UPON READING THIS PLAN, NOT LEFT IN THE DARK
TO WONDER . Under Chapter 62, Wastewater Systems, the DOH adopted a 1,000-foot setback
of wastewater systems from all public drinking water wells and springs.
In compliance with the Federal Water Pollution Control Act Amendments of 1972 (Public Law
92- 500), the DOH and the County jointly prepared the Water Quality Management Plan for
Hawaiʻi County in 1978 and subsequently updated the plan in 1980. In 1979, the County Council
adopted the plan through a resolution to serve as the planning guide for the development of
regional waste treatment systems and the control of non- point sources of pollution. To
implement the management plan, the County has prepared facility plans for various areas on
the island. Facility plans are developed by the County to satisfy a requirement for the application
of loans from the State to develop wastewater treatment facilities. The facility plans identify
problems, potential solutions, and costs.
In 1985, the State Legislature enacted Act 282, Relating to Environmental Quality, which
reassigns the County, effective July 1, 1987, or upon receipt of State funds, to assume complete
administration and implementation for the regulation of sewerage and wastewater treatment
system programs.
Source: Hawaiʻi News Now (2022).
4.3 Public Utilities | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 136
Objective 27
Planned and developed municipal sewer capacity is expanded to serve our Urban
Growth Areas and reduce sewage-related impacts on water quality.
Policies ● 27.1 A Sewerage Study for All Urban Areas, including appropriate water quality
management strategies, shall be completed and used as guides for the general planning
of sewerage disposal systems.
● 27.2 Private treatment systems shall be installed by land developers for major resorts
and other developments along shorelines and sensitive higher inland areas, except
where connection to nearby treatment facilities is feasible and compatible with the
County’s long-range plans, and in conformance with State and County requirements.
● 27.3 Immediate steps shall be taken to designate treatment plant sites, sewerage pump
station sites, and sewer easements according to the facility plans to facilitate their
acquisition.
● 27.4 The County shall obtain State and Federal funds to finance the construction of
proposed sewer systems and improve existing systems.
● 27.5 Plans for wastewater reclamation and reuse for irrigation and biosolids composting
(remaining solids from the treatment of wastewater are processed into a reusable
organic material) shall be utilized where topographically feasible and needed for
landscaping, agricultural purposes, or fire protection.
Wastewater and Environmental Quality Prioritization
● 27.6 Pollution shall be prevented, abated, and controlled at levels that will protect and
preserve public health and well-being through the enforcement of appropriate Federal,
State, and County standards.
● 27.7 Ensure municipal wastewater systems serve designated Urban Growth Areas
(UGA) with the capacity to accommodate projected population growth.
● 27.8 The Department of Environmental Management and the Planning Department shall
coordinate priorities before the adoption of any new wastewater development or land
use plans.
● 27.9 Prioritize developing a multipronged approach to wastewater infrastructure funding,
including proactively seeking grant funding for wastewater system expansion,
improvements, and new development.
● 27.10
Ensurewastewaterfeesreflectactualcostsforservice,maintenance,andfutureimprovements.
● 27.11 Ensure that wastewater systems and improvements are designed and functioning
to maximize system efficiencies, prevent accidental leaks or spills, and provide sanitary,
reliable wastewater treatment that is not negatively impacting natural resources.
One Water-Recycled Water Expansion
● 27.12
Striveforanintegratedapproachtostormwaterandwastewater,andwaterresourcemanageme
nt that is comprehensive and as efficient as possible.
● 27.13 Encourageon-sitewaterreusesolutionsforlargedevelopments.
4.3 Public Utilities | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 137
27.14 Encourageandincentivizethecollectionofrainfallfornon-potableuse.
27.15 PrioritizetheuseofgraywaterinareasconnectedtoCountywaterandnotconnectedtoCounty
wastewater.
Actions
Wastewater and Environmental Quality Prioritization
● 27.a Prioritize areas where on-site wastewater treatment should be converted to sewer
and establish financial tools such as improvement districts to aid in implementation.
● 27.b Prioritize areas where wastewater treatment facilities are necessary to facilitate
future growth and utilize financing tools such as community facilities district (CFD) or tax
increment financing (TIF) to aid in implementation.
● 27.c Review, assess, and amend Codes relating to sewer connection requirements to
ensure wastewater issues and requirements are addressed in a consistent, sustainable,
and socially equitable way.
● 27.d Develop a wastewater master plan with a clear prioritization method for wastewater
system expansions and improvements based on criteria involving land use, projected
growth, social equity, and environmental factors.
● 27.e Develop plans to improve, connect, or develop new wastewater systems in
unsewered urban coastal communities.
● 27.f Perform a study to assess individual wastewater systems (IWS) in unsewered
urban growth areas to assess the rate of failures/negative impacts, determine rates of
large capacity cesspools still in use, and develop plans to improve, connect, or develop
new wastewater systems for unsewered urban communities.
● 27.g Proactively seek opportunities for public-private partnerships for wastewater
collection and treatment development.
● 27.h Facilitate the use of infrastructure improvement districts and other types of
localized funding mechanisms to fund improvements.
● 27.i Streamline the sewer connection loan program.
● 27.j Develop wastewater cost valuation in service fees (similar to the water model fee
structure).
● 27.k Develop a criteria-based infrastructure prioritization tool to develop new or expand
existing municipal wastewater systems. Base these priority areas on designated urban
growth boundaries, urban zoning and density, population trends and anticipated growth,
health/safety, and environmental factors.
● 27.l Implement innovative wastewater systems at a cost-effective scale for small
communities.
● 27.m Amend the County Code, Section 21-26-1(a) requiring “all sewer extensions shall
be approved by resolution of the County council” to read, “all sewer extensions outside
of Urban Growth Areas shall be approved by resolution of the County council.”
REFERRING AGAIN TO CONCERNS THAT THIS IS AN UNFEASIBLE COST TO REGULAR
HOUSEHOLDS. THIS IS A VERY CONCERNING POLICY DIRECTIVE AND AS
ACKNOWLEDGED HERE, MORE STUDIES WOULD BE REQUIRED PRIOR TO
ADMINISTERING SUCH POLICIES.. SO WHY ARE WE SEEING THIS EMPHASIS IN THE
GENERAL PLAN ?
4.3 Public Utilities | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 138
● 27.n In collaboration with the DOH Wastewater Branch, reevaluate and clarify the
requirements set forth in Hawaiʻi Administrative Rules (HAR), Section 11-62-31.1(a) (1)
(B) and amend County sewer requirements accordingly to accommodate needed
housing units.
● 27.o Collaborate with the DOH to advance progressive wastewater technology and
regulations.
One Water-Recycled Water Expansion
● 27.p In collaboration with the Department of Agriculture, develop a water resource
strategy for efficient agricultural water use and reuse.
● 27.q Install non-potable systems, such as reclaimed wastewater, brackish groundwater,
and untreated surface water in proximity to priority UGAs for non-potable water uses.
● 27.r Conduct supply and demand studies to determine a level of service for non-potable
water needs.
● 27.s Facilitate greywater reuse systems through code amendments and through
partnering with DOH for regulatory changes and incentives.
4.3 Public Utilities | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 139
4.3.5 Stormwater Infiltration and
Green Infrastructure
Stormwater management and the implementation of green infrastructure are critical elements of
the General Plan for their vital role in sustainability on Hawaiʻi Island. As an island ecosystem
with limited freshwater resources and vulnerable coastal areas, managing stormwater effectively
and integrating green infrastructure practices are essential for preserving our water resources
and ensuring environmental sustainability.
Stormwater refers to the runoff from precipitation that flows over land surfaces, eventually
entering water bodies such as streams, rivers, and oceans. Stormwater is a crucial element of
the island’s overall water landscape. While precipitation may be an obvious contributor to
stormwater, all the phases of the hydrologic cycle are related to stormwater and are influenced
by public utility decisions made in the built environment. Precipitation and surface runoff are
often the phases of the hydrologic cycle that people recognize as stormwater, whereas
evaporation, transpiration, and condensation are not as easily observed processes.
Uncontrolled stormwater runoff can lead to various detrimental effects on water resources and
ecosystems. Polluted runoff, also known as nonpoint source pollution, from agriculture, urban
development, forestry, recreational boating, marinas, and hydromodification activities is the
leading cause of water pollution in waters across the country and in Hawaiʻi. Uncontrolled
stormwater runoff can also lead to localized flooding, causing damage to infrastructure, property,
and even loss of life. Implementing stormwater management strategies helps to control the flow
of stormwater, reducing the risk of flooding and associated hazards. Moreover, excessive
stormwater runoff can cause soil erosion, leading to the loss of fertile topsoil, sedimentation in
water bodies, and degradation of natural habitats. Proper stormwater management practices,
including erosion control measures,
help minimize erosion and preserve the island’s natural resources.
Stormwater is a prime example of the unavoidable connections that exist between the built
environment and the natural environment. Increasing the opportunities for infiltration and
transpiration can reduce the amount of evaporation that surface runoff requires. The social,
environmental, and economic impacts of stormwater infrastructure have meaningful implications
for our overall island sustainability as water is one of the most precious resources.
Point and Nonpoint Source Pollution
Engineering efficiency in conveying stormwater runoff using impervious surfaces (e.g., paved
swales, channelized streams) must be balanced against environmental considerations. If the
drainage is directed to streams, excessive freshwater volumes and sediment loads may impact
coastal water resources (e.g., degrade water quality and smother coral reefs). If the drainage is
directed to injection wells, more studies are needed to determine the impact of storm runoff on
groundwater quality. Sediment basins, wetlands, or less impervious methods of conveyance
(e.g., grass swales) should be considered where feasible to reduce nonpoint source pollution of
the coastal waters from stormwater runoff and filter infiltrating water.
Green infrastructure refers to the network of natural or engineered features that manage
stormwater while providing additional benefits to the environment and community. Such features
may include rain gardens, permeable pavement, bioswales, and vegetated buffers. Green
infrastructure is crucial for stormwater management, as it captures and absorbs runoff, reducing
the volume and rate of runoff. By mimicking natural hydrological processes like sediment
filtration and bioremediation, it helps to recharge groundwater, replenish streams, and
4.3 Public Utilities | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 140
reduce stress on our water resources during periods of heavy rainfall.
CONCERN: HERE AT LEAST WE SEE REFERENCES TO BIOREMEDIATION. WHY IS THIS
‘ACCEPTABLE’ AS A STRATEGY WHERE TREATMENT OF WATER RUN OFF IS
CONCERNED BUT NEVER ENTERTAINED IN THE MATTER OF RAW SEWAGE
TREATMENT (A ‘SOLUTION’ AND POLICY DIRECTIVE HERE WHICH THREATENS TO BE
COST PROHIBITIVE TO MANY HOUSEHOLDS? )
By retaining and infiltrating stormwater, green infrastructure reduces the reliance on freshwater
sources for irrigation, thus conserving water resources. This is particularly important for our
island communities where freshwater availability is limited. Green infrastructure features may
also provide habitats for native plants and wildlife. They contribute to biodiversity conservation
and help restore and enhance Hawaiʻi Island’s natural ecosystems. Green infrastructure plays a
key part in mitigating the impacts of climate change by reducing the urban heat island effect,
moderating temperatures, and increasing resilience to extreme weather events. These
measures align with the County’s sustainability goals and efforts to adapt to climate change.
4.3 Public Utilities | County of Hawaiʻi General Plan 141
Page 166
34.15 Encourage the expansion of digital access and equity through the resilient buildout of
broadband infrastructure and facilities. Does this take into account the safety of 5G+? Is this to
facilitate surveillance of citizens in the future?
Page167
34.a Implement a Safe Route to School (SR2S) program for all schools. Will surveillance be
implemented to ensure safety?
Page169
4.4.6 Recreation
Housing developers should not bear a disproportionate burden, or be forced to contribute more
than their fair share, as inequitable requirements could deter needed housing development. This
proviso seems to favor developers.
Page171
35.a Provide funding for planning and acquisition,if necessary, of key corridor segments after
corridor-zone plans are adopted. Does this preclude the rezoning and acquisition of private
property?
35.k Maintain an on-going program of identification, designation, and acquisition of areas with
existing or potential recreational resources, such as land with sandy beaches and other prime
areas for shoreline recreation in collaboration with government, private and non profit agencies,
and other stakeholders. Please include private property owners in your definition of
stakeholders.
Page 175
4.4.7 Encouraging the establishment of farmers’ markets, community gardens, and a range of
agricultural activities can promote local food production and improve access to fresh nutritious
food. Please include home gardens.
Page 177
36.g Support the distribution of telehealth support services, particularly to unserved and
underserved communities. Encourage instead person to person contact.
36.j Amend the County Code to designate a lead agency for coordinating and responding to
outbreaks of life-threatening, highly communicable diseases pursuant to the DOH direction.
While ensuring the statues of the Nuremberg Code are observed.
Page 179
4.5.1 Blueprint for the creation of a 15 minute island, clustering us together in “a centralized,
higher-density urban infill, supported by nearby, accessible public and private services and
facilities.”
Page 181
Under Housing Challenges Targets: “Homeownership for investment purposes that are kept
vacant or used for transient accommodation rentals reduces available stock for long term
resident ownership and rental opportunities.”
Prohibits and discourages the rights of private ownership.
Page 182
37.6 Vacant lands in the urban growth boundary (UBG) should be prioritized for residential and
supportive uses before additional agricultural lands outside the UBG are converted into urban
uses.
With the consent of property owner should be included.
Page183
38.1 Enable data-driven research to support and maintain a housing inventory program that
monitors existing housing.
38.a Perform existing housing inventory data analysis to identify structural conditions and needs
for rehabilitation or demotion.
Both justify the necessity of more surveillance of the community. 38.a also precludes the private
property owner’s rights and opinions. Take this out or revise.
Page 184
39.5 Allow for and apply property tax and land use regulations to incentivize private property
owners to provide affordable housing units in mix-use and urban areas and to discentivize the
land banking of unimproved properties.
In other words land use regulations and property tax hikes will be weaponized against the
private property owner. TAke this out or revise!
Page185
Table 40: Additional Infrastructure - Provide adequate broadband without invading people’s
privacy.
Ensuring future surveillance capabilities?
Page188
40.8 Require all County Departments to collaborate with the County Office of Sustainability,
Climate, Equity, and Resilience (OSCER) as the lead agency to ensure the integration of the
County’s goals of sustainability, climate resilience, and equity into all county operations and
planning initiatives.
To whom does OSCER answer? Who’s watching the watchdog?
THIS ORGANIZATION WAS ESTABLISHED IN 2023. IT WAS PRESENTED TO THE PUBLIC
AS AN AGENCY THAT COULD ACCEPT GRANT FUNDS FROM GOVERNMENT AND NON
GOVERNMENT AGENCIES AND PRIVATE FOUNDATIONS.
IT WAS NEVER SUPPOSED TO BE GRANTED EXTRA POWERS AS AN ADMIINISTRATIVE
ARM OF THE COUNTY GOVERNMENT. WE SPECIFICALLY OBJECT TO THE LANGUAGE
‘REQUIRING’ ‘ALL COUNTY DEPARTMENTS’ TO COLLABORATE WITH THE OSCER.
THE COUNTY’S ‘GOALS’ OF sustainability, climate resilience, and equity HAVE NOT BEEN
ADEQUATELY DEBATED IN OUR COMMUNITY . WE CHALLENGE THE SUGGESTION THAT
THERE IS CONSENSUS ON THIS MATTER AND WE SPECIFICALLY CHALLENGE THE
OSCER ‘AGENCY’ TO PROVIDE EVIDENCE OF THE ABOVE. WE SPECIFICALLY
CHALLENGE THE PLANNING DIRECTOR AND THE LEGISLATURE TO STAGE A FULL
PUBLIC REVIEW OF BOTH SETS OF DATA AND BOTH ARGUMENTS THAT THERE IS A
CLIMATE CRISIS CAUSED BY CARBON
THE ‘Office of Sustainability, Climate, Equity, and Resilience (OSCER)’ BEGINS WITH A
FLAWED AND DISPUTED PREMISE THAT THERE IS A CLIMATE ‘CRISIS’ AND THAT THE
OTHER 3 ‘PILLARS’ OF THE ORGANIZATION (SUSTAINABILITY, EQUITY AND
RESILLIENCE) BELONG TOGETHER AS PART OF A ‘SOLUTION.’
WHAT IS FLAWED ABOUT THE BUZZ WORD ‘SUSTAINABILITY’ IS THAT THIS WORD
LEADS THE IDENTICAL AGENDAS OF CONTROLLING LAND USE, WATER RIGHTS,
ACCESS TO PUBLIC SPACE, THE RIGHT TO TRAVEL, FARMING AND PASTURING OF
ANIMALS AND FOOD SECURITY. THESE BUZZWORDS ARE COMING FROM WORLD
ECONOMIC FORUM AND THE UNITED NATIONS. ALL OF THESE ORGANIZATIONS PLUS
THE BILL AND MELINDA GATES FOUNDATION AND ‘NET ZERO’ PROMOTE A
DANGEROUS AGENDA OF OVERRIDING SOVEREIGN HOME RULE LOCAL COUNTIES
AND STATES AND REPLACING WITH ‘GLOBAL AGENDAS’ WHICH ARE BRINGING IN
‘COMMUNIST’ VALUES AND SYSTEMS OF PROPERTY ACQUISITION AND DESTRUCTION
OF SMALL BUSINESS AND THE CORPORATIZATION OF PUBLIC ASSETS.
WHAT IS FLAWED ABOUT THE BUZZ WORD ‘EQUITY’ IS THAT IT IS QUICKLY BECOMING A
WAY OF WAVING ON A COMMUNIST STYLE OF ADMINISTRATION OF GOVERNMENT AND
BUSINESS WHICH PROMOTES LARGER PORTION OF THE POPULATION BEING ON
WELFARE AND DIVERSITY HIRE PRACTICES THAT PROMOTE MEDIOCRITY AND NOT
MERITOCRACY.
THE WORD ‘RESILIENCE’ ALSO HAS COME TO BE ANOTHER ‘BUZZ WORD’ THAT IS A
RATIONALE FOR THE CATCH PHRASE ‘BUILD BACK BETTER’ AND THE IDEA THAT MORE
RIGOROUS BUILDING CODES, MORE RESTRICTIONS AND MORE BUILDING COSTS AND
INSURANCE COSTS WILL FOLLOW IN THE AFTERMATH OF EACH ‘DISASTER.’
ELSEWHERE IN THIS DOCUMENT THERE WAS A CHALLENGE TO THE PREMISE THAT
THE RECENT FIRE IN LAHAINA WAS ‘NORMAL’ AND THAT THE RESULTING LOCKDOWNS
AND FAILURE OF GREEN ADMINISTRATION TO SUPPORT HOUSEHOLDS TO REBUILD
ARE ALSO ‘NORMAL.’ TO THE CONTRARY, WHAT WE HAVE SEEN IN LAHAINA FOR THE
PAST 13 MONTHS EXEMPLIFIES THE WAY THAT THE WORD ‘RESILIENCE’ HAS COME TO
MEAN ‘CONTROL OF A POPULATION AFTER A DISASTER TO THE POINT THAT MANY
WILL BE DISPLACED AND WILL BE FORCED TO LEAVE THE AREA, FINDING NO WAY TO
REBUILD AND RESTORE THEIR LIVES AND LIVELIHOOODS.’
Page194
Resulting in Longer Commutes: There are notable mismatches between locations of high
population and job centers.
Further justification for clustering in population centers. Further policy directive to justify
curtailing personal independent transportation options. This again is objectionable and shows
contempt for a fundamental constitutional right and as such has no place in a policy document
published by this County Administration.
Page 196
Table 43:Economic Opportunities / General
Increase broadband infrastructure to provide opportunities for participation in the digital
economy while allowing for other economic alternatives.
CBDC’s here we come!
Page 206
46.i Partner with government, private and non profit agencies, communities, and other
stakeholders for carrying capacity studies of fisheries and the establishment of State
community-based subsistence fishing areas.
More restrictions on fishing rights. Oddly in 5.3 Agriculture and Food Systems there is no
mention at all of hunting and gathering.
Page 210
Wahi Pana
Need assurances our wahi pana and other natural assets will be protected from
commodification and collateralization.
Page 213
49.1 [Encourage the] [i]ntegrat[ion] [of] ʻāina- place-based values
49.2 [Encourage] the accessibility
49.3 [Promote] a visitor industry
49.5 [Encourage] regenerative tourism efforts
49.6 [Foster] initiatives and improve[d] efforts
49.h and farmers, homeowners, and other residents to develop and support place-based
educational programs
COMMENT: FINALLY HERE IS A DIRECTIVE THAT SPEAKS TO SUPPORTING THE
EXISTING ECONOMY AND THE PEOPLE WHO ALREADY LIVE ON THIS ISLAND. THE
FACT THAT THIS IS SHOWING UP ON PAGE 214 SHOULD BE CONCERNING TO ANYONE
UNDERSTANDING THAT THIS DOCUMENT IS SUPPOSED TO GUIDE THE PRIORITIES OF
OUR COUNTY GOVERNMENT AND LEGISLATURE. THE OPENING SECTION OF THE
DOCUMENT SHOULD BE ABOUT SUPPORTING THE EXISTING CULTURE AND ECONOMY
OF THE ISLAND. THE CAPACITY TO SUPPORT AND HELP GROW IN THIS AREA WOULD
BE ALL
Page 215
6.1 para 2 presenting [residents a true voice] for the future of Hawaii Island.
1 [where citizens collaborate with the County to effect change consistent with plans developed
under this chapter.]
3 Ensure consistency among the General Plan and respective regional plans [What are
regional plans?]
4 set forth in the General Plan’s [Should this be plural or possessive?]
5 Establish an implementation system that is based on county-wide, regional, and agency levels
[What are regional and agency levels?]
Page 216
Top para by promoting [economic] growth,
2nd para collaboration among various [residents]
“ Key areas of focus include fostering [understanding of the role of government
in] ensuring community engagement and input, securing funding, and coordinating
priorities.
Page217
6.2.1
Para 1 Community Development Plan Framework
During the General Plan Comprehensive Review process, existing community plans were used
to guide the CDP framework. From the adoption of the Kona, Puna, North and South Kohala
CDPs in 2008, Kaʻū CDP in 2017, and Hāmākua CDP in 2018, there has been much to learn
and grow from as we look to the future. The General Plan also benefited from years of collective
participation in CDP implementation efforts through regional committees that implement their
respective CDP. [NOTE: Hilo was not included in this CFP framework. Although there had been
Hilo meetings in the past that dealt with some issues contained in the General Plan, no
mechanism was put in place that paralleled the multi-year single-purpose work that was
undertaken in the other six districts.]
Para 2 To build on these lessons learned, future CDPs[, which it is hoped will include a CDP for
Hilo,] shall be drafted
The purpose of a CDP is threefold:
3. Provide a process for citizens to engage in civic dialogue [through open-forum townhalls
where vigorous question-answer format is primary, eliciting the priorities of the community.]
Page 218
6. Social Capital and Community Network Mapping
During the process of reviewing a Community Development Plan, instances where community
needs are not met may be identified. Examples of this may include a need for community
gathering spaces such as parks or recreation hubs. Community Development Plans may
identify such needs and outline a plan of action for community members and other [Hawaii
Island residents] to coordinate efforts, combine and collect resources, and connect public and
private sector agents to advocate for such enhancements to their community. [In the case of
Hilo, where a CDP was never initiated by the Planning Department, an examination of why this
was neglected must be addressed, for the purpose of getting input from this district even though
the General Plan may have been already implemented. This could be accomplished through
addendums to the General Plan at future dates.]
Page 224
6.4.3
Para 1 The General Plan is a comprehensive framework designed to guide [innovative]
development patterns, [and provide assistance toward] future opportunities and public
investments.
Para 3 The tables are intended to provide a clear and concise reference for agencies,
policymakers, communities, farmers, homeowners, and other residents
Page 225
Table 45
Climate change, carbon footprint, net zero,GHG emissions, green infrastructure projects,
climate adaptation
The above terms, taken from Table 45, derive from the United Nations Agenda 21 Sustainable
Development, inaugurated in 1992 at the United Nations Earth Summit in Rio de Janeiro.
Residents of Hawaii Island have never had the opportunity to engage in discussions in every
town, using every venue, to discuss the entire subject of climate change. It is a foundational
subject, as it is the substrate upon which so much of the General Plan is predicated. It is
un-Democratic to simply take ideas from other places and cement them into the plans we make
for our own people, our own land, our own island, without engaging in an unhurried, full-blown
examination of this agenda, neighbor with neighbor. Until such time as this takes place, we must
place this draft of a General Plan on hold.
Table 46
Objectives
13. Increase the use of Smart Growth principles to focus development within designated urban
centers.
As above, SMART is an acronym taken from the World Economic Forum that pertains to
Internet-Of-Things technology. Its purpose is linkage of devices for the purpose of control and
monitoring. No island-wide discussion has taken place as to the merits of SMART GROWTH.
Again, it is a concept from far away, irreversible once implemented, without so much as a real
attempt to inform residents. How can a General Plan proceed on concepts alien to the people?
Table 47
21. [Engineer infrastructure] to reduce stormwater runoff.
Page 227
Table 48
25. Improve the efficiency and reliability, and sustainability of essential infrastructure systems.
28. Increase green infrastructure practices.
Example Indicators
Annual funding allocated for [efficient] infrastructure initiatives
Percentage of new development projects including [efficient] infrastructure elements
Table 49
Our communities are adequately served by sustainable and efficient public infrastructure
P232
6.4.4 1.a Seek [procedure] to support wetland identification and assessments.
1.j Identify partners and [S]upport a public awareness and education campaign to
elevate recognition of the value of urban trees as essential infrastructure.
3.b Create special (business) improvement districts to engage in environmental research,
restoration and maintenance, natural resource management, climate change or sea level rise
adaptation or other purposes to improve environmental conditions and provide community
benefit.
4.a [Seek Hawaii Island residents and groups] to maintain and steward the preservation of sites,
buildings, objects, and landscapes of significant cultural and historical importance.
4.c Support the identification of Heritage Landscapes, Corridors, Areas, and Centers.
Heritage designation is UNESCO. It is crucial that Hawaii Island maintain control of its lands and
natural resources, free of encumbrances of global organizations
4.h [Foment discussion among] government, private and nonprofit agencies, communities,
and other stakeholders farmers, homeowners, and other residents
4.i private and nonprofit agencies, communities, and other stakeholders
farmers, homeowners, and other residents
Table 54: Climate Change
[Delete Table 54: Climate Change has not been debated across Hawaii County in a systematic
way. Such a debate would entail townhall presentations by each side, allowing all the time
necessary to absorb the decades of information circulating through media and academia. At
some later time, these information-gathering events could then be followed by public open
debates. Hawaii Island residents at that juncture would then be ready to decide whether they
wished to premise all future growth on the notion of Climate Change, or reject it as unscientific.]
240
Table 56 Transportation Access and Mobility
20.e Adopt a Complete Streets ordinance. [Complete Streets derives from Agenda 21’s SMART
Cities designation. It has nothing to do with residents of Hawaii Island, until such time as they
can be apprised of the overall design of Agenda 21, as it entails constricting traffic, expanding
bike lanes and bus routes, installing islands - many changes that may or may not be workable.
Hilo and Kona have very different requirements, and a cookie-cutter approach levels
differences. Just because it is recommended by a national or international association does not
mean it is suitable here. Again, it must be thoroughly discussed across the island before a
decision can be made.]
22.a Amend the County Code to incorporate Vision Zero safety principles and Complete Street
design principles. [Vision Zero, as stated above with Complete Streets, is an internationally
utilized approach to pedestrian safety that first needs a full discussion here to see to what extent
it is workable, if at all.]
243-255
27.d social equity, [No relevance to this category]
27.g Proactively seek opportunities for [strategies] for wastewater collection and treatment
development.
28.c Update the DPW Storm Drainage Standards to reflect current data and to incorporate
strategies and standards of green infrastructure and low impact development.
28.f Create a green infrastructure dedication standard.
28.l Identify County parks and recreation, rights-of-way, and other County owned sites for green
infrastructure demonstration projects
29.a Partner with government, private and nonprofit agencies, communities, farmers,
homeowners, and other residents for the research and development of alternative/renewable
energy resources.
30.d Collaborate with government, private and nonprofit agencies, communities and other
[Hawaii Island residents]
30.i [Encourage private] funding for broadband initiatives and deployments.
30.m Foster [private investments] to support the development and expansion of broadband
infrastructure,
32.c Review county lighting and landscaping ordinances to implement CPTED. CPTED is a
component of a SMART City that watches, listens, announces, tracks, records. It is a creation of
Agenda 21 and the WEF and the UN. It must be rejected by the residents of Hawaii Island
unless/until it is thoroughly discussed and debated.
32.p This point to be deleted
[ In light of the controversy in the aftermath of the Lahaina fire, to be formulating a
redevelopment plan, IN ADVANCE of an incident, creates a climate of distrust and anger. This
subject must be handled very carefully in discussions with groups and individuals across the
island.]
35.c Partner with government, private and nonprofit agencies, farmers, homeowners, and other
residents
35.d Partner with government, private and nonprofit agencies, farmers, homeowners, and other
residents
35.i government, private and nonprofit agencies, farmers, homeowners, and other residents
35.k private and nonprofit agencies, farmers, homeowners, and other residents
36.d communities, and other farmers, homeowners, and other residents
36.f communities, and other farmers, homeowners, and other residents
Page 254
45.k Partner with government (e.g., DOT, DBEDT, etc.), private and nonprofit agencies,
communities, farmers, homeowners, and other residents to monitor
45.l Partner with government, private and nonprofit agencies (e.g., business
associations, realtors, chambers of commerce, etc.), communities, farmers, homeowners,
and other residents
45.m expand the research and development industry for [innovative] economic development.
46.i private and nonprofit agencies, communities, farmers, homeowners, and other residents
Mahalo,
________/s/______ Cindy Freitas